I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                    OAQPS12103
 WORKSHOP ON
 REQUIREMENTS FOR
 NONATTAINMENT
 AREA PLANS
OAQPS No. 1.2-103
REVISED EDITION
APRIL 1978
  PHILADELPHIA
 FEB. 28-MARCH 1, 1978
SAN FRANCISCO
MARCH 9 - 10, 1978
          KANSAS CITY, MO.
          MARCH 6-7, 1978

-------
I
I
I
I
I
                                      •WORKSHOPS ON REQUIREMENTS FOR
                                        NONATTAINMENT AREA PLANS
|                                  —COMPILATION OF PRESENTATIONS—
I
                                             Revised Edition
I
 I
 I
                                  U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
  '                             Philadelphia, Pa.    —   February 28-March 1, 1978
  •                             Kansas City, Mo.      —   March 6-7, 1978
                                San Francisco, Cal.   —   March 9-10, 1978
                                                April 1978
  I
  I
  I
  I

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
f
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                   PREFACE TO REVISED EDITION
     Under the Clean A1r Act Amendments of 1977, States must sub-
mit revisions to their State Implementation Plans (SIPs) for all
areas that are not attaining the national ambient air quality
standards.  The SIP revisions must be submitted by January 1, 1979,
and must demonstrate attainment of the national standards by 1982.
An extension up to 1987 1s available for plan revisions for carbon
monoxide and photochemical oxldants 1f the State demonstrates that
attainment by 1982 1s not possible with the application of reason-
ably available control measures.  The Act provides economic sanc-
tions for those nonattalnment areas that do not have approved plan
revisions by July 1, 1979.

     EPA held a series of three two-day workshops to outline
requirements of the Clean A1r Act Amendments of 1977 and specifi-
cally discuss the provisions of the Act Amendments that pertain to
nonattalnment areas.  The objective of the workshops was to out-
line the criteria for an acceptable 1979 plan.  The workshops
discussed the major portions of an Implementation plan revision
and provided guidance on specific Items that must be part of the
plan.  The workshops were not designed to cover all the details of
preparation of a SIP revision such as how to estimate future emis-
sions and how to model air pollutant concentrations.  References
were made to sources of this Information, however.

     The second workshop, held in Kansas City, was videotaped.
Edited tapes of this workshop are available through the EPA Regional
Offices to further disseminate information concerning the require-
ments for the 1979 SIP revisions.

     This compilation was designed to accompany the workshops and
be used as an aid by both the participants and those not able to
attend the workshops.  The compilation contains the visual aids
used by the presenters, followed by textual material supporting
the presentations.  The material is arranged in the order of pre-
sentation.  The material is restricted to the requirements for
the nonattalnment area SIPs.

     The actual workshops and the previous edition of this compila-
tion also covered a number of miscellaneous topics concerning
requirements for SIP revisions not directly associated with the
nonattalnment area plans.  These requirements are 1n the formative
stages as compared to the material presented in the first day
                                iii

-------
and a half of the workshop and thus contain a number of Issues
that have not yet been resolved.   EPA wanted to provide preliminary
Ideas concerning those topics and obtain reactions to them.   Mate*
Hal on these miscellaneous topics have been deleted from this
edition of this compilation and from the videotape of the workshop.

     In addition, a number of minor changes have been Incorporated
Into this edition of the compilation to Improve the clarify of
the material 1n response to comments and questions received at
the workshops.

     The overall goal of the workshops was to provide the State
and local governments with a clear understanding of what will be
required regarding the 1979 plan submission for nonattainment
areas and to assist them 1n the development of a reasonable pro-
gram to accomplish the objectives of the 1977 Amendments to attain
the national ambient air quality standards as expedltlously as
practicable.
                                iv

-------
I

I

I

*                                       TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                         To  Revised Edition
•                   Preface	111
•                   Workshop Agenda and Speakers 	v11
                     Opening Remarks 	  1
I                   Overview of Clean Air Act Requirements  and
                     Organization of Workshop	 11
I                   Control  Strategy and General Plan Requirements 	 29
                     Transportation-Related Issues 	 85
I                   Emission Inventory	93
_                   Emissions - A1r Quality Relationships 	117
•                   Definition of RACT	147
I                     Public Participation and Intergovernmental
                     Consultation	••	169
 •                   Reasonable Further Progress 	171
                     Procedural Requirements 	207
 I                   New Source Review	235
                     Miscellaneous Topics 	253
 I                   Summary of Clean A1r Act Amendments of 1977	255
                     •Memorandum, "Criteria for Approval of 1979 SIP
                     Revisions" 	275

 I

 I

 I

 I

-------
1
1
1
•
1

1

1
•
1








I
•
1

1

1

1




1
1
1




DAY 1
TIME
8:30

8:40

9:15
9:45

10:00

11:15
12:15

1:15
1:45

2:15
2:45
3:00

3:30
3:45

1
'Walter


WORKSHOP ON REQUIREMENTS FOR
NONATTAINMENT AREA PLANS

TOPIC
Welcome

Opening Remarks

Overview of CAA Requirements and
Organization of Workshop
Break

Control Strategy and General Plan
Requirements
Transportation-Related Issues
Lunch

Emission Inventory
Emissions -Air Quality
Relationships
Definition of RACT
Break
Public Participation and Inter-
governmental Consultation
Day 1 Summation
Adjourn







SPEAKER
Regional
Administrator
Walter Barber]
John Hidinger
Darryl Tyler


David Dunbar

2
John Hidinger


Johnnie Pearson
David Foster

Johnnie Pearson

John Hidinger




Barber and John Hidinger were unable to attend the
San Francisco Workshop; Richard Rhoads presented
2
Imants

the opening remarks

Krese presented this topic at the San Francisco Workshop.
3
This topic was not presented at the San Francisco Workshop.



vi1



-------
DAY 2
 TIME                       TOPIC
 8:30      Reasonable Further Progress
 9:30      Procedural Requirements
10:15      Break
10:30      New Source Review
11:30      Lunch
12:30      Miscellaneous Topics (detailed below)
              Tall Stacks
              Permit Fees
              Assurance of Plan Adequacy
              State Board Composition
              Interstate Pollution
              Public Notification
              Maintenance of Pay
              A1r Pollution Episode Reporting
              Prevention of Significant
              Deterioration (Part C)
 2:00      General Discussion
 2:30      Closing Remarks
 2:40      Adjourn
   SPEAKER
Michael Trutna
John S11vas1
Robert Honrfak
Michael Trutna
David Dunbar
Joseph Sableskl
Joseph Sableskl
John S1lvas1
John S1lvas1
Joseph Sableskl
Joseph Sableskl
Joseph Sableskl
Michael Trutna

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
1
                           SPEAKERS
Walter C. Barber, Director
Office of A1r Quality Planning
 and Standards (MD 10)
Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, N.C.  27711

John Hldinger, Director
Office of Transportation and Land
 Use Policy (AW 443)
Environmental Protection Agency
Washington, D.C.   20460

Darryl D. Tyler, Chief
Standards Implementation Branch (SIB)
Control Programs  Development
 Division (MD 15)
Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, N.C.   27711

David Dunbar, Chief
Policy Development Section, SIB
Control Programs  Development
 Division (MD 15)
Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, N.C.   27711

Johnnie Pearson
Policy Development Section, SIB
Control Programs  Development
 Division (MD 15)
Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, N.C.   27711

David Foster
Policy Development Section, SIB
Control Programs  Development
  Division (MD 15)
Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, N.C.   27711
                               1x

-------
                          SPEAKERS
                         (continued)
Michael Trutna
Policy Development Section, SIB
Control Programs Development
  Divisors (MD T5)
Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, N.C.  27711

John Silvasi
Plans Guidelines Section, SIB
Control Programs Development
  Division (MD 15)
Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, N.C.  27711

Robert Homiak, Attorney-Advisor
Division of Stationary Source
  Enforcement (EN 341)
Environmental Protection Agency
Washington, D.C.  20460

Joseph J. Sableski, Chief
Plans Guidelines Section, SIB
(Workshop Coordinator)
Control Programs Development
  Division (MD 15)
Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, N.C.  27711

Richard G. Rhoads, Director
Control Programs Development
  Division (MD 15)
Environmental Protection Agency
Research Triangle Park, N.C.  27711

Imants Krese
Air and Hazardous Materials
  Division, Region IX Office
Environmental Protection Agency
San Francisco, CA  94105

-------
Opening Remarks

-------
                                                                                    I
                                                                                    I
                      OPENING REMARKS                                                I

         PREPARED STATEMENT FROM WALTER BARBER,  DIRECTOR

          OFFICE OF AIR QUALITY PLANNING AND  STANDARDS                               |

Interpreting the Act Requirements                                                   —

     The development of the January 1979 SIPs to meet the  require-                   *
ments of the Clean A1r Act Amendments  of 1977 1s a most complex
and demanding task.  A literal  first reading  of  the Clean  A1r Act                    •
as Amended August 7, 1977* may lead one to conclude that the task                    •
1s an Impossible one 1n the time allowed by Congress.  Between the
passage of the Amendments  1n August and these Workshops, EPA has                     •
devoted much time and energy 1n trying to establish reasonable and                   •
achievable goals for SIP submissions that, at least, meet  the
Intent of Congress.  These SIP requirements were developed with the
Input of many groups from outside the  Agency.  These groups Include                  •
State and local air pollution control  officials, elected officials,                  •
environmental groups, Industrial representatives and many  others.
EPA 1n cooperation with other groups such as  the APCA, STAPPA, and                   •
ALAPCO has participated 1n numerous meetings, forums, and  seminars                   |
to explain the Amendments  and to solicit opinions on how the
Congressional mandate Imposed by the Amendments  could be reasonably
met.  At the same time that the discussions and  debates on the
policy Issues created by the Act were  taking  place, the Agency was
also conducting meetings,  workshops, etc., on the technical tools
(air quality modeling, emission factors, control techniques) to be
used In developing the SIPs.

     This Workshop concludes the Initial consultation/discussion/
debate process that has been going on  since August 7, 1977.  That
process has been most valuable and 1n  fact absolutely necessary 1f
the Agency was to have any hope of developing achievable goals for
the SIP submission.  Unfortunately, while this very necessary pro-
cess was taking place, the clock did not stop ticking away toward
the January 1, 1979, SIP submission date.  If the States are to
meet that date, discussions and debates must  now be replaced by
hard work toward meeting realistic though difficult goals.  It 1s
time for EPA to bite the bullet and spell out the requirements for
an acceptable SIP.

SIP Policy Statement

     On February 24, 1978, the Administrator  Issued the "Criteria
for Approval of 1979 SIP Submissions."  That  policy statement sum-
marlzes the elements which a 1979 SIP  revision for a non-attainment
area must contain 1n order to meet the requirements of Part D of
the Clean Air Act and be approved by EPA.

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
I
 I
I
Goal of Workshop

     It Is the purpose of this series of Workshops  to amplify on the
Administrator's SIP Criteria Policy Statement.   The objective of the
workshop will be to outline 1n significant detail the criteria  for
an acceptable 1979 plan.  The workshops will  discuss the major
portions of an Implementation plan revision and provide guidance on
specific Items that must be part of the plan.   The  workshops are not
designed to cover all the technical details of  preparation  of a SIP
revision such as how to estimate future emissions or how to model air
pollution concentrations.  References, however, will be made to
acceptable sources of this type of Information.

Form of Workshop

     It Is not our purpose 1n these Workshops to debate the Clean A1r
Act and Its associated Implementation Issues; I  hope we have already
done that.  Our purpose 1s to present the basic SIP requirements In a
logical lecture type format.  While each presentation will  be follow-
ed by a question and answer period, the questions should be of  a clar-
ifying nature or to gain additional Information  on  how specific
requirements can be met 1n a specific situation. Also, during  the
question and answer period, we ask that you Identify areas  where
additional technical guidance 1s needed.  While we  have made every
effort to develop requirements that are achievable  with currently
available guidance, 1t 1s possible that some  additional guidance
relative to a specific requirement for a given  area may need to be
developed.  As I stated earlier, specific technical guidelines  will
be referenced 1n the presentations as well as the handout materials.

Sanctions

     It 1s the Intent of the Agency to establish reasonable and
achievable requirements for the development of the  1979 SIP sub-
missions.  Since we believe we have succeeded 1n that Intent, we
feel that we must take a firm posture with regard to the Imposition
of the Congressionally mandated sanctions where  the reasonable
requirements are not met.  These sanctions Include  prohibiting  con-
struction of major new or modified air pollution sources and discon-
tinuing certain EPA and DOT grants.

107 Designations

     It would seem reasonable before we get underway with what  Is
required 1n a SIP submission, that we take a  few minutes to focus
on the areas to be covered by the requirements.

-------
     On February 23, 1977, the Administrator, after reviewing earlier
State submissions, listed those counties or portions thereof that
were violating the national  ambient air quality standards.   SIPs must
be developed for each of these areas by January, 1979.  Of the 3,215
counties in the U.S.:

     607 are listed as non-attainment for 0
     421 are listed as non-attainment for TSP
     190 are listed as non-attainment for CO
     101 are listed as non-attainment for S0?, and
       8 are listed as non-attainment for NOJ;

     It is the overall goal  of this Workshop to provide the State and
local governments with a clear understanding of what will be required
in the 1979 SIP in order to attain the standard everywhere.

CONTROL AGENCY RESOURCES

                         Background

     The 1977 Clean Air Act Amendments place upon State and other
governmental bodies a responsibility for ensuring that adequate
personnel, funding, and authority are available to carry out the SIPs.
Federal government resources are provided to these governmental
bodies to assist them in their planning activities and operational
programs necessary to develop, revise, and carry out these plans.
This Federal government program operates through program grant
assistance, Federal assignees and special demonstration grant and
contract assistance.

                       Resource Status
     In 1977 resources expended by State and local agencies engaged
in planning, regulatory and enforcement aspects of the national air
pollution control effort totaled approximately 7300 man-years and
$174 million.  The Federal government contributed approximately
$58.5 million or 33.6 percent of the total resources.

                        Resource Needs

     The resources needed to attain and maintain standards have con-
tinued to outstrip existing manpower and dollar availability.  For
example, the growth in positions and man-years in 1977 was less than
in any of the three previous years.  The average cost of a man-year
of effort in 1977 was $23,400 compared to approximately $19,900 in
1975.  These statistics reflect inflationary costs of salaries and
agency operations that often result in lower agency growth than is
needed to fulfill program needs.

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
 I
I
     Estimation techniques, manpower models, and estimates made by
control agencies predict resource needs to accomplish current plans
(pre-1977 Amendments)  to be in  the range of 10,000 man-years and
approximately $240 million.  With the additional requirements imposed
by the Clean Air Act amendments, these predictive estimates will
undoubtedly rise even  higher.   With the shortfall between what is
needed compared to available resource:, our national resource program
has been operated on a priority basis with national program guidance
~  "•**•?su' •'*•»: '»•""'•;  t---  h* d"»v   Soire iV-~ remain undone, as »*eflected
in trie recent iu? attainment/non-attainment designations.  There are
still many areas that  have not  attained the standards.

              Current  Funding and Future Prospects

     Resources are now being channeled into planning for those com-
plex programs set forth by the  Amendments.  The States will be
developing SIPs by January 1, 1979, that will include strategies for
the control of all sources, including non-traditional sources such
as industrial fugitive emissions and urban reentrainment.  In addi-
tion, strategies associated with control of transportation sources
and growth considerations are required.

     To assist the State and local governments in developing these
plans, the 1978 control agency  appropriation will be increased from
$58 million to $66 million.  The additional $8 million this year will
be used to obtain contractors,  in increase grants to control agencies,
and to fund metropolitan planning organizations.

     In 1979 we have asked Congress to increase agency support money
by another $8 million  to continue implementation of the plans and by
an additional $5 million to assist in the support of inspection/
maintenance programs.  This will result in a total of approximately
$79 million in Federal assistance to States.  As a minimum, States
are expected to increase their  contributions over 1977 funds by
approximately $25 million.  Even with these increases, there is an
estimated $20+ million shortfall for State and local air pollution
control agencies.   This shortfall will  necessitate even further
prioritization of the requirements imposed on the State and locals by
EPA and a prioritization of the resource allocation within the State
and local agencies toward meeting those requirements.

     As I mentioned earlier, it has taken EPA from the passage of the
Amendments until now to develop SIP requirements that appear to us to
be reasonable and attainable.  One of the factors that influences us
was the known shortfall in resources between what is ideally needed
to develop and implement SIPs as well  as the other things a control
agency is required to do and the resources that are currently avail-
able or likely to be available in the near future.  We believe that

-------
the requirements that will  be  presented  during this Workshop meet the
Intent of the Act, are reasonable  and  are  attainable with the re-
sources available.  I don't mean to leave  you with the Idea that I
think this job 1s easy; I know 1t  Isn't, but I think 1t 1s possible.

     I would like to pause  here and let  Jack H1d1nger take a few
minutes to summarize some of the specific  things he and OTLUP have
been doing since August 1977 to develop  requirements for transporta-
tion measures and Intergovernmental coeperatlsn and cortsult
can be reasonably Included  1n  the  January  1979 SIP subnrfttals.

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 1
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
 I
I
                    Remarks by John 0. Hldinger

                Director, Office of Transportation
                        and Land Use Policy
     My Office has the responsibility for the following require-
ments  under the 1977 Clean Air Act:

     0 Develop the Regulations for the State/Local Consultation
Process (Section 121)

     0 Develop the Guidelines and the Regulations for the Designa-
tion of a Lead Planning Agency (Section 174)

     0 Develop the Transportation Planning Process Guidelines
(Section 108(e))

     0 Published the Information Documents on TCP Measures
(Section 108(f))

     0 Develop Policies for Inspection and Maintenance Programs

     0 Develop Policies for Implementing the Coordination of
Sewage Treatment Grants and Air Quality Plans (Section 316)

     One of my primary concerns is the relationship between various
governmental units in trying to accomplish this complex task of
controlling air pollution.  I feel that in passing the Clean Air
Act Amendments of 1977, Congress recognized the necessity of
establishing an approach of shared responsibilities between state
and local  levels of government.   Section 174 specifically requires
that 1n preparing a plan to control  oxldants or carbon monoxide
a jointly determined division of responsibilities be made by the
State and the local elected officials.

     This  division of responsibilities is especially important in
the area of transportation control planning.   In this area we have
learned through bitter experience that the political  process is
just as important as the technical process in implementing trans-
portation  control measures.

     The tntial transportation work  that we are requiring in order
to submit  an acceptable SIP in 1979  focuses on establishing the
planning process, developing a work  program, and forging the inter-
governmental relationships that  will be necessary to plan and
Implement  an ambitious transportation control plan.

-------
     At the same time that this process is being developed, we
believe that measures that have been planned either in the SIP or
as part of the DOT process that show benefits for air quality
should be moved forward for implementation.   Evidence <&f this will
be the project', and measures included in the Transportation Improve-
ment Program (TIP) and its Ar.
-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
            CONTINUATION OF PREPARED STATEMENT
                   FROM WALTER BARBER

     Before I turn the program back to Darryl, I  would  like  to take
just a few minutes to express my concern for the  difficulty  of the
task that lies ahead to develop adequate SIPs by  January  1979 and to
fully implement those SIPs by 1982 or even  1987.   I  hope  you see
EPA as working with you in this process. As I stated in  my  very
first remarks, we have taken from August 1977 till now  to develop
these requirements as we were trying to develop reasonable and achiev-
able goals that still met the intent of Congress.  We have not taken
the Act and seen how many barriers we could throw before  you and try
to justify ourselves by citing it as the intent of Congress.  We have
tried to do quite the opposite.  We have tried to develop requirements
that overcome barriers and make it as easy  as possible  to develop SIPs
that will meet the intent of Congress.   For instance, we  will be indi-
cating areas where certain requirements can be met in phases beyond
1979 rather than all at once by January.

     I would also like you to realize that  EPA isn't going to lay out
a series of requirements at these Workshops and then go home to wait
and see what you come up with in January.   To the limit of our
resources, both Headquarters and Regional,  we are  going to be workin«-
with you to complete this task on time.  We want  to work  with you~-
not make it hard for you.

     Between now and January, many tough decisions are  going to have
to be made.  We realize this.  We hope you  will look at this Workshop
as the first in a series of efforts on our  part to help you  with
those tough decisions.

-------
  Overview of Clean Air Act
Requirements and Organization
         of Workshop
              n

-------
  REQUIREMENTS FOR

      PREPARATION.

          ADOPTION.
                 and

         SUBMITTAL

      OF IMPLEMENTATION PLANS
      PLAN CONTENT AND REQUIREMENTS
           40CFR51SUBPARTB

•LEGAL AUTHORITY    *REVIEW OF NEW AND
                   MODIFIED SOURCES

•CONTROL STRATEGY   *SOURCE SURVEILLANCE

•COMPLIANCE SCHEDULE ^RESOURCES

•PREVENTION OF AIR   INTERGOVERNMENTAL
   POLLUTION EMER-    COOPERATION
   -.EfcCY EPISODES
•AIRrOLLUTION
   SURVEILLANCE
                 •RULES AND
                    REGULATIONS
              1979

         SUBMISSION
                      12

-------
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1


1



1
1
1
1
1
1
1



PLAN SUBMISSION APPROVAL DISAPPROVAL
JANUARY 1. W7> JULY 1. 197*
W^P €5




PLAN MUST DEMONSTRATE
ATTAINMENT AS

•^^Tis?
— ^Sy^fliiy^
^^p^^p~<-
AS PRACTICABLE


Primary Standard
TSP *SO2 * N02
1982

1

-------
   TSP     SO2
SECONDARY STANDARDS
  REASONABLE TIME
    CO,  Ox
   UP TO FIVE YEAR
EXTENSION IS PROVIDED
   CO,    Ox
 NO LATER THAN
   DEC. 31,1987
            14

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
  CRITERIA FOR

  EXTENSION

  OF 1982 DEADLINE FOR CO, 0,
        1.  MUST HAVE APPLICATION OF ALL
           REASONABLE CONTROL MEASURES.

        2.  MUST HAVE A DEMONSTRATION THAT
           STANDARD CAN NOT BE MET BY 1982.
      EXTENSION NOT AUTOMATIC
   PLAN REQUIREMENTS FOR NON ATTAINMENT AREAS
SECTION 172 <«)

   ••	PROVIDE FOR ATTAINMENT OF EACH NATIONAL
AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARD IN EACH SUCH AREA AS
EXPEDITIOUSLV AS  PRACTICABLE - - -" (CONTROL
STRATEGY)
SECTION 172 (b)

   •THE PLAN PROVISIONS REQUIRED BY SUBSECTION (a)
SHALL	"
                             15

-------
(1) BE ADOPTED BY STATE (OR
   PROMULGATED BY THE ADMINIS-
   TRATOR) AFTER REASONABLE
   NOTICE AND PUBLIC HEARING.
(2) PROVIDE FOR IMPLEMENTATION
   OF ALL REASONABLY AVAILABLE
   CONTROL MEASURES AS EXPEDI-
   TIOUSLY AS PRACTICABLE.
  (3) REQUIRE INTERIM REASONABLE
     FURTHER PROGRESS.
                  16

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(4) INCLUDE A COMPREHENSIVE,
   ACCURATE CURRENT INVENTORY
   OF ACTUAL EMISSIONS FROM ALL
   SOURCES AND SHOULD BE RESUB-
   MITTED AS FREQUENTLY AS
   NECESSARY TO ASSURE COMPLI-
   ANCE WITH REASONABLE
   FURTHER PROGRESS PROVISIONS.
   (5) EXPRESSLY IDENTIFY AND QUANTIFY
     EMISSIONS FROM CONSTRUCTION
     AND OPERATION OF NEW OR
     MODIFIED SOURCES.
(6) REQUIRE PERMITS FOR CONSTRUCT-
   ION AND OPERATION OF NEW OR
   MODIFIED SOURCES IN ACCORDANCE
   WITH SECTION 173 (PERMIT REQUIRE-
   MENTS. )
                     17

-------
   (7)  IDENTIFY AND COMMIT THE
      FINANCIAL AND MANPOWER
      RESOURCES TO CARRY OUT
      PLAN.
(8) CONTAIN EMISSION LIMITATIONS,
   SCHEDULES OF COMPLIANCE.
(9) EVIDENCE OF PUBLIC AND LOCAL
   GOVERNMENTAL INVOLVEMENT
   AND CONSULTATION.

   IDENTIFICATION AND ANALYSIS
   OF AIR QUALITY, HEALTH WELFARE,
   ENERGY AND SOCIAL EFFECTS.

   SUMMARY OF PUBLIC COMMENT
   ON ANALYSIS.
                    18

-------
(10)  WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF STATE,
      LOCAL GOVERNMENT ETC.
      HAVE ADOPTED NECESSARY
      REQUIREMENT TO IMPLEMENT
      AND ENFORCE PLAN.
(11)  MEET CERTAIN REQUIREMENTS IF ATTAINMENT
     DATE AFTER 1982.

     ADDITIONAL NEW SOURCE REVIEW ANALYSIS

     SCHEDULE FOR IMPLEMENTING I & M

     IDENTIFY OTHER MEASURES NECESSARY TO
     ATTAIN BY 12-31-87
                  PLAN REQUIREMENTS

    • CONTROL STRATEGY
    • ADOPTION AFTER PUBLIC HEARING
    • IMPLEMENT RACM
    • REASONABLE FURTHER PROGRESS
    • EMISSION INVENTORY FOR STRATEGY - DEVELOPMENT AND
       REASONABLE FURTHER PROGRESS
    • QUANTIFICATION OF EMISSIONS FROM NEW OR MODIFIED SOURCES
    • PERMITS FOR NEW OR MODIFIED SOURCES
    • FINANCIAL AID MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS
    • EMISSION LIMITATION, SCHEDULES OF COMPLIANCE
    • CONSULTATION
    • ANALYSIS OF IMPACT OF PLAN & ALTERNATIVES & COMMENT
       SUMMARY
    • EVIDENCE OF COMMITTMENT TO IMPLEMENT & ENFORCE
    • REQUIREMENTS FOR PLANS WITH PROJECTED ATTAINMENT
       BEYOND 1982
                             19

-------
                         WORKSHOP AGENDA
DAY 1
  •CONTROL STRATEGY AND
     GENERAL PLAN REQUIREMENTS

  •TRANSPORTATION RELATED ISSUES

  •EMISSION INVENTORY

  •EMISSION - AIR QUALITY
     RELATIONSHIPS

  •RACT

  • PUBLIC PARTICIPATION AND
     INTERGOVERNMENTAL
        CONSULTATION
DAY 2
  •REASONABLE FURTHER PROGRESS
  •PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS

  •NEW SOURCE REVIEW

  •MISC. TOPICS
     Tall Stacks
     Permit Fees
     Assurance of Plan Adequacy
     State Board Composition
     Interstate Pollution
     Public Notification
     Maintenence of Pay
     Air Pollution Episode Reporting
     PSD (Part C)
                                            20

-------
    OVERVIEW OF CAA REQUIREMENTS AND ORGANIZATION OF WORKSHOP
I.   40 CFR 51 - Requirements for Preparation, Adoption, and Sub-
mittal of Implementation Plans.

     Subpart B - Plan Content and Requirenents.  These requirements
were developed pursuant to CAA of 1970 and not altered by CAA
Amendments of 1977.

    *A.  Legal authority - Each plan shall show that the State has
the legal authority to carry out the plan.

    *B.  Control strategy - Each plan shall contain a control
strategy that provides for the attainment and maintenance of the
applicable air quality standards.

    *C.  Compliance schedules - Each plan shall contain legally
enforceable compliance schedules setting forth the dates by which
sources must be in compliance with any applicable requirements
of the plan.

     D.  Prevention of air pollution emergency episodes - Each plan
shall include a contingency plan which provides for the taking of
emission control actions necessary to prevent ambient pollutant
concentrations from reaching levels which could cause significant
Harm to the health of persons.

     E.  Air quality surveillance - Each plan shall provide for
the establishment of an air quality surveillance system.

    *F.  Review of new sources and modification - Each plan shall
set forth legally enforceable procedures adequate to determine
whether the construction or modification of a source will result
1n violations of applicable portions of the control strategy or
will Interfere with attainment or maintenance of a national air
quality standard.

     G.  Source surveillance - Each plan shall provide for moni-
toring the Status of compliance with any rules and regulations
which set forth any portion of the control strategy.

     H.  Resources - Each plan shall include a description of the
resources available to the State and local agencies to carry out
the plan.
These requirements will be highlighted during the workshop.
                                 21

-------
   *I.  Intergovernmental cooperation - Each plan shall provide for
the exchange of information and identification of intergovernmental
responsibilities as necessary to develop and implement the plan.

   *J.  Rules and regulations - Emission limitations and other
measures necessary for attainment and maintenance of any national
standards shall be adopted as rules and regulations enforceable by
the State agency.
II. The Clean Air Act As Amended August 1977

    A.  Date of Plan Submission --  January 1, 1979

    B.  EPA Approval/Disapproval -  July 1, 1979

    C,  Plan must demonstrate attainment

        1.   As expeditiously as practicable but no later than 12/31/82
for TSP, S09, and NOp primary standard./
   ~" ^      I-        L.
        2.   Reasonable time for TSP and S0? secondary standard attain-
ment.

        3.   As expeditiously as practicable but no later than 12/31/87
for CO and 0
            /\

    D.  Extensions

        1.   Up to a 5-year extension is provided for CO and 0
        2.   Criteria for extension is:                       x

            a.  Must have application of all reasonably available
control measures (RACM).This includes transportation control
measures as well as stationary source control measures.
            b.  Must have a demonstration that attainment of standard
is not possible by 12/31/82 through the application of RACM.

        3.   The granting of extension is not automatic.

            a.  A demonstration of need must be made
            b.  State must fulfill all other statutory requirements.

III. Clean Air Act of 1977: Part D - Plan Requirements for Non-Attain-
     ment Areas  (These requirements supplement those presented in
     40 CFR 51 Subpart B noted in "I" above.)

     A.  Sec. 172(a) - "... shall provide for attainment of each such
national ambient air quality standard in each area as expeditiously as
practicable..." (control strategy)
                                  22

-------
     B.  Sec. 172(b) - "The plan provisions required by subsection
(a) shall" -

         1.  be adopted by State (or promulgated by the Administrator)
after reasonable notice and public hearing
         2.  provide for implementation of all reasonably available
control measures as expeditiously as practicable.
         3.  require interim reasonable further progress
         4.  include a comprehensive, accurate current inventory of
actual emissions from all sources and should be resubmitted as fre-
quently as necessary to assure compliance with reasonable further
progress provisions.
         5.  expressly identify and quantify emissions from construc-
tion and operation of new or modified sources
         6.  require permits for construction and operation of new or
modified sources in accordance with Sec. 173 (permit requirements)
         7.  identify and commit the financial and manpower resources
to carry out plan
         8.  contain emission limitations, schedules of compliance
         9.  evidence of public and local government involvement and
consultation
             a.  identification and analysis of air quality, health,
welfare, economic, energy, and social effects
             b.  summary of public comment on analysis
        10.  written evidence of State, local government, etc. have
adopted necessary requirements to implement and enforce plan
        11.  meet certain additional requirements if attainment date
after 1982
             a.  additional new source review analysis
             b.  schedule for impementing I/M
             c.  identify other measures necessary to attain by
                 12/31/87
  IV. Organization of Workshop'

     A.  Control strategy and general plan requirements

         This presentation will focus on the development of a control
strategy which identifies those measures that must be implemented in
order to attain and maintain the air quality standards within the
time allocated by the Act.  The presentation will  also focus on the
general SIP requirements that appear in the recent EPA policy state-
ment "Criteria for Approval  of 1979 SIP Revisions."  This presentation
will set the stage for the more detailed dicussions that will follow
during the next two days.  The specific requirements of Part D of
the CAA-1977 included in this presentation are:
                                  23

-------
          1.  Sec.  172(a)--provide for attainment of the standard
              (control  strategy)
          2.  Sec.  173(b)(l)--adoption after public hearing
          3.  Sec.  172(b)(2)--implement reasonably available control
              measures  (RACM)
          4.  Sec.  172(b)(7)--financial and manpower requirements
          5.  Sec.  172(b)(9)--analysis of impact of plan and alter-
              natives considered and a summary of public comments on
              the analysis
          6.  Sec.  172(b)(10)-evidence of commitment to implement and
              enforce the plan
          7.  Sec.  172(b)(ll)-additional  requirements for plans with
              post-1982 attainment dates

     B.  Transportation Related Issues

         This presentation will focus on  specific transportation issues
that must be considered in the development and implementation of the
SIP control strategy.  Specific transportation control  measures will
discussed.  The specific CAA-1977 Part D requirements include in this
presentation are:

          1.  Sec.  172(a)--provide for attainment of the standard
              (control  strategy)
          2.  Sec.  172(b)(2)—implement RACM
          3.  Sec.  172(b)(9)--analysis of impact of plan and alter-
              natives considered and a summary of public comment of
              the analysis.
          4.  Sec.  172(b)(ll)-additional  requirements for plans with
              post-1982 attainment dates.

C.  Emission Inventory

     In order to develop a SIP, the State must have a current compre-
hensive and accurate emission inventory.   The inventory establishes
the base from which emissions must be reduced in order to attain the
standards.  The specific CAA-1977 Part D requirements included in
this presentation are:

          1.  Sec.  172(b)(4)--emission inventory adequate to develop
              control strategy and meet the requirement of assuring
              reasonable further progress.
          2.  Sec.  172(b)(5)--quantification of emissions from new
              and modified sources.

D.  Emissions—Air Quality Relationships

     This presentation provides information on how current emissions
and air quality data are used to determine the level of control needed
to attain the standards.  The specific CAA-1977 Part D requirement
included in this presentation are:


                                 24

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
        1.  Sec. 172(a)--provide for attainment of the standard
            (control strategy)
        2.  Sec. 172(b)(4)--emission inventory adequate to develop con-
            trol strategy and meet the requirement of assuring reasonable
            further progress.

    E.  Reasonably Available Control Technology (RACT)

        The Clean Air Act requires that reasonably available control
technology (RACT) be used in developing the control strategy and
it be used in defining interim reasonable further progress.  This
presentation will review those factors that should be considered in
defining RACT for a particular source and present information on guid-
ance material that is available to assist in making RACT determinations.
The specific CAA-1977 Part D requirements included in this presentation
are:

        1.  Sec. 172(a)--provide for attainment of the standard
            (control strategy)
        2.  Sec. 172(b)(2)--implement RACM
        3.  Sec. 172(b)(3)--require in the interim, reasonable
            further progress
        4.  Sec. 172(b)(ll)-additional requirements for plans with
              post-1982 attainment dates

F.  Public Participation and Intergovernmental Consultation

    In the development of a SIP, it is logical that the public be
involved and that there be a considerable amount of intergovernmental
cooperation.  This is particularly true of when developing transpor-
tation control measures and measures to control fugitive dust.  This
presentation will focus on the specific CAA requirements for partici-
pation and consultation.  The specific CAA-1977 Part D requirements
included in this presentation are:

        1.  Sec. 172(a)--provide for attainment of the standard
            (control strategy)
        2.  Sec. 172(b)(9)--evidence of public, local government,
            and State legislative involvement and consultation in
            accordance with Sec. 174 (relating to planning proced-
            ures)

G.  Reasonable Further Progress

    The Congress in developing the CAA Amendments of 1977 added the
requirement that a SIP must not only demonstrate attainment of the
standards as expeditiously as possible but that there must be a
significant amount of progress in the early years toward meeting
                                 25

-------
that objective followed by annual  progress thereafter.   This presen-
tation will outline the requirements for demonstrating  the control
strategy's ability to provide for reasonable further progress and
the annual monitoring of the progress toward meeting that objective.
The specific CAA-1977 Part D requirements included in the presenta-
tion are:

        1.  Sec. 172(a)--provide for attainment of the  standards
            (control strategy)
        2.  Sec. 172(b)(2)—implement RACM
        3.  Sec. 172(b)(3)--require, in the interim, reasonable
            further progress
        4.  Sec. 172(b)(4)--emission inventory adequate to develop
            control strategy and meet the requirement of assuring
            reasonable further progress
        5.  Sec. 172(b)(5)--quantification of emissions from new
            and modified sources.

H.  Procedural Requirements

    There are a number of procedural requirements that  a SIP must
meet.  They include the adoption of rules and regulations, the sub-
mi ttal of regulatory development and implementation schedules, the
development and submittal of compliance schedules, and  the commitment
of resources to implement the SIP.  This presentation will include
a discussion of EPA's realization that not all regulations required
by the SIP control strategy can be legally enforceable  by the
January, 1979, submittal date.  This presentation will  specify for
which pollutants and for which source categories the States may
submit schedules in lieu of actual control requirements or adopted
measures.  The requirement for periodic progress reports on the
implementation of these schedules will also be discussed.  The specific
CAA-1977 Part D requirements included in this presentation are:

        1.  Sec. 172(a)--provide for attainment of the standards
            (control strategy)
        2.  Sec. 172(b)(l)--adoption after public hearing
        3.  Sec. 172(b)(7)--financial and manpower requirements
        4.  Sec. 172(b)(8)--emission limitation and compliance
            schedules necessary to meet the requirements of this
            section
        5.  Sec. 172(b)(10)-evidence to commitment to implement and
            enforce the plan.

I.  New Source Review

    The CAA-1977 has a number of additional new source review
requirements.  This presentation will identify those retirements
with particular emphasis on how the new requirements fit into exist-
ing State NSR programs.  The specific CAA-1977 Part D requirements
Included in this presentation are:


                                 26

-------
        1.  Sec. 172(a)--provide for attainment of the standards
            (control strategy)
        2.  Sec. I72(b)(3)--requ1re, 1n the Interim, reasonable
            further progress
        3.  Sec. I72(b)(5)--quant1f1cat1on of emissions from new
            and modified sources
        4.  Sec. 172(b)(6)--permits for new and modified source 1n
            accordance with Sec. 173.
        5.  Sec. 172(b)(ll)-additional requirements for plans with
            post-1982 attainment dates

J.  Miscellaneous Requirements

    The CAA-1977 contains a number of additional SIP requirements
that are not specifically related to the development of control
measures that demonstrate attainment of the standards and provide
for interim reasonable further progress.  These requirements Include:

    1.  Tall stacks
    2.  Permit fees
    3.  Assurance of plan adequacy
    4.  State board composition
    5.  Interstate pollution
    6.  Public notification
    7.  Maintenance of pay
    8.  Episode reports
    9.  Prevention of significant deterioration

    The final  series of short presentations will discuss these
requirements.   It is felt that these presentations will provide a
degree of completeness to the workshop.
                                 27

-------
      Control Strategy
and General Plan Requirements
              29

-------
CONTROL STRATEGY DEVELOPMENT
            AND
  GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR
  APPROVAL OF 1979 PLANS
  FOR NONATTAINMENT AREAS
  GENERAL
    PROCEDURES FOR DEVELOPMENT
       OF A CONTROL STRATEGY
        CONTROL STRATEGY
  MUST BE DEVELOPED
  FOR THE AREA WHICH HAS
  BEEN DESIGNATED NONATTAINMENT
                   30

-------
                      INTERNAL VIOLATION
                       EXTERNAL SOURCE
EXTERNAL VIOLATION
INTERNAL SOURCE
                     X MAJOR SOURCES
                APPENDIX A
           SIGNIFICANT AIR QUALITY INCREMENTS

             FOR NON-ATTAINMENT AREAS
POLLUTANT AVERAGING TIME

S02
PM
N02
CO
ANNUAL
1 MD/m3
1 MB/m3
1 M9/m3

24.HOUH
6 in/m3
5 Md/m3


8-HOUR



0.6 mg/m3
3-HOUR
25 |M/m3




1-HOUR



2 mg/m3

     EACH AREA MUST

            HAVE ITS OWN
                  DEMONSTRATION
                           31

-------
EXAMPLE REHLON CONCEPT
 DEMONSTRATION   NO DEMONSTRATION
                 NECESSARY
       HOW MUCH
    I.  CONTROL WILL BE NEEDED?
  PRIMARY STO.
  SECONDARY STD i
ft
                      n
                   32

-------
  Designated Non-Attainment Area
   WIDESPREAD
                        1
   Localized
              Designated
            Non-Attainment
                 Area
  VIOLATIONS
SHORT TERM
 ANNUAL
           33

-------
3
WHAT
ALTERNATIVES DO YOU HAVE?
TRADITIONAL

• Retrofit
• Process changes
              NONTRADITIONAL

              • Road paving
              • Land use type
                       34

-------
 5.  EXPECTED REDUCTIONS
STRATEGY A
STR
            SUMMARY
       of Recommended Emission
Limitations and/or Control Efficiencies
      for Stationary YOG Sources
              SUMMARY
    OF POSSIBLE  PERCENT EMISSION
       REDUCTIONS FROM RTCMs
                      35

-------
 PART1CULATES....
 mmmmmmmmmfmmmmm

 NO SPECIFIC CONTROL
 TECHNIQUE GUIDELINE DOCUMENTS
  WHERE CAN
  YOU  GET
  HELP  FOR
  TSP
INFORMATION FOR DETERMINING PERCENT
      CONTROL FOR TSP
>      CONTROLLED AND UNCONTROLLED EMISSION RATES AND
      APPLICABLE LIMITATIONS FOR EIGHTY PROCESSES. SEPTEMBER 1976
>      GUIDELINE FOR DEVELOPMENT OF CONTROL STRATEGIES IN AREAS
      WITH FUGITIVE DUST PROBLEMS, OAOPS 1.2-071. OCTOBER 1977
     k TECHNICAL GUIDANCE FOR CONTROL OF INDUSTRIAL PROCESS
     ' FUGITIVE PARTICULATE EMISSIONS, MARCH 1977, EPA 460 / 3-77-010
                        36

-------
 WHERE DO YOU
 GET HELP FOR
 S02,NOX,CO      *
*H*f*m*f*immrmsmm*fBfn*   ^W
 SSEIS
   STRATEGY SELECTION
      IS IT TECHNICALLY
        ACCEPTABLE
* ATTAIN AEAP
* SPECIFIC ATTAIN DATE
* CONTROL TECHNOLOGY ACHIEVABLE
* ENFORCEABLE

                 37

-------
 IMPACT OF STRATEGY SELECTION

       
-------
f"
PRIMARY STANDARD
I   AEAP
      NOT LATER THAN 1982.
    SECONDARY  STP \-
        RACT
      >RACT
                1982
                REASONABLE
                TIME
      "REASONABLE TIME SHALL DEPEND ON THE
      DEGREE OF EMISSION REDUCTION NEEDED FOR
      ATTAINMENT OF SUCH SECONDARY STANDARD
      AND THE SOCIAL, ECONOMIC, AND TECHNOLOG-
      ICAL PROBLEMS INVOLVED IN CARRYING OUT A
      CONTROL STRATEGY TO ATTAINMENT AND
      MAINTENANCE OF SUCH SECOND STANDARD."





      Illlllllll

                    39

-------
   DEMONSTRATION BASED ON USE OF MODELS
• INTERIM GUIDELINE ON AIR QUALITY
      MODELS     OAQPS 1.2-080
         FUGITIVE EMISSIONS
         & FUGITIVE DUST MODELING
   if TECHNICAL GUIDANCE FOR CONTROL INDUSTRIAL
         PROCESS FUGITIVE PARTICULATE EMISSIONS
         EPA 450 / 3-77-010

   * GUIDANCE FOR DEVELOPMENT OF CONTROL
         STRATEGIES IN AREAS WITH FUGITIVE
         DUST PROBLEMS    OAQPS   1.2-071
                               TSP
                               S02
                               NOX

                              UNLESS
                              APPROVED
                              BY  REGIONAL
                              ADMINISTRATOR
                             40

-------
   ROLLBACK
 Can Be Used For
 Preliminary
 Assessment Of
 Control Strategy
 Adequacy
*TSP
•SO,
*NOX
*CO

 Strategy
 Demonstration
 For
*o.
BACKGROUND
     THAT PORTION OF MEASURED AMBIENT

LEVELS THAT CANNOT BE REDUCED BY CONTROLLING

EMISSIONS FROM MAN-MADE SOURCES.
           TSP
ANNUAL

   30 40 /jg/m3

SHORT TERM"|

•  INTERIM GUIDELINE ON AQ MODELS
   OAQPS 1.2 080
                     41

-------
    OXIDANT
     PROCEDURES FOR QUANTIFYING
 RELATIONSHIPS BETWEEN PHOTOCHEMICAL
      OXIDANTS AND PRECURSURS

    EPA 45O/2-77-O21B
8
DEVELOP
EMISSION LIMITATIONS
  9.  PUBLIC HEARINGS
                    42

-------
                            1
          ADOPTION
11
.  GOVERNOR'S APPROVAL
12
. SUBMITTAL TO I t»
                43

-------
 iGeneral Requirements I

   FOR APPROVAL OF 1979
   PLANS FOR NONATTAINMENT AREAS.
    ADOPTION OF LEGAL

 ENFORCEABLE PROCEDURES
COMMITTMENT
    TO IMPLEMENT
    AND
    ENFORCE THE PLAN.
                44

-------
 SCHEDULES
SCHEDULES
MUST
CALL
           45

-------
ESTIMATE%

         OF
REASONABLE
       ANNUAL REDUCTION
       REDUCTION IN EARLY YEARS
           •RECOGNIZE LAG IN
           IMPLEMENTING REGULATIONS

           SREDITS FOR ACTION
           INCE AUG.7, 1977
                 46

-------
plan
must
consider
            progress toward
            meeting schedules
              •emission
               reductions
              47

-------
LOCAL INVOLVEMENT
       IN PLAN
   ANALYSIS OF AIR QUALITY,

   HEALTH, WELFARE, ECONOMIC,

   ENERGY, AND SOCIAL IMPACT

   OF THE PLAN
   ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
   FOR CONTROL STRATEGIES
         AFTER 1982
   CO&
                  48

-------
ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE SITES,
SIZES AND PRODUCTION PROCESSES,
AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL TECHNIQUES
FOR NEW SOURCES WHICH DEMONSTRATE THAT
BENEFITS OUTWEIGH THE ENVIRONMENTAL AND
SOCIAL COST OF A NEW SOURCE LOCATING IN
AN AREA.
               INSPECTION
             /MAINTENANCE
             JUNE 3Q 1979
                    49

-------
   EXCEPTIONS:
      no opportunity to
      conduct technical analysis
        legislature has no
        opportunity to consider
        LEGAL AUTHORITY
        NO LATER THAN 7/1/80
COMMITTMENT TO
PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION
   SPECIFIC
       POLLUTANTS
               50

-------
         SO,
         Regulations submitted 1979
              * Attainment by 1982
    f REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULE 1979

    I          ^ATTAINMENT 1982
 PARTICULATE MATTER

(REGULATIONS FOR TRADITIONAL
   .... ALSO INCLUDESX|FUGITIVE
                    INDUSTRIAL PROCESS
    SCHEDULES FOR NON-TRADITIONAL
                   * SOQRCES 1979
                * ATTAINMENT 1982
                      51

-------
OX1DANT & CO PUN

REGULATIONS	
.STATIONARY
 SOURCES
SCHEDULES	STATIONARY
                    SOURCES, KM

ATTAINMENT DATE	1982/1987

POLLUTANT
S02
Nox
Paniculate
Matter



Ox





CO



ATTAINMENT
DATE
1982
1982

1982



1982/1987





1982/1987



1979 SUBMITTAL
REGS.
Y«
Yet

Yet
Traditional
Sourcedncludei
fugitive)
Yd
Stationery Source
(IOCTG)



Yet
Stationary Sources


SCHEDULES
No
Yei

Yet
Non-Traditional


Yet
1. later CTG't ittued
after Jan. 1978
2. I/M
3 TCM
4 other meaiures
Yet
1 I/M
2 TCM
3. other measures
    OXIDANT

    *MAJOR URBAN AREAS

    ^SIGNIFICANT REDUCTION OF
      VOC EMISSIONS

    *REDUCE PEAK CONCENTRATION
      IN URBAN AREAS

    * SOLVE RURAL OX BY MINIMIZING
      VOC EMISSION OXIDANTS
      WHICH MAY BE TRANSPORTED
                      52

-------
COMPREHENSIVE PLAN

*URBAN AREA PROVIDE DEMONSTRATION
 OF ATTAINMENT

*RURAL AREA NOT NECESSARY TO
 PROVIDE DEMONSTRATION OF ATTAINMENT

*RURAL PLAN DEPENDS UPON URBAN PLAN
 AND RACT ON SOURCES  > 100T/YR IN
 RURAL AREAS
II
MAJOR URBAN
  GREATER THAN
200,000  IN  1970
               53

-------
  RACT REGULATIONS FIRST
    10 CTG & STAGE 1

  SCHEDULE FOR RACT WHICH
    CALLS FOR ANNUAL SUB™
    MITTAL OF REGULATIONS
    BEGINNING IN JAN. 1980
MOBILE
     SOURCES
IMPLEMENT REASONABLE
    TCM's ASAP!
  RCTM
  FEB. 1978
  5 MEASURES

  AUGUST 1978
  14 MEASURES
            54

-------
 Transportation Measures


• PROMPT ANALYSIS


• IMPLEMENT IN PHASES IF
                       NECESSARY

•IMPLEMENTATION MAY BE
         COMPLICATED & LENGTHY
        1979 PLAN SUBMITTED WITH

          EXTENSION BEYOND 1982
      *EXPEDITIOUS IMPLEMENTATION OF
       CURRENT RTCM

      ^PROGRAM TO EVALUATE RANGE OF
       ALTERNATIVE PACKAGES

      •^PROVIDE EVALUATION OF LONG
       RANGE ALTERNATIVES

      * SCHEDULE FOR ANALYSIS AND
       ADOPTION OF TCM AEAP
   PLANS FOR UNCLASSIFIED AREAS

          FOR OXIDANT


 *SUBMIT PLAN WITHIN 9 MONTHS OF
   NON-ATTAINMENT DETERMINATION

 *ATTAINMENT DATE

 *OFF SETS UNTIL PLAN DEVELOPED
                        55

-------
 JANUARY
   1978
   JULY
   1978
  -GROUP I CTG ISSUED (10)
   STAGE I GUIDANCE ISSUED
   GROUP I  (B) RTCM GUIDANCE ISSUED
  -(FEBRUARY 1978)
  -GROUP II CTG ISSUED
   GROUP II (14) RTCM GUIDANCE ISSUED
  -(AUGUST, 1978)
 JANUARY

   1979
  -SO2   REGS

   TSP   REGS (TRADITIONAL)
         SCHEDULES (NON TRADITIONAL)

   NOX   REGS
         SCHEDULES
             Ox &  CO
         REGS (STATIONARY)
        SCHEDULES I/M
                  TCM
                  OTHER MEASURES
                   GROUP III CTG ISSUED (DEC. 1978)
  JULY

  1979
'PLAN APPROVAL/DISAPPROVAL

 LEGAL AUTHORITY  I/M (JUNE 30 ,1979)

. LAST CTG's ISSUED (GROUP IV)
JANUARY

   1980
"SUBMISSION OF REGS FOR GROUP II & III
 CTG'f (15)

 SUBMISSION OF LEGALLY ENFORCEABLE
 PROCEDURES FOR RTCM CONTINUES AS
 INDICATED IN THE 1979 SCHEDULES

 ANNUAL REPORT ON PROGRESS TOWARD
.MEETING SCHEDULES
                                   56

-------
 JULY

 1980
JANUARY

  1981
~ LEGAL AUTHORITY I/M (LEGISLATE NO
 OPPORTUNITY BETWEEN 8/7/77 & 6/30/79)

 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TCM SHOULD BE
-COMPLETED

"REGULATIONS FOR GROUP IVCTG'S

 REPRESENTATIVE LIST OF RTCM IMPLEMENTED
 ON PILOT OR DEMONSTRATION BASIS

 ANNUAL REPORT ON PROGRESS TOWARD MEETING
-SCHEDULES
  JULY

   1981


JANUARY

  1982
'CONTINUED SUBMITTAL OF LEGALLY
 ENFORCEABLE PROCEDURES FOR RTCMs
 AS MAY HAVE BEEN INDICATED IN 1979
-SCHEDULES

" I/M IMPLEMENTED FOR DECENTRALIZED SYSTEM
 (PRIVATE GARAGE)

 LEGALLY ENFORCEABLE PROCEDURES FOR ALL
_RTCM TO BE SUBMITTED
      JULY
       1982
     "SUBMISSION OF ALL NECESSARY MEASURES TO
      PROVIDE FOR ATTAINMENT (CO . O, ) STANDARDS
     -BY NO LATER THAN DECEMBER 31, 1987
      DECEMBER
          1982
     "S02 , TSP, NOX STANDARDS ATTAINED

      I/M IMPLEMENTATION FOR CENTRALIZED SYSTEM
      (STATE)

      RTCM IMPLEMENTED (FULL IMPLEMENTATION FOR
      SOME OF THE MORE DIFFICULT MEASURES MAY
      EXTEND BEYOND 1982)

   I	RACT IMPLEMENTED
                                    57

-------
          CONTROL STRATEGY DEVELOPMENT AND GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
           FOR APPROVAL OF 1979 PLANS FOR NON-ATTAINMENT AREAS

I.  Overview of procedures for Control Strategy Development

    A.  Area for development

        1.  Plan shall be developed for each non-attainment area as
designated under Section 107.
        2.  Should include the consideration of sources which may be
located outside the non-attainment areas but which have a significant
impact (as defined in Appendix A, Interim Guideline on Air Quality
Models, OAQPS No. 1.2-080) upon non-attainment area,  (see Attachment A)
        3.  Each non-attainment area must have its own control strategy
demonstration.  The example region approach (Sec. 51.13) per se will
not be accepted.  However, a slight variation would be permissible
for 0  (i.e., demonstrated urban attainment with additional rural
stationary source control will be sufficient and no demonstration of
attainment is necessary for rural areas).

    B.  What type and how much control is required to attain the
standards?

        1.  The magnitude of the problem
            a.  Primary/secondary standard
            b.  Maintenance
        2.  Geographic extent
            a.  Localized (see Attachment B)
            b.  Widespread (see Attachment C)
        3.  Temporal
            That is, SIP-related limits should be based on concentra-
tion estimates for the averaging time which results in the most
stringent control requirements.  In all cases, these concentration
estimates are assumed to be a sum of the concentration contributed by
the source and an appropriate background concentration.

            If the annual average air quality standard is exceeded by
a greater degree (percentage) than standards for other averaging times,
the annual average is considered the restrictive standard.  In this
case the sum of the highest estimated annual average concentration
and the annual average background provides the concentration which
should be used to specify emission limits.  However, if a short-term
standard is exceeded by a greater degree and 1s thus Identified as
the restrictive standard, other considerations are required because
the frequency of occurrence must also be taken into account.
                                 58

-------
I
                    ATTACHMENT A
                            INTERNAL VIOLATION
                              EXTERNAL SOURCE
   EXTERNAL VIOLATION
   INTERNAL SOURCE
                           X MAJOR SOURCES
                       59

-------
      ATTACHMENT B
                      Designated
                  Non-Attainment
                            Area
Localized
          60

-------
      ATTACHMENT C
                           «
Designated Non-Attainment Area
  WIDESPREAD
        61

-------
        4.  Source categories which constribute to the problem and
from which further control  is available.
            a.  Stationary
            b.  Mobile

    C.  Strategy alternatives

        1.  Technological controls (i.e., traditional sources)
            a.  Retrofi t
            b.  Process changes
        2.  Non-traditional controls
            a.  Road paving, sweeping, dust suppression
            b.  Land use type

    D.  Strategy screening depends upon:

        1.  Initial modeling results of base case
        2.  Availability and accuracy of data base
        3.  Social, economic, and institutional constraints
        4.  Resources

            NOTE:  Because of the magnitude of the problem, in many
                   cases, it will take all you can think of to attain.

    E.  Emission reduction estimates for each alternative should be
developed (i.e., determine the emission reduction obtained through
the application of each strategy alternative):

        Oxidant

        1.  RACT--(See Attachment D)  (More information is presented
in discussion on RACT)
        2.  RTCM--(See Attachment E)  (More information can be found
on discussion of Transportation Related Issues)

        Total Suspended Particulate

        (See Attachment F)

        Sulfur Dioxide, Nitrogen Dioxide, Carbon Monoxide

        (See Attachment F)

    F.  Strategy selection

        1.  Technically acceptable (most important step)
            a.  Provides for attainment as expeditiously as practicable
                (AEAP)
            b.  Sets forth date of attainment
            c.  AQ projected to attain standard
            d.  Control technology adequate
                                 62

-------
                         ATTACHMENT D


                  Summary of Recommended Emission
              Limitations and/or Control Efficiences for
                      Stationary VOC Sources

                                                    Emission Limitation
GROUp j                                            or Control Efficiency


Large Appliance Manufacture
Magnet Wire Insulation
Gasoline Bulk Plants
Metal furniture Manufacture
Petroleum Liquid Storage,
    Fixed Roof Tanks
Degreasing
Bulk Gasoline Terminals
Petroleum Refinery Vacuum Systems,
    Waste Water Separators and Process
    Unit Turnaround
Service Stations, Stage  I


GROUP  II

Petroleum Refinery  Fugitive
     Emissions (leaks)
Surface Coating of  Other Metal
     Products -  Industrial
Pharmaceutical Manufacture
Rubber Products Manufacture
Paint Manufacture
Vegetable Oil Processing
Graphic Arts (Printing)
Flat Wood Products
Service Stations, Stage  II
Petroleum Liquid Storage
     Floating Roof Tanks

GROUP  III

Ship and Barge Transport of
     Gasoline and Crude Oil
Organic Chemical Manufacture
   Process Streams
   Fugitive  (Leaks)
Dry Cleaning
Wood Furniture Manufacture
Architectural and Miscellaneous
    Coatings
                                    63

-------
                            ATTACHMENT D  (Continued)

            Summary of Recommended  Emission Limitations

         and/or Control  Efficiencies  for Stationary VOC Sources
                                                       Emission Limitation
                                                      or Control Efficiency
GROUP  IV

Organic Chemical Manufacture
  Waste Disposal
  Storage and Handling

OTHERS

Natural Gas and Crude Oil
    Production

Adhesives

Other Induxtrial Surface
    Coatings

Auto Refinishing

Other Solvent Usage
                                    64

-------
                             ATTACHMENT E


                       SUMMARY OF POSSIBLE

                 PERCENT EMISSION REDUCTIONS FROM

                              RTCMs


       MEASURES                                        % Emission Reduction

Inspection/maintenance

Vapor recovery

Improved public transit

Exclusive bus and carpool lanes

Areawide carpool programs

Private car restrictions

Long-range transit improvements

On-street parking controls

Park and ride and fringe parking lots

Pedestrian malls

Employer programs to encourage car and van polling,
  mass transit, bicycling and walking

Bicycle lanes and storage facilities

Staggered work hours

Road pricing to discourage single occupancy
  auto trips

Controls on extended vehicle idling

Traffic flow improvements

Alternative fuels or engines and other fleet
  vehicle controls

Other than light duty vehicle retrofit

Extreme cold start emission reduction programs
                               65

-------
                    ATTACHMENT F
                 INFORMATION FOU DETERMINING
             PERCENT CONTROL FOR TSP, SQ2, NOX, CO


BE
— CONTROLLED AND UNCONTROLLED EMISSION RATES AND
   APPLICABLE LIMITATIONS FOR EIGHTY PROCESSES., SEPTEMBER 1976,
   - EXTERNAL COMBUSTION
   - SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL
   - FOOD AND AGRICULTURE
   - METALLURGICAL
   - MINERAL PRODUCTS
   - WOOD PROCESSING
~ GUIDELINE FOR DEVELOPMENT OF CONTROL STRATEGIES  IN AREAS
   WITH FUGITIVE DUST PROBLEMS, CAQPS # 1,2-071, OCTOBER 1977
   - UNPAVED ROADS
   - ENTRAINED STREET DUST
   - CONTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION
   - AGRICULTURE
   - TAILING PILES
   - PARKING LOTS
— TECHNICAL GUIDANCE FOR CONTROL OF  INDUSTRIAL PROCESS
   FUGITIVE PARTICULATE EMISSIONS, MARCH  1977, EPA  450/3-77-010
   - COMMON DUST SOURCES
   - IRON AND STEEL PRODUCTION
   - PRIMARY NON-FERROUS SMELTING
   - SECONDARY NON-FERROUS  SMELTING
   - FOUNDRIES
   - MATERIALS EXTRACTION AND BENEFICIATION
   - GRAIN ELEVATORS
   - -PORTLAND CEMENT
   - LIME
   - CONCRETE BATCHING
   - ASPHALT CONCRETE PRODUCTION
   - LUMBER AND FURNITURE
                            66

-------
                    ATTACHMENT F (Continued)
                           2
TSP (CONTINUED)
— SSEIS's FOR NEW SOURCE  PERFORMANCE STANDARD DEVELOPMENT

S02, NOX, CO
— SSEIS's FOR NEW SOURCE  PERFORMANCE STANDARD DEVELOPMENT
                           67

-------
        2.  Economic analysis
        3.  Institutional  impact
            a.  Local government
            b.  MPO's
            c.  Social  impact—public acceptance
            d.  Financial  and manpower commitments to carry out the
                strategy
            e.  Welfare, energy impact

                NOTE:  Might use decision matrix similar to Washington
                       Environmental  Research Center matrix.
                       (See Attachment G)

    G.  Demonstration of attainment

        1.  Plan must demonstrate attainment
            a.  AEAP but no later than 12/31/82 for TSP, S0?, NO
primary standard                                           ^    x
            b.  Reasonable time for TSP, S0? secondary standard
attainment
                (1)  Reasonable time shall be 1982 if only RACT is
needed to attain secondary standard
                (2)  Where greater than RACT is required or where the
State shows that good cause exists for a longer period of time "reason-
able time" shall depend on the degree of emission reduction needed
for attainment of such secondary standard and on the social, economic,
and technological problems involved in carrying out a control strategy
adequate for attainment and maintenance of such secondary standard
(Sec. 51.13).
            c.  AEAP but no later than 12/31/87 for CO, 0
        2.  Same models as used for determination of levef of control
            a.  "Interim Guideline on Air Quality Models" OAQPS 1.2-080
                (1)  Multi-Source Models for Sulfur Dioxide and Par-
ticulate Matter (Annual Average)--"If a preliminary assessment of the
adequacy of a control strategy is desired, the Rollback Model may be
used.  However, in most cases such a screening does not constitute an
adequate control strategy demonstration.
                The Climatological Dispersion Model (COM, the
Air Quality Display Model  (AQDM), and the Texas Climatological Model
(TCM) are recommended for evaluating the long-term impact of urban
multi-source complexes.  If the meteorological or topographic com-
plexities are such that the use of any available air quality model
is precluded, an attempt should be made to acquire or improve the
necessary data bases and to develop appropriate analytical techniques.
                (2)  Multi-Source Models for Sulfur Dioxide and
Particulate Matter (Short-term Averages)—Again, a Rollback Model may
be used for the preliminary assessment of a control strategy.  The
Real-Time Air Quality Simulation Model (RAM) is recommended for evalu-
ating the impact of multi-source complexes on air quality averaged
over short-term periods.  It is applicable to both urban and rural
                                  68

-------
<Ł>

I—
5

I
Administrative
Considerations
10
"« P
Control
Application
X
llUOJTtin
OATlDOjac;
snonuriuoouoN
shomrijuoi) "
ON-N ssX-A sistxg
!SB3T-Ł - "I
}soi\j-"[ 'xa^
iTqcidsoDy ISI^OT
•
.
* * -t^ |
6 !/>
0,
10
«s
ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS
1 - Ntost Expensive
2 - Moderately Expensive
3 - Least Expensive


•
9"[qE^d3DDy }sop>j
rH
rt to
•H •!->
U 10
O O
CO U
•i o
•< u
•M
O i/>
I) 4->
>-. 10
•H O
Q u:

J31J1.0
S3DTJJ ^t?UO"[33^[
.u.u/OTd.n na,V
auioouj E3J.V
aaipo
SUTJ:O^TUOJ^
I.uaui33.ioju3
•^ui8W ure.iSo.id
J3t[^Q
luouiuaaAog 01
.toi!aisuo3 01
j.3:HT[t0d 01
uoiianpay \
SS3U3APD3JJ3 %
flJ C
6 O iH
0) -H O
rH •*-> O
§ +J
1— 1
69
                                                                                                          
                                                                                                          a
                                                                                                                   n)
                                                                                                                   f-i
                                                                                                                   4J


f-H

-------
situations.  The Texas Episodic Model  (TEM) may be used if the data
bases required to apply RAM are unavailable.  Also, if the resources
required to operate RAM or TEM are not available, then COM, AQDM, or
TCM may be used to estimate short-term concentrations of S0? and
parti cul ate matter.  COM and AQDM incorporate procedures, snch as
that discussed by Larsen, to convert 3-hour and 24-hour average con-
centrations from annual average concentration estimates.  Such
statistical techniques are valid only in urban, multi -source e
and should not be used in situations dominated by large point
                          ..i...._:
and requirements described in Volume 9 of the Guidelines for Air Quality
Maintenance Planning and Analysis, "Guidelines for Review of the Impact
of Indirect Sources on Ambient Air Quality," are recommended for
screening all sources of CO which fulfill the definition of an indirect
source.  The indirect source guideline is based on the use of HIWAY
and other simple dispersion techniques.  It is acceptable to apply
these latter techniques, e.g., HIWAY, independently of the indirect
source guideline if it is found that the guideline does not adequately
consider a wide enough set of circumstances.  If a preliminary assess-
ment of the adequacy of a control strategy applicable to an urban area
is desired, the Rollback Model may be used.

     Situations that require more refined techniques should be considered
on a case-by-case basis with the use of expert consultation.  If a suit-
able model is available and the data and technical competence required
for this model are available, it may be used.  An example of such a
refined technique is APRAC-1A.  However, if a region-wide analysis is
necessary and the complexities are such that the use of any available
air quality model is precluded, an attempt should be made to acquire
or improve the necessary data bases and to develop appropriate analyt-
ical techniques.
                (4)  Models for Nitrogen Dioxide—The recommendations
for point source screening techniques and model are also applicable
to evaluate point sources of nitrogen oxides (NO ) under limited
circumstances.  The circumstances require an assumption that all NOX
is emitted in the form of NO, or is converted to N0_ by the time it
reaches the ground and that N02 is a nonreactive pollutant.

     For sources located where atmospheric photochemical reactions are
significant, a Rollback Model may be used as a preliminary assessment
to evaluate the control strategies for multiple sources (mobile and
stationary) of NO .  Another acceptable screening technique for multi-
ple sources is to make an assumption similar to that required for
point sources and then to use a model for nonreactive pollutants, such
as COM.

            b.  "Uses, Limitations, and Technical Basis of Procedures
for Quantifying Relationships between Photochemical Oxidants and
Precursors " EPA 450/2-77-021 a.
                                  70

-------
            c.  "Technical Guidance for Control of Industrial Process
Fugitive Particulate Emissions,"  March, 1977, EPA.
                (1)  "Estimation of the long-term, area-wide air
quality impact—No long-term dispersion model is generally available
which adequately considers the complicating factors peculiar to
Industrial Process Fugitive Particulate Emissions.  The possible
development of such a model for industrial source complexes is being
investigated.  In the interim, the absence of an adequate annual
model is not critical, since the short-term localized impact of IPFPE's
is of primary concern from the viewpoint of development adequate emis-
sion control strategies.

     Preliminary estimates of area-wide, annual-average impact can be
obtained by including the IPFPE sources in the multisource urban
models, e.g., COM and AQDM, which are being used for other sources of
particulate matter in the area of concern.  For such purposes, the
details of source configuration are not so critical as they are for
short-term, localized, air quality modeling.  On the distance scales
of area-wide models, many area sources (e.g., haul roads and roof
monitors) can be treated as point sources.  The roadway network of a
relatively large plant can be treated as a uniform area source.  A
related aspect is that many emissions can be "lumped" because the
physical parameters of the individual sources are not so critical as
they are in short-term, localized air quality modeling."

                (2)  Multi-source (complex) short-term model under
development, Summer, 1978.

            d.  "Guideline for Development of Control Strategies in
Areas with Fugitive Dust Problems," OAQPS 1.2-071.—"In those areas
where fugitive dust sources predominate, such as in the west and the
arid southwest (e.g., Phoenix, Las Vegas, etc.) AQDM and COM are of
limited value; other models such as atmospheric transport and diffu-
sion, ATM, and Hanna Gifford may be adapted for these areas.

     At the present time, the consideration of fugitive dust sources
in diffusion models is limited.   Continued use of AQDM and COM appears
to be the most reasonable approach for those areas where particles
less than 10 micrometers predominate.  Other techniques may be more
useful  in those areas where larger sized particles are common.

        2.  No rollback for TSP, S02, N0x, unless approved by RA
        3.  Background concentration—that portion of measured ambient
levels  that cannot be reduced by controlling emissions from man-made
sources
            a.  TSP—measure ambient level  of particulate matter in
non-urban areas:
                                71

-------
                Annual:  Background Air Quality—To adequately assess
the significance of the  air quality impact of a source, background
concentrations must be considered.  Background air quality relevant
to a given source includes those pollutant concentrations due to
natural sources and distant, unidentified man-made sources.  For
example, it is commonly  assumed that the annual mean background
concentration of particulate matter is 30-40 yg/m3 over much of the
Eastern United States.  Typically, air quality data are used to estab-
lish background concentrations in the vicinity of the source under
consideration.  However, where the source is not isolated, it may be
necessary to use a multi-source model to establish the impact of all
other nearby sources during dispersion conditions conducive to high
concentrations.

     If the point source is truly isolated and not affected by other
readily identified man-made sources, two options for determining back-
ground concentrations from air quality data are available.  The
preferable option is to  use air quality data collected in the vicinity
of the source to determine mean background concentrations for the
averaging times of interest when the point source itself is not impact-
ing on the monitor.  The second option applies when no monitors are
located in the vicinity  of the source.  In that case, average measured
concentrations from a "regional" site can be used to establish a back-
                Short-term:  Background Air Quality—For shorter
averaging times, background concentrations are determined by
the following procedure.  First, meteorological conditions are
identified for the day and similar days when the highest, second-
highest estimated concentration due to the source occurs.  Then the
average background concentration on days with similar meteorological
conditions is determined from air quality measurements.  The background
for each hour is assumed to be an average of hourly concentrations
measures at sites outside of a 90° sector downwind of the source.  The
1-hour concentrations are then averaged to obtain the background
concentration for the averaging time of concern.

     If air quality data from a local monitoring network are not
available, then monitored data from a "regional" site may be used for
the second option.  Such a site should characterize air quality across
a broad area, including  that in which the source is located.  The tech-
nique of characterizing meteorological conditions and determining
associated background concentrations can then be employed.

Reference: "Interim Guideline on Air Quality Modeling" OAQPS 1.2-080
p34.

            b.  Oxidant—"Procedures for Quantifying Relationships
Between Photochemical Oxidants and Precursors" EPA 450/2-77-021B
                                  72

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 I
 I
     H.  Development of emission limitation or legally enforceable pro-
cedures of schedules of commitments for the development and adoption
of legally enforceable procedures.
     I.  Public hearings

     J.  Adoption

     K.  Governor's approval

     L.  Submittal to EPA

II.  General requirements for approval of 1979 plans for non-attainment
     areas

     A.  Adoption of rules and regulations in legally enforceable form
of all measures necessary for attainment  (See discussion on Procedural
Requirements for more information)

     B.  Commitment to implement and enforce

         1.  Written evidence that the State, the general purpose local
government or governments, or a regional agency designated by general
purpose local governments for such purpose, have adopted by statute,
regulation, ordinance or other legally enforceable document, the neces-
sary-requirement and schedules and timetables for compliance, and are
committed to implement and enforce the appropriate elements of the plan.

     C.  Schedules

         1.  Where adoption by 1979 not possible, (e.g., certain trans-
portation control measures and certain measures to control NO  and TSP)
a schedule for expeditious development, adoption, submittal, aSid imple-
mentation of these revisions would be acceptable.
         2.  Schedules provide implementation AEAP
         3.  Prior to attainment, measures must be implemented rapidly
enough to provide the emission reductions necessary to maintain
reasonable further progress.  (See discussion on Reasonable Further
Progress.)
         4.  Schedule would be part of applicable plan and represent
commitments on part of the State to meet key milestones set forth in
schedule.  (See discussion on Procedural Requirements.)

     D.  Emission reductions estimates

         1.  Each adopted or scheduled control measure or for related
group of measures where estimates of individual measures are imprac-
tical.
         2.  Recognized estimates may change as measures are more fully
analyzed and implemented.
         3.  As estimates change, these should be reported and included
in subsequent plan submissions to insure plan remains adequate.
                                 73

-------
     E.  Reasonable further progress toward primary and  secondary
standard

         1.  Annual incremental  reduction in total  emissions  (new,  as
well as existing).
         2.  Substantial  reductions in early years
         3.  Recognize some measures cannot be immediately implemented
             a.  State shows lag in reductions is necessary
             b.  Acceptable even though reductions  for RFP are not
achieved for a year or two
         4.  Credit for:
             a.  SIP revisions that have been submitted  after 8/7/77
             b.  Compliance after 8/7/77 with regs  already approved
(within year 1979) "Not paper trades"

     F.  Identification and quantification of growth from new sources

         1.  New source can be accommodated with SIP
         2.  Offsets
         (See discussion  on New Source Review)

     G.  Annual reporting

         1.  Progress toward meeting commitment schedules for submis-
sion of legally enforceable procedures
         2.  Emissions

     H.  Identification and commitment to financial and  manpower
resources
         1.  Written evidence that agencies have included provisions
in respective budgets

     I   Evidence of public, local agency involvement and consultation

     J.  Analysis of air quality, health, welfare,  economic,  energy,
and social effects of plan and alternatives considered

III. Additional requirements for control strategies with attainment
after 1982

     A.  Analysis of alternative sites, sizes, production process,  and
environmental control technique for new sources which demonstrates
benefits outweigh environmental  and social costs

     B.  Inspection/maintenance

         1.  Legal authority—6/3D/79
             a.  Exceptions—demonstrate that:
                 (1)  Insufficient opportunity to conduct technical
                      analysis
                 (2)  Legislature no opportunity to consider  enabling
                      legislation between 8/7/77 &  6/30/79—Legal
                      authori ty-7/1/80

                                 74

-------
I
I
I
I
                          2.   Implementation  - AEAP
                              a.  Mandatory inspection/maintenance and mandating repair
                 no  later  than 1982 for centralized and  1981 for decentralized systems.

                      C.   Commitment  to establish, expand, or improve public transpor-
                 tation measures  for  0  reduction
                                     /\
 •                    D.   Commitment  to use available transit funds as may be necessary

                 IV.   Sulfur  Dioxide  Plan Requirements

 I                    A.   Regulations submittal  1979

                      B.   1982 attainment

 I               V.    Nitrogen Oxide  Plan Requirements

 m                    A.   Regulations and schedules in 1979

                      B.   1982 attainment

 B               VI.   Particulate Matter Plan Requirements

                      A.   Attainment  by 1982

 B                    B.   Regulations for control of traditional and fugitive emission
                 sources

 •                    C.   Schedules for non-traditional  sources (including demonstrate
                 projects)
                          1.   Fugitive dust
 •                            a.  Guideline for  Development of Control Strategy in
 •               Areas with Fugitive  Dust Problems, OAQPS 1.2-071 pp 6-1 to 6-10

 •               VII.  Oxidant  and CO  Plan Requirements

                      A.   Complete 0  monitoring in major urban areas to characterize
 _               problem and require CO monitor  if necessary to correct deficiencies

 *                    B.   Set  forth necessary emission limitations.  Obtain significant
                 control of VOC emissions in all non-attainment areas.

•                    C.   Reducing peak concentrations within major urban areas
                          1.   Solve rural  oxidant by minimizing VOC emissions and
m               oxidant that  may be transported

                      D.  Assume  0  standard will be attained in adjacent States not
—               part  of a given  interstate non-attainment area.




I


I

-------
     E.  Comprehensive plan
         1.  Urban plan must provide for demonstration of attainment
of the standard
         2.  Rural area, no standard attainment demonstration is
required per se as the plan for rural  areas depends upon the urban
demonstration plus RACT for all sources >1QO tons/year potential  in
rural area
         3.  Rural areas may, however, submit a plan which provides
for a demonstration if desired.

     F,  Major urban areas
         1.  Urbanized population >200,000 (U.S. Census, 1970)
(See Attachment H)
         2.  Flexible boundary
             a.  Entire urbanized area
             b.  Adjacent fringe areas

     G.  Stationary source control
         1.  January 1, 1979, submittal
             a.  Legally enforceable regulations for first 10 CTG and
Stage I guidance that was issued by January 1978.
             b.  Provide a schedule which calls for adoption and
submittal of RACT on annual basis beginning in January 1980, for CTG's
published by January of proceeding year.

     (See Attachment I)

     H.  Mobi,e sources
         1.  AL'AP implementation
         2.  Reasonable TCM's
             a.  Information available by February 1978
                 (1)  Inspection/maintenance
                 (2)  Vapor recovery
                 (3)  Improved public transit
                 (4)  Exclusive bus and carpool lanes
                 (5)  Areawide carpool programs
             b.  Information available by August 1978
                 (1)  Private car restrictions
                 (2)  Long range transit improvements
                 (3)  On street parking controls
                 (4)  Park and ride and fringe parking lots
                 (5)  Pedestrian malls
                 (6)  Employer programs to encourage car and van
                      pooling, mass transit, bicycling, and walking
                 (7)  Bicycle lanes and storage facilities
                 (8)  Staggered work hours
                 (9)  Road pricing to discourage single occupancy
                      auto trips
                (10)  Controls on extended vehicle idling
                (11)  Traffic flow improvement
                (12)  Alternative fuels or engines and other fleet
                      vehicle controls

                                  76

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
  8
  O
   A
  O
  O
  C\J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
«i
ll
I
   S_
   (U
   +->
   ra
   ai
   rO
   CX
   o
   o.
   rO
   (U

   
rr
rx
^^
o ca
1 — I 7
_j y
a. cc
o
a.
t— i — cn^r^l-Lnr^co cnus
CDCMcniniocococo coi—
cr)r^cocor--i.D>x>c'o r— o


< "
*-» >.
^* -^
<• n^
-cr o

~- T 1
X ^i b QJ
1— 1 X E- 00 - 1— 01 I" 0 ro 5-
-»- M ^f ^ j | T^J ^
oo-< "S-^: -s-
•r-CUX^OI— OCU «
«Cr-O4JQ_ 4->X> S-.
WOi — S-l "e3_JQJ
3 4-> T- - O -^ */) QJ ra U— 4-*
E>»- CJ.S~4->TJ.C
^-C3>>S_S~EOS-OI_)
OrOOraOOQJroOOO
rorocococorococoro «^-


r^ co en in in
cn co en r~- co
m r^ o r— in
co cn co CM cn
co i — m «3- CM
in in in in m







i^
O —1
1 Li—
O "_J
X) -r- " 1 	
i- -0 E —
ro Q) ra DC T-
C X) ro J^ CD >
S_ -r- f= en c
O) to O C - O
QJ ro E- O -^
C > r— S~ S- 0
K3 -r- ^ T- ^Z ra
oo a; o en ec '-j
i — CM co >^- in


co cn vo en
o in r^- co
co i — r^ r^
<^- m r— r^
i — cn en co



i
QJ
QJ
r>. 	 1
O U-
U
-C r— cn
ej o i- >— '
X) -i T
i — ?y to 1 3C
CD S_ Ul CD
•r- " CD 2:
4- QJ 4-> -
C "b Q- ro X)
• ^ >, x: CD
S_ r — • ro i —
CX O 4-> F O
oo n: oo o \—
vo r^ co crt


in
CM
in
UO
03





i
>^
X)
ro
O
QJ
C
Q)
x:
LJ
i z:
>•
C **
J3 O
r— S-
cC h-
O
LO


o-) O "J-
PX. 1X3 *^J"


i
r~~

*
(— c
^) 0
to
- X3
>! ••-
4-1 „ >
•r- t— ra
cj o cn
QJ "CD
^ XI r—
ro S- i —
_J O T-
lj— ^>
4-> 4-> -!T
rcj ro rc
oo :n 2:
n- CM 0"


^fc CO iQ ^^ CT^ O^ t^*»
cr> w^ *-o ^^~ ^-O cyi *^o
ro tn ro H.O i — ^r CM
-
4J i~ "~ C
3~XJ 0 0 CD O
r— c rx •» -> to
zj o a) 10 3
i — E cn cn u rc
O XI X) '^ fU t/l L_
o •'- r __o ^'a ^
^j* LO to r^« co o~v fTj
LO LO LO LO LO LO IQ
*


o
f— «
O 1—
cn _l
rx
o
CX


<:
UJ
cr.
•-C
o
Ul
URBAN I
z:
o o
»-i z:
r- »-<
O
CL.
co
lO
o
CM
IO


i- .
O 0
>- .
(D C
2: 1-
OJ
•> 4->
.i^ to
i. ro
O QJ
>- XT
4 J
3 s-
OJ O

•
•—


«JD CO
Id (--
CM in
in r-
co r-~
•* »>
CO <Ł>
(

1
CD 4J
C i-
o o
i r
1/1 — J z:
QJ 1 — I « — i
r—  en i.

IO rO -i— 1/1
O (1J -C OJ
	 1 CO «_>;=:

• •
CM ro


to co
O in
r— O
CM r-,
O CTI
«3- CO


•~3
1
a,
*\
ro
•f— 1 — t
cx~~
CD 4->
X> -f-
ro O
i — i-
•r- 4->
-C (U
CX Q


**• u>


O
CO
CO
en
CM
M
X)
c
ra
o
1
o
u
to
o
e
ra
$_
u.
c
ra «=c
oo o



0
a: c
7" O
4->
« cn
c e
O •!-
to to
O  o


CM co ro i — • *~f r^ r*^ r— co co
5°ŁŁSSc3™ŁŁ

7Z.

" 
CX • Q i — « CD cC
*» OO X QJ <3*
-C C 1— "X « > -CO
cnro oil — QJUJ 	 10
i~ 4J -S_ QJILUCD"
3 O C O •> -^ CD CD ro
_ni/1OElO3i — •. -r— 4J
l/) QJ 4-* •( — ra ro 4-* •! — Q C
4->Ct04->i — ^4->F -
o
ro
C
c:
o
c
•r-
O


•-
CM

r^« "^ i — co
co cn - r--.
O co -=t- CM
r— CD O O



oo
1
o
** *^C
4-> 2T CD
(_3 " QJ
O - (/t
d i— S_ 0
rO ro QJ --3
i/> V- >
rd 3 CD ra
v: ca Q oo


CM ro ^- in
CXJ CM CM CM

co r-x 10
CM in CM
UD U3 CM
ai co co




=C
— ' ^
« i
C X)
r— X C
S_ -r- ro
CD C ,—
QJ 4 >
3: 0 i-
QJ x: o
2: Q. CX


ID 1^ CO
CM CM CM

CD
in
CM
CO


1
•4— '
QJ
(_J
Z 3
^H 4->
•* ra
to CX
Indianapoli
Providence-


en 0
CM CO

ra
4->
4->
rO

c:
o
c

TD
O)
4J
rO
C
CD
•r-

-------
                     ATTACHMENT H  (Continued)
     Urbanized Areas with Population Greater than 200,000
POPULATION
RANKING
61.
62.

63.
64.
65,
66.
67.
68.
69.
70.
71.
72.
73.
74.
75.
76.
77.

78.
79.
80.
81.
82.
83.
84.
85.

86.
87.
88.
89.'
90.'
91.
*92.
93.
94.
95.
96.
97.
98.

99.
100.
101.
102.
103.
104.
105.
URBANIZED AREA
Tampa, FL
Al 1 entown-Bethl ehem-
Easton, PA-NJ
Grand Rapids, MI
New Haven, CT
El Paso, TX
Tacoma, WA
Flint, MI
Orlando, FL
Wichita, KS
Albuquerque, MM
Tucson, AZ
South Bend, IN-MI
West Palm Beach, FL
Charlotte, NC
Trenton, NJ-PA
Newport News-Hampton, VA
Davenport-Rock Island-
Moline, IA-IL
Austin, TX
Fresno, CA
Mobile, AL
Des Koines, IA
Baton Rouge, LA
Worcester, MA
Peoria, IL
Oxnard-Ventura-Thousand
Oaks, CA
Canton, OH
Columbia, SC
Harris burg, PA
Las Vegas, NV
Shreveport, LA
Aurora-Elgin, IL
Spokane, WA
Lansing, MI
Charleston, SC
Fort Wayne, IN
Chattanooga, TN-GA
Wilkes-Sarre,PA
Little Rock-North Little
Rock, AR
Corpus Christi, TX
Columbus,GA-AL
Rockford, IL
Madison, WI
Colorado Springs, CO
Scranton, PA
Lawrence-Haverhill .MA-NH
1970
POPULATION
368,742

363,517
352,703
348,341
337,471
332,521
330,128
305,479
302,334
297,451
294,184
288,572
287,561
279,530
274,148
268,263

266,119
264,499
262,908
257,816
255,824
249,463
247,416
247,121.

244,553
244,279.
241,781.
240,751
236,681
234,564
232,917
229,620
229,518
228,399
225,184.
223,580
222,830

222,616
208,616
208,616
206,084
205,457
204,766
204,205
200,280
*Has not been designated non-attainment.
                               78

-------
ATTACHMENT I

POLLUTANT
S02
N°x
Particulate
Matter



Ox





CO



ATTAINMENT
DATE
1982
1982

1982



1982/1987





1982/1987



1979 SUBMITTAL
REGS.
Yes
Yes

Yes
Traditional
Source(includes
fugitive)
Yes
Stationary Source
(10 CTG)



Yes
Stationary Sources


SCHEDULES
No
Yes

Yes
Non-Traditional


Yes
1. later CTG 's issued
after Jan. I978
2. I/M
3. TCM
4. other measures
Yes
1.1/M
2. TCM
3. other measures
   79

-------
                (13)  Retrofit on other than light duty vehicle
                (14)  Extreme cold start emission reduction programs
         3.  Prompt analysis
             a.  If analysis demonstrates that certain measures would
be unnecessary or ineffective, a decision not to implement such
measures may be justifiable.
             b.  Decisions not to implement measures should be care-
fully reviewed to avoid broad rejections of measures based on prelimi-
nary assertions of infeasibility
         4.  Implementation activities must proceed
             a.  Not all should wait until the comprehensive analysis
of control measures are completed
             b.  Demonstration studies are important and should
accompany or precede full scale implementation of the comprehensive
strategy.
             c.  Each area should be required to schedule a represen-
tative selection of reasonable transportation measures (as listed
above) for implementation at least on a pilot or demonstration basis
prior to the end of 1980.
         5.  Implementation of TCM can be complicated and lengthy
             a.  Very extensive TCM implementation in areas with
severe carbon monoxide and oxidant problems, may call for completion
of some of the adopted measures beyond 1982.
             b.  Implementation of even these very extensive trans-
portation measures, however, must be initiated before 12/31/82.
         6.  1979 plan revision submittals that justify extension
beyond 1982 should:
             a.  Contain procedures and criteria by which a determi-
nation can be made whether the outputs  of DOT transportation plan
process conform to the SIP.
             b.  Provide for the expeditious implementation of cur-
rently planned reasonable transportation control measures.  This
includes reasonable but unimplemented transportation measures in
existing SIPs and transportation controls with demonstrable air
quality benefits developed as part of the transportation process
funded by DOT.
             c.  Present a program for evaluting a range of alter-
native packages of transportation options that includes, as a
minimum, those measures listed above for which EPA will develop
information packages.  The analysis must identify an optimum package
of transportation control measures to attain the emission reduction
target ascribed to it in the SIP.
             d.  Provide for the evaluation of long range (post-1982)
transportation and growth policies.
             e.  Include a schedule for analysis and adoption of
transportation control measures as expeditiously as practicable.
                 (1)  The comprehensive analysis of alternatives
should be completed by July 1980 unless the designated planning
agency can demonstrate that analysis of individual components (e.g.,
long range transit improvements) may require additional time.
                                 80

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                 (2)  Adopted measures must be implemented as expedi-
tiously as practicable and on a continuous schedule that demonstrates
reasonable further progress unless it can be demonstrated that a
longer time for implementation is required for individual control
measures.

                 (3)  Determinations of the reasonableness of a
schedule will be based on the nature of the existing or planned
transportation system and the complexity of implementation of an
individual measure

VIII. SIPs for unclassified areas redesignated non-attainment

     A.  Unclassified areas which are later found to be non-attainment
areas, the State will be required to submit a plan within nine months
of the non-attainment determination which provides for attainment.

     B.  During plan development, the State will be required to imple-
ment the offset policy for that area.

     C.  Because of previous plan revisions or adoption of previous
control regulations, the baseline for offsets will be more restric-
tive and thus offsets may be more difficult to obtain.

     D.  Statewide regulatory development (for at least all sources
greater than 100 tons/year), however, would permit the State to utilize
the regulations developed for the entire State as the applicable plan
for the newly designated non-attainment area.  This would constitute
an approvable SIP per the above criteria and growth could be accommo-
dated.

IX.  Time Schedule of Plan Activities (see Attachment J)
                                 81

-------
                     ATTACHMENT J
                SCHEDULE FOR PLANNED ACTIVITIES
JANUARY
 1973
   GROUP I  CTG ISSUED (10)
   STAGE I  GUIDANCE ISSUED
   GROUP I  (5) RTCM GUIDANCE ISSUED (FEE,  1Q73)
 JULY
 1978
   GROUP II  CTG ISSUED
   GROUP II  (14)  RTCM GUIDANCE ISSUED (AuG,  1978)
JANUARY
 1979
   SUV-REGS
   TSP—REGS (TRADITIONAL)
        SCHEDULES (NON-TRADITIONAL)
   NOX—REGS
        SCHEDULES
   QX&  REGS (STATIONARY) GROUP  I CTG  AND STAGE I
   CO— SCHEDULES—I/M
                   TCn
                   OTHER MEASURES
   GROUP III CTG ISSUED (DEC,  1978)
 JULY
 1979
   PLAN APPROVAL/DISAPPROVAL
   LEGAL AUTHORITY—I/M (JUNE 30,  1979)
   LAST CTG's ISSUED (GROUP IV)
JANUARY
 1980
          — SUBMISSION OF REGS FOR GROUP II & III CTGs (15)
    m
ISSION OF LEGALLY ENFORCEABLE P[
 CONTINUES AS INDICATED IN THE
•DURES  FOR
3  SCHEDULES
— ANNUAL REPORT ON PROGRESS TOWARD MEETING SCHEDULES
                           82

-------
                 ATTACHMENT J  (Continued)

  JULY    — LEGAL AUTHORITY J/M (LEGISLATE NO OPPORTUNITY
  1980       BETWEEN 8/7/77 VID C/30/79)
          — ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVE TCil SHOULD BE COMPLETED*

 JANUARY  — REGULATIONS FOR GROUP IV CTGs
  1981    ~ REPRESENTATIVE LIST OF RTCM IMPLEMENTED ON PILOT
             OR DEMONSTRATION BASIS
          — ANNUAL REPORT ON PROGRESS TOWARD MEETING SCHEDULES

  JULY    — CONTINUED SUBMITTAL OF LEGALLY ENFORCEABLE PROCEDURES
  1981       FOR RTCMs AS MAY HAVE BEEN INDICATED IN 1979 SCHEDULES

 JANUARY  — I/M IMPLEMENTED FOR DECENTRALIZED SYSTEM  (PRIVATE
  1982       GARAGE)
          — LEGALLY ENFORCEABLE PROCEDURES FOR ALL RTCM TO BE
             SUBMITTED

  JULY    -- SUBMISSION OF ALL NECESSARY MEASURES TO PROVIDE
  1982       FOR ATTAINMENT (CO, 0 ) STANDARDS BY NO LATER THAN
             DEC, 31, 1987

DECEMBER  ~ SO^, TSP, NOX STANDARDS ATTAINED
  1982    — I/M IMPLEMENTATION FOR CENTRALIZED SYSTEM  (STATE)
          ~ RICH IMPLEMENTED (FULL IMPLEMENTATION FOR  SOME OF
             THE MORE DIFFICULT MEASURES MAY EXTEND BEYOND 1982)
          — RUT IMPLEMENTED
 UNLESS DEMONSTRATED THAT ANALYSIS OF SOME COMPONENTS (E,G, LONG
 RANGE IMPROVEMENTS) MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL TIME,
                           83

-------
                           REFERENCES
1.   Guidelines for Determining the  Need for Plan Revisions to
     the Control Strategy Portion  of Approved State  Implementation
     Plans, OAQPS No.  1.2-011.

2.   Control Strategy  Preparation  Manual for Photochemical Oxidant,
     OAQPS No.  1.2-047, January, 1977.

3.   Interim Guideline on Air Quality Models, OAQPS  No.  1.2-080,
     October, 1977.

4.   Control Strategy  Preparation  Manual for Particulate Matter,
     OAQPS No.  1.2-049, September, 1977.

5.   Uses, Limitations, and Technical Basis  of Procedures  for
     Quantifying Relationships Between  Photochemical  Oxidants
     and Precursors, EPA-450/2-77-021a, November, 1977.

6.   A1r Quality Analysis Workshop,  Vol. I - Manual,  EPA-450/3-75-
     080a, November 1975.

7.   Technical  Guidance for Control  of  Industrial Process  Fugitive
     Particulate Emissions, EPA-450/3-77-010, March,  1977.

8.   Guideline for Development of  Control Strategies  in  Areas
     with Fugitive Dust Problems,  OAQPS No.  1.2-071.

9.   Controlled and Uncontrolled Emission Rates and  Applicable
     Limitations for Eighty Processes,  the Research  Corporation
     of New England, September, 1976.

10.  SIP Preparation Manual for NO. OAQPS No.  1.2-048.
                                  /\
                               84

-------
Transportation — Related Issues
              85

-------
     There Is no narrative text that accompanies the visuals for
this topic.  The main points concerning this topic are covered
1n the visuals themselves.
                                86

-------
                      .ANNING PROCESS
                          1
      GENERALIZED ACTIVI
  PROJECTION!
  AND PL AM
  DEVELOP-
  MENT
  IMPLEMENTA
  TION AND
  CONTINUING
  PLANNING
FUTURE LAND USE,
LAND ACTIVITY AND
ECONOMIC ACT! VI TV


FUTURE
TRAVEL
DEMAND
   Relationship of  TSM and  Long Range
   	Elements to TIP
Transportation
          Plan
     Elements
                TSM
Transportation
  Improvement
      Program
TIP
                         87

-------
      LIST OF SELECTED REASONABLY
      AVAILABLE TRANSPORTATION
          CONTROL MEASURES
   VEHICLE INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
   VAPOR RECOVERY FROM FUEL TRANSFER
     AND STORAGE AND FROM SOLVENT
     OPERATIONS
   IMPROVED PUBLIC TRANSIT
   EXCLUSIVE BUS AND CARPOOL LANES
   AREAWIDE CARPOOL PROGRAMS
   RESTRICTIONS ON PRIVATE AUTOMOBILE
     USE
   LONG-RANGE TRANSIT IMPROVEMENTS
   ON-STREET PARKING CONTROLS
   PARK-AND-RIDE AND FRINGE PARKING LOTS
   PEDESTRIAN MALLS
EMPLOYEE PROGRAMS TO ENCOURAGE CAR
   AND VAN POOLING, MASS TRANSIT USE,
   BICYCLING, AND WALKING
BICYCLE LANES AND STORAGE FACILITIES
STAGGERED WORK HOURS
ROAD PRICING TO DISCOURAGE SINGLE
   OCCUPANCY AUTOMOBILE USE

-------
   CONTROLS ON EXTENDED VEHICLE IDLING

   TRAFFIC FLOW IMPROVEMENTS

   FLEET VEHICLE CONTROLS INCLUDING
       ALTERNATIVE FUELS AND ENGINE USE

   VEHICLE RETROFITS FOR OTHER THAN
       LIGHT-DUTY VEHICLES

   EXTREME COLD START EMISSION REDUCTION
       PROGRAMS
             SELECTED KEY DATES FOR
        TRANSPORTATION PORTIONS OF REVISED
           STATE IMPLEMENTATION PLANS
FEBRUARY 7,1978
APRIL 1,1978


JANUARY 1,1979

JUNE 30,1979
JOINTLY DETERMINED DIVISION OF
RESPONSIBILITIES

LEAD PLANNING ORGANIZATION NOMIN-
ATED BY LOCAL OFFICIALS

GOVERNOR CERTIFIES OR DESIGNATES
LEAD PLANNING ORGANIZATION

STATE SUBMITS REVISED PLAN

LEGAL AUTHORITY FOR INSPECTION/
MAINTENANCE PROGRAMS REQUIRED
             SELECTED KEY DATES FOR
        TRANSPORTATION PORTIONS OF REVISED
            STATE IMPLEMENTATION PLANS
                     (cent.)
  JULY 30,1980


  DECEMBER 31,1981


  JULY 1,1982
 COMPLETION OF COMPREHENSIVE
 ALTERNATIVES ANALYSIS

 DECENTRALIZED INSPECTION/MAINTEN-
 ANCE PROGRAMS IN PLACE

 SECOND STATE SUBMITTAL OF REVISED
 PLAN IF EXTENSION GRANTED
                            89

-------
               SELECTED KEY DATES FOR
         TRANSPORTATION PORTIONS OF REVISED
             STATE IMPLEMENTATION PLANS
                      (cent)
  DECEMBER 31,1982
  DECEMBER 31.1987
STANDARDS ATTAINMENT DEADLINE
WHERE NO EXTENSION GRANTED

CENTRALIZED INSPECTION/MAINTEN-
ANCE PROGRAMS IN PLACE

INITIATION OF EXTENSIVE TRANSPOR-
TATION MEASURES

STANDARDS ATTAINMENT DEADLINE
WHERE EXTENSION GRANTED
          TRANSPORTATION PLANNING PROCESS
              GUIDELINES DEVELOPMENT
                     SCHEDULE

NOVEMBER 28,1977    FIRST DRAFT CIRCULATED

NOVEMBER 28-29,1977 REVIEW BY MPO STEERING GROUP
                   (NARC GRANT)
FEBRUARY 1.1978
END OF COMMENT PERIOD ON FIRST
DRAFT
          TRANSPORTATION PLANNING PROCESS
              GUIDELINES DEVELOPMENT
                     SCHEDULE
                        (cont.)
FEBRUARY 9,1978


FEBRUARY 16,1978

MARCH 1,1978
REVIEW BY PANEL OF TRANSPOR-
TATION "EXPERTS"

SECOND DRAFT CIRCULATED

BRIEFING FOR EPA REGIONAL
OFFICES ON SECOND DRAFT
                               90

-------
          TRANSPORTATION PLANNING PROCESS
              GUIDELINES DEVELOPMENT
                     SCHEDULE
                       (cont)
MARCH 2-3,1978


MARCH IB, 1978
MAJOR ERA-DOT WORKSHOP ON
SECOND DRAFT (NARC GRANT)

EPA AND DOT JOINTLY ISSUE
PLANNING PROCESS GUIDELINES
POST-MARCH 15.1978   JOINT EPA-DOT REGIONAL MEETINGS

                   MODIFICATION OF FHWA-UMTA
                   REGULATIONS TO REFLECT
                   GUIDELINES
           TRANSPORTATION-RELATED PLAN ELEMENTS
           REQUIRED IN JANUARY 1979 PLAN REVISION
    PLANS PROVIDING FOR ATTAINMENT BY 1982

        ADOPTED TRANSPORTATION MEASURES OR SCHEDULES

        EMISSION REDUCTIONS FROM TRANSPORTATION
        MEASURES

        CONTINGENCY STRATEGIES

        REASONABLE FURTHER PROGRESS - CONTINUOUS
        PHASED IMPLEMENTATION OF TRANSPORTATION
        MEASURES

        ALLOWABLE GROWTH RATE FOR TRANSPORTATION
        MEASURES
 PLANS PROVIDING FOR ATTAINMENT BY 1982 (CONT.)

     SYSTEM FOR MONITORING GROWTH RATES FOR
     TRANSPORTATION SOURCES

     ANNUAL REPORTING ON PROGRESS IN MEETING
     SCHEDULES

     COMMITMENT OF RESOURCES - INCLUSION IN
     DOT PLANS AND PROGRAMS

     DOCUMENTATION OF PUBLIC, LOCAL GOVERNMENT,
     AND LEGISLATIVE INVOLVEMENT

     IDENTIFICATION AND ANALYSIS OF EFFECTS OF
     ALTERNATIVES: SUMMARY OF PUBLIC COMMENT

                              91

-------
       TRANSPORTATION-RELATED PLAN ELEMENTS
       REQUIRED IN JANUARY 1979 PLAN REVISION
                      (CONT.)

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR POST-1982 ATTAINMENT

    COMMITMENT TO PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION
    MEASURES

    DEMONSTRATION AND PILOT STUDIES

    IMPLEMENTATION OF CURRENTLY PLANNED
    REASONABLE MEASURES

    PROGRAM FOR EVALUATING RANGE OF ALTERNATIVES
      • SINGLE AND COMBINED REASONABLE MEASURES
      • LONG RANGE MEASURES AND GROWTH POLICIES

    SCHEDULE FOR COMPLETING ALTERNATIVES ANALYSIS
    PROGRAM AND ADOPTING MEASURES
                 I/M SCHEDULE


  1.   INITIATION OF PUBLIC INFORMATION PROGRAM.
  2.   DECISION ON TYPE OF SYSTEM TO BE IMPLEMENTED.
  3.   DEVELOPMENT AND ISSUANCE OF RFP*.
  4.   AWARD TO CONTRACTOR(S).
  6.   INITIATION OF CONSTRUCTION OF FACILITIES.
  6.   COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION OF FACILITIES.
  7.   COMPLETION OF EQUIPMENT PURCHASE.
  8.   ADOPTION OF QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES AND
       GUIDELINES.
  9.   ADOPTION OF CUTPOINTS.
  10.   INITIATION OF HIRING AND TRAINING OF INSPECTORS
       OR LICENSING OF GARAGES.
  11.   INITIATION OF PILOT PROGRAM.
  12.   MECHANICS TRAINING AND/OR INFORMATION
       PROGRAM.
  13.   INITIATION OF MANDATORY MAINTENANCE.
  14.   INITIATION OF MORE STRINGENT PHASES OF THE
       PROGRAM (IF APPLICABLE).
                                 92

-------
Emission Inventory
         93

-------
emission
 inventories
  WHAT ARE THE
  CLEAN AIR ACT
  REQUIREMENTS FOR
  EMISSION INVENTORIES
WHAT ARE THE CLEAN AIR ACT
REQUIREMENTS FOR EMISSION
INVENTORIES?
  • CLEAN AIR ACT SECTION 172 (b) (4)
  • COMPREHENSIVE, ACCURATE, CURRENT
   INVENTORY
             94

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                1
      WHAT IS THE
      PURPOSE OF

      AN EMISSION
      INVENTORY
WHAT IS THE PURPOSE OF AN EMISSION INVENTORY?
  • PLAN DEVELOPMENT
  • REASONABLE FURTHER PROGRESS EVALUATION
       WHAT AREAS
       NEED TO
       BE
       INVENTORIED
            o
                  95

-------
  WHAT AREAS NEED TO BE INVENTORIED?
    • NONATTAINMENTAREA
    • SIGNIFICANT SOURCES
         NONATTAINMENT
             AREAS
       ALL SOURCES WITHIN AN
     IDENTIFIED NONATTAINMENT
       AREA MUST HAVE THEIR
       EMISSIONS QUANTIFIED
NON-
>4nAINMENT
y^AINMENT
                   96

-------
   LEVELS OF SIGNIFICANCE
POLLUTANT

S02
PM
N02
LO
AVERAGING TIME
ANNUAL
1/ig/m3
1 p 9/m 3
1 ^/ml

24-HOUR
5^g/m3
5,9/m3


8 HOUR



0 6 mQ/m3
3 HOUR
25 /*g/m3



) HOUR



2 nWm3
      WHAT SOURCES OF
      EMISSIONS SHOULD
      BE INVENTORIED
WHAT SOURCES OF EMISSIONS
SHOULD BE INVENTORIED?
   • NEED ACCURATE ACCOUNTING
   • SOURCES GREATER THAN 100 TONS
    PER YEAR POTENTIAL
                   97

-------
       APPENDIX  C

       4O  CFR

       PART 51
WHAT SOURCES OF EMISSIONS
SHOULD BE INVENTORIED?
   • NEED ACCURATE ACCOUNTING
   • SOURCES GREATER THAN 100 TONS
    PER YEAR POTENTIAL
   • MOBILE SOURCES
    MOBILE SOURCE
       EMISSIONS
                98

-------
     WHAT INFORMATION
     NEEDS TO BE
     INCLUDED
WHAT INFORMATION NEEDS TO BE INCLUDED?
   • DATA MUST BE SUFFICIENT FOR
    PLAN DEVELOPMENT
   • INFORMATION GENERALLY NEEDED
    - EMISSION POINTS
    - TYPE OF PROCESS
    - TYPE AND QUANTITY OF EMISSIONS
    -STACK PARAMETERS
       WHAT YEAR
       SHOULD THE
       INVENTORY
       BE FOR
           o
                  99

-------
WHAT YEAR SHOULD THE
INVENTORY BE FOR?
   • CONSISTENT WITH AIR QUALITY DATA
   • GENERALLY WILL BE 1977
       WHAT FORMAT
       SHOULD THE
       INVENTORY
       BE IN
WHAT FORMAT SHOULD THE INVENTORY BE IN?
  . SUMMARY INVENTORY FOR BASE YEAR
   AND PROJECTED ATTAINMENT DATE (TSP, SO2. NOX. CO)
  . REASONABLE FURTHER PROGRESS REPORTING
                    100

-------
1
1.
















1
1
I
•



1
1

1
1
1
1
1
I
•
1


SotlPM UU 1N> '*OJ«CTIO ALL 0*0 AIL! EMIttlONI
SSL.T.O. rsi."""" ffiHMSSig^ - ••" "a*"" ssf™
•"""r '""' lit1 --- SF- ""
TOTAL ~ ~

""^ Kri3

TOTAL |

MmjBTMAL AMTHHAC'VE COAL AEfA 	 1

"JWttK • •"'ISG — 1 ~^W_~''
s:.ftrtiru»»^ ~ ' -^S-H
ffiWl ^f
^S^^SE
•OTAl — ^ 	
COMMHG' ^C > Itrr
iin im IMI mi IHI mi mi mi 1111 1111 1111 mi
TOTAL
• iiiklii irntl •Spnlllc Miliiiii IFP'i
•IT riMfci iin riMrthii

WHAT FORMAT SHOULD THE
INVENTORY BE IN? cent.
• DEFINITION ACTUAL EMISSIONS
• DEFINITION OF ALLOWABLE EMISSIONS
101

-------
          ACTUAL EMISSIONS
    THOSE EMISSIONS (DETERMINED
  BY SOURCE TEST, EMISSION FACTOR,
     ETC.) WHICH ARE PHYSICALLY
     EMITTED TO THE ATMOSH4EP.E
    ALLOWABLE EMISSIONS: the emission rate calculated
    using the maximum rated capacity and the most stringent
    of the following:

       A. Applicable new source performance
         standards set forth in 40 CFR Part 60,

       B. Applicable emission limitations, or

       C. The emission rate agreed to by the source
         as a permit condition.
    VOLATILE ORGANIC
COMPOUND  INVENTORIES
                        102

-------
VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND INVENTORIES
   • SUMMARY INVENTORY FOR BASE YEAR
    AND PROJECTED ATTAINMENT DATE

   • EXEMPTED COMPOUNDS MAY
    BE EXCLUDED
      SOURCES OF
      VOLATILE ORGANIC
      COMPOUNDS
      (VOC)
           SUMMARY FORMAT FOR voc

SOURCE

OTHER
STORAGE TRANSPORTATION lo'L f. <> \s PRODUCTION FIFID^,

"s 'm ^ '•!" ' ^ *C-RU"F °'L p (T<^^GE -

BASE YEAR
EMISSIONS
1977





1982 (19871 PROJECTED ALLOWABLE EW
EMISSIONS FROM 1
SOURCES EXISTING GROWTH SINCE
IN 1977 1977
1



	 • —
SSIONS
TOTAL




- —
                     103

-------
    EXEMPTED VOLATILE
    ORGANIC  COMPOUNDS
    Federal Register
    Vol. 42, No. 131
    July 8,1977
      SEPARATE INVENTORY
       MUST BE SUBMITTED
    FOR EACH NONATTAINMENT
          POLLUTANT
FULL EMISSION
INVENTORY MUST BE
SUBMITTED TO
NATIONAL AIR
DATA BRANCH
                    104

-------
    I
    I
    I
   I
   I
   I
   I
  I
  I
  I
  I
  I
  I
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
                  SUMMARY


THE INVENTORY MUST BE COMPREHENSIVE, ACCURATE,
AND CURRENT.

THE PURPOSE OF THE INVENTORY MUST BE OUTLINED.

THE AREA TO BE INVENTORIED MUST BE IDENTIFIED.

ALL SOURCES AFFECTING  THE NON-ATTAINMENT AIR
QUALITY  SHOULD  BE  INCLUDED  REGARDLESS  OF
LOCATION.

THE INVENTORY MUST  CONTAIN SUFFICIENT DATA TO
ENSURE PROPER PLAN DEVELOPMENT.

THE YEAR OF THE INVENTORY MUST BE KNOWN.

APPROPRIATE, CONSISTENT FORMATS SHOULD BE USED.
                       105

-------
                      EMISSION INVENTORIES

I.    What are the Clean Air Act requirements for emission
      inventories?

      * Requirements for emission inventories are stated in
        Section 172(b)(4) of the Clean Air Act.

      * Requires that emission inventories be comprehensive,
        accurate, and current.

II.   What is the purpose of the emission inventory?

      * To provide the emission information necessary to develop
        a control strategy.

      * To provide a basis for and a means to evaluate reasonable
        further progress required under Section 172(b)(3).

III.  What area needs to be inventoried?

      * The nonattainment area is of primary concern.

      * Significant sources affecting nonattainment outside the
        nonattainment area should be included.

IV.   What sources should be inventoried?

      * Need an accurate accounting of all emission sources in
        the nonattainment area.

      * Sources greater than 100 tons per year potential should
        be identified as point sources.

      * Mobile sources contribute significant emissions of all
        pollutants.

      * Fugitive dust, fugitive emissions, and resuspended dust
        should be included where they contribute to the problem.

V.    What information should be included in the inventory?

      * Data must be sufficient for proper plan development.

      * Information that is generally needed

        - Emission points
                                106

-------
        - Type of process

        - Type and quantity of emissions

        - Stack parameters

VI.   What year should the inventory be for?

      * Should accurately reflect the emissions corresponding to
        the air quality data used.

      * 1977 current inventory will be sufficient in most cases.

VII.  What format should be used to summarize the inventory for
      plan submittal?

      * Summary format (TSP.SOp.NO ,CO) for base year and for
        projected attainment date included.

      * Summary format for reasonable further progress evaluation
        included.

      * Actual emissions - those emissions (determined by source
        test, emission factor, etc.) which are physically emitted
        to the atmosphere.

      * Allowable emissions - the emission rate calculated using
        the maximum rated capacity and the most stringent of the
        following;
        a. Applicable New Source Performance Standard as set forth
           in 40 CFR Part 60,
        b. Applicable emission limitation, or
        c. the emission rate agreed to by the source as a permit
           condition.

VIII. Inventories for volatile organic compounds.

      * There is a different summary format for VOC inventories with
        source categories consistent with RACT requirements.

      * Compounds exempted from control in Volume 42, No. 131,
        July 8, 1977, 35314-35316 of the Federal  Register need
        not be included in the inventory.

IX.   Additional points
      * Separate inventory for each nonattainment pollutant.

      * Reporting requirements of 40 CFR 51.7 should be met.
                                107

-------
X.  Summary

    * The inventory must be comprehensive, accurate, and current.

    * The purpose of the inventory must be outlined.

    * The area to be inventoried must be defined.

    * All sources affecting the non-attainment air quality should be
      included regardless of location.

    * The inventory must contain sufficient data to ensure proper
      plan development.

    * The year of the inventory must be known, and

    * Appropriate, consistent formats should be used.
                           108

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                APPENDIX C-MAJOR POLL UTANT SOURCES
     CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES
Adipte acid.
Ammonia.
Ammonium nitrate.
Carbon Mack.1
Charcoal.1
Chlorine.
Detergent and soap.
Explosives (TNT and nitrocellulose).
Hydrofluoric acid.1
Nitric acid.
Paint and varnish manufacturing.
Phosphoric acid.1
Phthalic anhydride.
Plastics manufacturing.
Printing ink manufacturing.
Sodium carbonate.
Sulfuric acid.1
Synthetic fibers.
Synthetic rubber.
Terephthalic acid.

FOOD AND AGRICULATURAL INDUSTRIES
Alfalfa dehydrating.1
Ammonium nitrate.
Coffee roasting.
Cotton ginning.
Feed and grain.
Fermentation processes.
Fertilizers.1
Fish meal processing.
Meat smoke houses.
Starch manufacturing.
Sugar cane processing.
                MINERAL PRODUCTS INDUSTRIES
                Asphalt roofing.
                Asphaltic concrete batching.
                Bricks and related clay refractories.
                Calcium carbide.1
                Castable refractories.1
                Cement.
                Ceramic and clay processes.
                Clay and fly ash sintering.
                Coal cleaning.
                Concrete batching.
                Fiberglass manufacturing.
                Frit manufacturing.
                Glass manufacturing.
                Gypsum manufacturing.
                Lime manufacturing.
                Mineral wood manufacturing.
                Paperwood manufacturing.
                Perlite manufacturing.
                Phosphate rock preparation.
                Rock, gravel, and  sand  quarry!, j and proc-
                 essing.
                PETROLEUM  REFINING  AND  PETRO-
                  CHEMICAL OPERATIONS 1
                ••^•••ViViBiHH^^^HHsiHsiHHifl^L^LILHiVLIL^HHL^i^HL^LVHB^-'' *
                WOOD PROCESSING 1

                PETROLEUM    ORAGE  (Storagr  tan'
                  and bulk tes    als*

                MISCELLANEOUS
                Fossil fuel stream electric powerplants.
                Municipal or equivalent incinerators.
                Open burning dumps.
                                METALLURGICAL INDUSTRIES
                Primary metals industries:
                  Aluminum ore reduction.
                  Copper Smelters.
                  Ferroalloy production.
                  Iron and steel mills.1
                  Lead smelters.1
                  Metallurgical coke manufacturing.
                  Zinc.1
Secondary metals industries:
  Aluminum operations.
  Brass and bronze smelting.
  Ferroalloys.
  Gray iron foundries.
  Lead smelting.1
  Mangesium smelting.
  Steel foundries.
  Zinc processes.
                                    Major sources of sulfur oxide* and/or
                                    participate matter.
                                                      109

-------
Source
FUEL
COMBUSTION
EXTERNAL


FUEL
COMBUSTION
INTERNAL
RESIDENTIAL




ELECTRIC
GENERATION
(POINT)

INDUSTRIAL
FUEL

COMMERCIAL
INSTITUTIONAL
FUEL




te$(DŁ*L "^
WOOD ~ —
TOTAL
ANTMU ICIT6 COAL


5ffiTOt|'oV 	
OS**" 	
SOLID WASTE COAL
TOTAL

ANTHRACITE COAL

BITUMINOUS COAL
h'fflfcLOIl 	
DISTILLATE OIL
NATURAL GAS
PROCESS GAS
WOOD
LIQUID PETRO GAS

TOTAL
ANTHRACITE COAL
'BITUMINOUS COAL
RESIDUAL OIL
DISTILLATE OIL
NATURAL GAB
WOOD
TlQUID PETROL GAS
OTHER
TOTAL
OTHER
TOTAL EXTERNAL COMBUSTION
ELECTRIC
GENERATION
INDUSTRIAL
FUEL
COMMERCIAL
INSTITUTIONAL
fA
1*
A-

-MM-

AflEA
POINT
POINT
POINT

POINT
AREA
^iS—
A«IA
POINT
t*

-»HH
iw
-R5JBT —
~POtNT
POINT
AREA


-SAn**"^ 	

§TAL
iTILLATE OIL

GASOLINE

OTHER
TOTAL
DIESEL
TOTAL

TOTAL INTERNAL COMBUSTION
TOTAL FUEL COMBUSTION

INDUSTRIAL
PROCESS
(POINT)
SOLID
WASTE
DISPOSAL
TRANSPORTATION
(AREA)

Q HAND TOTAL
AREA



•OOD/ AGRICULTURE
•CONDAHY METALS
PETROLEUM INDUSTRY

METAL FABRIC
LEATHERPffOD
OTHER/NOT CL




TOTAL
GOVERNMENT
(POINT)
(AREA)
INSTITUTIONAL

DISPOSAL
LAND
VEHICLES


_MUNIC INCIN
OPEN BURNING

TOT At
OPEN BURNING
TOTAL
^P^URNING 	
APARTMENT

TOTAL
ERAT ON


TOTAL

GASOLINE
DIESEL

AREA
-58rr-


fO
ra\in —
AR
PO

PO
_*" A
-TOBT —
B4W 1M2 r-ROJtCTEO ALLOWMLI IMIIMOM
},"" CMISUOM OHOWTH TOTAL
FROM SIMCI
•OUBCf* »77
EXISTING IN
1t77






























Lla DUTY
OFF HlCHviaV 	
I§F^TO=

TOTAL
MILITARY

Ąo*TALESC'~ 	 	 	
DIBrt!'puiŁLCOA^-- 	


TOTAL
TOTAL TRANSTORATION

OUST CAUSED
BY HUMAN AOI-

CAUSED BY
NATURAL
WINDS


STRUCTURAL
SLA^tB^RNtNo' 	

AGRICULTURAL
	 	 	 	 	
{ffi»fli<.feM 	
PAVED ROADS 	
TILLING AC IVITIBS

iSfc. 	
ARM

110

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
                                                .Maximum
                                                         RFP Schedule
Annual Report
                                         1979  1980   1981   1982   1983
                  SUMMARY FOR YEAR 1981

TOTAL
RFP
Milestone
1979

1980

1981

Actual
Emissions
*
1979

1980

1981

Maximum
Emissions
*
1979

1980

1981

Growth
>1977
1979

1980

1981

          includes growth
 •Specific nonlinear RFP's
may require more reporting
                                 ill

-------
                                                                                                    I
              SOURCES OF VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS (VOC)
PETROLEUM REFINERIES                              NON-INDUSTRIAL SURFACE COATING
      Refinery Fugitives (leaks)                                 Architectural Coatings
      Miscellaneous Sources                                    Auto R«*'ni$hing
            a) Process Drains and Waste                         Others
               Water Separators
            b) Vacuum Producing Systems                 OTHER SOLVENT USE
            c) Process Unit Blowdown                          Degreasing
      Other                                                 DrV Cleanm9
                                                            Graphic Arts
STORAGE, TRANSPORTATION AND                            Adhesives
MARKETING OF PETROLEUM PRODUCTS                       Cutback Asphalt
      Oil and Gas Production Fields                              Otner So1*61* u$e
      Natural Gas and Natural Gasoline
            Processing Plants                            OTHER MISCELLANEOUS SOURCES
      Gasoline and Crude Oil Storage1                            Fuel Combustion
      Ship and Barge Transfer of Gasoline and                     ^^ Wa$te D'SP0*8'
            Crude Oil                                        Fore$t' Agricultural, and
      Bulk Gasoline Terminals2                                  O*" °Pen Burning
      Gasoline Bulk Plants3
      Service Station Loading (Stage I)                     MOBILE SOURCES
      Service Station Unloading (Stage 11)                         Highway Vehicles
      Others                                                      a' Lignt Duty Automobiles
                                                                  b) Light Duty Trucks
INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES                                           c) HeavV DutY G*o"ne Trucks
      Organic Chemical Manufacture                                   d> Heaw* Dut* Die$el Trucks
      Paint Manufacture                                             e) Motorcycles
      Vegetable Oil Processing                                  Off-Highway Vehicles
      Pharmaceutical Manufacture                                     Rail
      Plastic Products Manufacture                                    Aircraft
      Rubber Products Manufacture                                   Vessels
      Textile Polymers Manufacture
      Othen                                          TOTAL VOC EMISSIONS FROM MOBILE SOURCES

INDUSTRIAL SURFACE COATING                        TOTAL VOLATILE ORGANIC EMISSIONS
      Large Appliances                                 1
      Magnet Wire                                       Includes all storage facilities except those at
      Automobiles                                       service stations and bulk plants.
      Cans                                            y
      Metal Coils                                        Emissions from loading tank trucks and rail cars.
      Paper                                           ~
      pa|jrjc                                           Emissions from storage and transfer operations.
      Metal Furniture
      Wood Furniture
      Flat Wood Products
      Other Metal Products
      Others
                                         112

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
I
 I
I
 I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                                                        SUMMARY FORMAT FOR VOC
SOURCE
PETROLEUM REFINERIES
STORAGE, TRANSPORTATION
& MARKETING OF PETROLEUM
PRODUCTS
INDUSTRIAL PROCESSES
INDUSTRIAL SURFACE
COATING
NON-INDUSTRIAL SURFACE
COATINGS
OTHER SOLVENT USE
OTHER MISCELLANEOUS
SOURCES
REFINERY FUGITIVES (leaks)
MISCELLANEOUS SOURCES
a) Process Drains and Waste
h) Vacuum Producing Systems
c) Process Unit B'oi/vdown
OTHER
OIL & GAS PRODUCTION FIELDS
NATURAL GAS AND NATURAL
GASOLINE PROCESSING
PLANTS
GASOLINE & CRUDE OILSTORAGE1
SHIP AND BARGE TRANSFER OF
GASOLINE & CRUDE OIL
BULK GASOLINE TERMINALS 2
GASOLINE BULK PLANTS3
SERVICE STATION LOADING (stage 1)
SERVICE STATION UNLOADING (stage II)
OTHER
ORGANIC CHEMICAL MANUFACTURE
PAINT MANUFACTURE
VEGETABLE OIL PROCESSING
PHARMACEUTICAL MANUFACTURE
PLASTIC PRODUCTS MANUFACTURE
RUBBER PRODUCTS MANUFACTURE
TEXTILE POLYMERS MANUFACTURE
OTHERS
LARGE APPLIANCES
MAGNET WIRE
AUTOMOBILES
CANS
MET \L COILo
PAPER
FABRIC
METAL FURNITURE
WOOD FURNITURE
FLAT WOOD PRODUCTS
OTHER METAL PRODUCTS
OTHERS
ARCHITECTURAL :OATINGS
AUTO REFINISHING
OTHERS
DECREASING
DRY CLEANING
GRAPHIC ARTS
ADHESI VES
CUTBACK ASPHALT
OTHER SOLVENT USE
FUEL COMBUSTION
SOLID WASTE DISPOSAL
FOREST, AGRICULTURAL, AND OTHER
OPEN BURNING
TOTAL VOC EMISSIONS FROM STATIONARY SOURCES
MOBILE SOURCES
HIGHWAY VEHICLES
a) Light Duty Automobiles
b) Light Duty Trucks
c) Heavy Duty Gasoline Trucks
d) Heavy Duty Diesel Trucks
e) Motorcycles
OFF-HIGHWAY VEHICLES
RAIL
AIRCRAFT
VESSELS
TOTAL VOC EMISSIONS FROM MOBILE SOURCES
TOTAL VOLATI LE ORGANIC EMISSIONS

BASE YEAR
EMISSIONS
1977




















































1982 (1987) PROJECTED ALLOWABLE EMISSIONS [
EMISSIONS FROM
SOURCES EXISTING
IN 1977


GROWTH SINCE
1977


1 - -

































































































TOTAL

1
[


1









|




I






j


1
j
I


















Includes all storage facilities except those at service stations and bulk plants.

                                        3
                                       Emissions froi

Emissions from storage and transfer operations.

                             113
>m loading tank trucks and rail cars.

-------
               EXEMPTED VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
Table 1
      Volatile organic compounds of negligible photochemical reactivity
      that should be exempt from regulations  under State Implementation Plans
       Methane
       Ethane
       1,1,1- Trichloroethane (methyl chloroform)
       Trichlorotriflouroethane (freon 113)'
 The  compounds have been implicated as having  deletorious effects on
 stratospheric ozone and, therefore, may be subject to future controls
Table 2
      Volatile organic compounds of low reactivity*
        Propane

        Acetone

        Methyl ethyl ketone

        Methanol

        Isopropanol

        Methyl benxoate
Tertiary alkyl alcohols

Methyl acetate

Phenyl acetate

Ethyl amines

Acetylene

n, n - dimethyl formanide
-Only yield significant oxidants during multi-day stagnations
 Federal Register, Vol. 42, No: 131; July 8, 1977,35314-35316
                                 114

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
               References on Emission Inventories


1.    Procedures for the Preparation of Emission Inventories for
      Volatile Organic Compounds - Volume I - EPA-450/2-77-028,
      December, 1977.


2.    Guidelines for Air Quality Maintenance Planning and Analysis
      Volume 7:  Projecting County Emissions, Second Edition -
      EPA-450/4-74-008.


3.    Guidelines for Air Quality Maintenance Planning and Analysis-
      Volume 13:  Allocating Projected Emissions to Sub-County
      Areas - EPA-450/4-74-014, November, 1974, and Appendices
      A & B - EPA-450/4-74-014-a, March, 1975.


4.    AEROS Manual Series


      (a)  Volume I:  AEROS Overview, EPA-450/2-76-001,
           February, 1976.

      (b)  Volume II:  AEROS Users Manual, EPA-450/2-76-029,
           December, 1976.

      (c)  Volume III:  Summary and Retrieval (Second Edition),
           EPA-450/2-76-009a, July, 1977.
                              115

-------
Emissions — Air Quality Relationships
                 117

-------
        DETERMINING
          REQUIRED
          EMISSION
        REDUCTIONS
DETERMINING REQUIRED EMISSION REDUCTIONS

  • ESTABLISH BASELINE AIR QUALITY
  • ESTABLISH BASELINE EMISSION INVENTORY
  • MODELING
  • CALCULATE REQUIRED REDUCTIONS
 DETERMINING REQUIRED EMISSION REDUCTION
  t
  Total
Emissions
   Ambient
 Concentrations
       1975
1995
                     118

-------
1
1

1

1
•
1



1
1
1
•

1
1
•w
1

1
1
1
1
1


DETERMINING REQUIRED EMISSION REDUCTIONS
	 . Baseline
Baseline 	 ' Air Quality
Inventory x


Attainment
Inventory"*

\
vvw Oxidant
\^
^s^ NAAQS


1979 1987


Establish
•
Baseline
Air Quality


1
Jf
— w
m
?. Averaging
Jal^ Time*

li
I




1

-------
                  HIGHEST
                 2nd HIGHEST
Use the HIGHEST, Not the average
      ESTABLISHING OXIDANT BASELINE (A)
    AIR
   QUALITY

  2ND HIGH  *\
OXIDANT LEVELS I
   IN PPM   J
           NO SIGNIFICANT IN CHANGE IN VOC INVENTORY
                      76
                             77
                       120

-------
        ESTABLISHING OXIDANT BASELINE (B)
    AIR
  QUALITY

 /• 2ND HIGH >
 I OXIDANT LEVELS)
 \^  IN PPM  J
   EMISSION
  INVENTORY
               75
 INCREASING VOC INVENTORY

•    •
76    77
         ESTABLISHING OXIOANT BASELINE (C)
      AIR
     QUALITY
   f  2ND HIGH "\

   I OXIDANT LEVELS]
   y^  IN PPM  J
                75
                       SIGNIFICANT DECREASE

                        IN VOC INVENTORY
                     76     77
Site
Selection
                      121

-------
        KCEPTUU 2IH Fll SIlKt ISP KIII1HS
   IS.
   tl.
   2.
    ZONE A
    (Unacceptable)
 ZONE B
(acceptable)

  X  s  ii  is  a  H
        liitNti hn mini (ii iitml
   REFERENCE:
         APPENDIX S
       SAMWG GUIDANCE
  "NETWORK DESIGN IN SITING FOR
 STATE IMPLEMENTATION MONITORING'
    EPA. OAQPS. NOV. 25,1977
       IMPACT OF
ADMINISTRATIVE
      BOUNDARIES
                 122

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
        ONE NONATTAINMENT AREA DIVIDED INTO

       TWO PORTIONS BY INTERVENING STATE LINE
                                  j NON ATTAINMENT
                                  '    AREA
            ' STATELINE
         THE BASELINE AIR QUALITY FOR BOTH

        PORTIONS OF THE NONATTAINMENT AREA


             BECOMES .28 PPM
           USE OF CIRCLE TO DETERMINE

           APPLICABLE OXIDANT DESIGN VALUES
        .2* PPM
           USE THE HIGHEST OXIDANT VALUE WITHIN

           THE APPLICABLE CIRCLE
                    .30 PPM

                    .29 PPM

                    .21 PPM
BASELINE INVENTORY

  • USE 1977 OR MOST RECENT AVAILABLE

  • ALL ELEMENTS OF INVENTORY MUST
     BE IN CONSISTENT UNITS, EITHER ALL
     NMHC OR ALL TOTAL HC

  • USE MOST ACCURATE INVENTORY
     ATTAINABLE

   • DO NOT GROW THE 1977 INVENTORY TO
     DATE OF SUBMITTAL
                            123

-------
  El 77
   El 87
       79
Using '77 Emission
Inventory to Establish
the Reasonable Further
Progress Line.
                NAAQS
           87
                    Using 79 Emission
                    Inventory to Establish
                    the Reasonable Further
                    Progress Line.
El 87
          SELECT BEST MODEL FOR
          SPECIFIC POLLUTANT
     2.   SELECT BEST MODEL CONSISTENT
          WITH AVAILABLE RESOURCES

     3.   APPLY MODELS ACCURATELY

     4.   AVAILABLE RESOURCES
           (emission inventory & modeling capability)
                            124

-------
     Use   of
       Best
      Model
  MODELS WHICH ŁV|E|BjjgTJ^TJE| THE

NEED FOR CONTROL CAN BE EXPENSIVE


         • MONEY

         • CREDIBILITY
 MODELS WHICH UNDERESTIMATE THE
   NEED FOR CONTROL CAN BE EXPENSIVE.
    • MONEY

    • CREDIBILITY

    • MANPOWER

    • TIME
                125

-------
   NONREACTIVE POLLUTANTS
  (TSP    S02    NOX    CO)
           USE
AQDM • COM  • CDMQC  • TCM
       Use  of
      Rollback
   Hot Appropriate
     REACTIVE POLLUTANTS
  (HYDROCARBONS • OXIDANTS)

           USE

      • SAI • LIRAQ
         • EKMA
  LINEAR ROLLBACK • APPENDIX J
                 126

-------
REVIEW FOUR STEPS
  * ESTABLISH BASELINE AIR QUALITY
  0 ESTABLISH BASELINE EMISSION INVENTORY

V •MODELING
  •CALCULATE REQUIRED REDUCTIONS
           CALCULATE
           REQUIRED
           REDUCTIONS
140

12O

1OO

 O

60

4O

20

 O
      DEMONSTRATION OF ATTAINMENT
                   FOR PM (Primary)
  NAAOS
  BACKGROUND
                        B
      t    t"    I    I   I
     79    8O    81   82   83
                    127

-------
    ~r     Calculating
f             Required
             Reductions
             For
     -T-      Oxidants
EMISSION INVENTORY
 200,000
AIR QUALITY
  -.28 PPM
 55,000
      .08 PPM
   79 80 81  82  83 84  85  86 8~7
 Transport
       and
     Background
                  128

-------
(A) Base  Condition    (B)  Controlled Condition
   0.12  ppm O3
     CITY
0.04   ppm  (r
    CITY
   0.28 ppm  O3              0.08 ppm  O3
Conceptual view of base and controlled  states
                 ADJUSTING FOR TRANSPORT


     1.  ADDITIVITY (A)

        NORMALLY BETWEEN 20% and 70%

     2,  NATURAL BACKGROUND

         02 ,06ppm

     3  MAN MADE BACKGROUND

     4.  REDUCIBLE TRANSPORT

        ORIGINAL TRANSPORT (Tol MINUS  FINAL TRANSPORT (Tp)
       AQ ADJUSTED = AQ DESIGN - A (REDUCIBLE TRANSPORT)


           24    =    28    _  50 I  12 - 04 I
            ADJUSTING FOR BACKGROUND
                       AND
       TRANSPORT USING LINEAR ROLLBACK

            PART CONTROL BACKGROUND

            AQADJUSTED - AQ STANDARD

            AQADJUSTED - A (BACKGROUND)
              .24  - .08
              .24  - .5(.04)
  .22
      =  73%
                               129

-------
     CALCULATING REQUIRED EMISSION INVENTORY REDUCTIONS
             FOR ATTAINMENT OF OXIDANT STANDARD
El 77  200,000
       55,000
                   REQUIRED REDUCTION
                        OR 145
                                       73%
                                            El 87
             79                            87

             EI77  - REQUIRED REDUCTION = Elg7

             200 - 145                 = 55
EMISSION INVENTORY
 200,000
  55,000
AIR  QUALITY
   -.28 PPM
                                              .08 PPM
     79   80   81   82   83   84   85  86  87
                                 130

-------
                 EMISSIONS-AIR QUALITY RELATIONSHIPS

               DETERMINING REQUIRED EMISSION REDUCTIONS

I.  Overview - 4 steps 1n this process:

    A.  Establishing baseline air quality
    B.  Establishing baseline inventory
    C.  Modeling
    D.  Determining reductions necessary to achieve standard

II. Establishing baseline air quality

    SIP-related emission limits should be based on representative con-
centration estimates which result in the most stringent control
requirements.  In all cases these concentration estimates are assumed
to be a sum of the concentration contributed by the source and an
appropriate background concentration.

    A.  Variations with time

        1.  Averaging time—The standard which is exceeded by the
greatest percentage is considered the restrictive standard and will
determine the appropriate averaging time for establishing baseline air
quality.

        2.  Variations by year—Select the highest of the three annual
second high values (or annual averages) from the field of monitors
during the last three years unless a lower value from among those three
can be justified on the basis of recent inventory reductions.  See
Figure (1).

                         Figure (1)

EXAMPLE:

                   Establishing Oxidant Baseline
           Second High Monitored Oxidant Levels (in ppm)

                  Case 1            Case 2              Case 3
             No Change in VOC    Increase in VOC    Reduction in VOC
   Year         Inventory           Inventory          Inventory

   1975
   1976

   1977
                                131

-------
                          Figure 2
        RECOMMENDED ACCEPTABLE ZONE FOR SITING TSP MONITORS
      15..
      10..
       5..
       2.:
ZONE A
(Unacceptable)
          ZONE  B
        (acceptable)
      X     5
Edge of roadway
         10
15
20
25
30
35
                   Distance from roadway (in meters)
40
                           132

-------
            In the  preceding example,  the  lower oxidant value  (.24)
can be used only where it can be justified on the  basis of inventory
reductions during that time period.  Otherwise, the highest (.26) of
the three second highs must be used.

    B.  Variations with monitor location

        1.  Monitor siting—Representative monitors are selected using
basic guidance from § 51.17.  However,  where TSP monitors  are felt to
be unduly Influenced by re-entrained road dust and the monitor is not
located in accordance with the recent SAMWG guidance (as  shown in
Figure 2), the concentration given by these monitors need  not be used to
establish baseline air quality.  See Figure (2).

        2.  Impact of administrative boundaries—Where a  non-
attainment area is divided into two or  more portions because of
intervening state boundaries, the baseline air quality will be estab-
lished on the basis of highest second high value from the  entire
non-attainment area.  See Figure (3).
EXAMPLE:
             Figure (3)

 One Non-Attainment Area Divided into
Two Portions by Intervening State Line
1
1
1
1
1
1
u

V
.28 ppm \\


.24 ppm

                                             Non-attainment area
                           'State line

                The baseline air quality for both portions
                of the non-attainment area becomes .28 ppm

        3.  Overlapping non-attainment areas—where nonattainment areas
are so close that there may be considerable transport of oxidant precursors
from one to the other, it is frequently difficult to establish the true
baseline oxidant air quality.  See Figure (4).  In such circumstances, the
baseline air quality can normally be determined by taking the highest
second high within the area of principal  influence.
                                  133

-------
          Figure  4.
+ .28 ppm
  + .28 ppm
        • 24 ppm
A  + . 30 ppm

   +. 29 ppm
 OXIDANT NONATTAINMENT AREAS
       IN CLOSE PROXIMITY
              134

-------
      Reference  to  Figure  (5)  provides one method  of  predicting  the
 boundaries  of the  area  of-principal  influence.  This  curve  can  be used
 in  estimating the  distance  from  urbanized areas where NO  approaches
 undetectable levels.   It  appears  that for smaller urbanised areas and
 for distances in excess of  the indicated radius that the  urbanized  plume
 does not  maintain  its  integrity  and  high precursor concentrations long
 enough  for  the  formation  of photochemical oxidants.   For  purposes of
 establishing baseline  air quality, a circle (Figure  (6)) way be drawn
 around  the center of an urbanized area using the appropriate radius
 taken from the curve in Figure (5).

        This procedure  will thus  enable the user  to  establish a
 maximum radius  for  the  area of principal influence surrounding  any  major
 urbanized area.  Therefore, even  when the circles  drawn following this
 procedure do overlap,  as  in Figure (7), there will still  be only one
 highest second  high monitored reading within each  circle.   That is  the
 reading that should be  used in establishing baseline  air  quality.   Mnre
 detailed  information on this  subject can be found  in  the  foil owing
 publication:  United States Environmental Protection  Agency, Office of
 Air Quality Planning and  Standards;  "Effectiveness of Organic Emission
 Control Programs as a  Function of Geographic Location," April 1977.

 III.  Establishing  Baseline  Inventory

      The  format for this  inventory has already been  fully described.

      A.   Use 1977 or most recent  inventory available
      B.   All elements of  inventory must be in consistent  units. Either
 all  NMHC  or all total HC.
      C.   Do not grow the  1977 inventory to date of submittal.  This is
 no  more accurate and likely to be much more confusing.  See Figure  (8).
      D. (Credit will be allowed  for any reduction  between 1977 and  1979.
      E.   The target is a new emission level based on  a percentage reduc-
 tion  in 1977 emissions  inventory  not on a flat reduction  in current
 emissions.

 IV.   Modeling

      A.   Use the best model consistent with available resources

      B.   For non-reactive pollutants

          1.  These include TSP, SO , NO*, CO
          2.  Use AQDM, COM, CDMQC, or comparable model
          3.  Use of rollback is not appropriate unless specifically
             approved by the RA

*
 Actually reactive, but for purposes  of this  modeling activity  it
 is treated as  a non-reactive pollutant.
                                 135

-------
                                 Figure   5
                 DISTANCE FROM URBANIZED AREAS WHERE NOX
                     APPROACHES UNDETECTABLE LEVELS
    4,00^,000
   3,500,000
                   ABOVE 4,000,000 USE 85 MILES
g
H-
15
Q.
LLJ
cc
<
n
UJ
m
cc
   2 "Of 30C  -
   : ,000,000
    ,500,000
   1,000,000
     500,000
     200 300
                                 I
20        40         60

   ESTIMATED RADIUS (MILES)
                                                      80
100
                                         136

-------
                 Figure  6.
DRAW CIRCLE OF APPROPRIATE RADIUS AROUND THE
CENTER OF THE URBANIZED AREA. SEE FIGURE 7 TO
DETERMINE THE APPROPRIATE RADIUS.
                       137

-------
         Figure 7
       USE OF CIRCLE TO DETERMINE
    APPLICABLE OXIDANT DESIGN VALUES
,28 PPM
       A
       B
       C
.30 PPM
.28 PPM
.28 PPM
   USE THE HIGHEST 2nd HIGHEST OXIDANT VALUE
         WITHIN THE APPLICABLE CIRCLE
                   138

-------
                    Figure 8
El 77

El 79
                  Using 79  Emission
                  Inventory to Establish
                  the Reasonable Further
                  Progress Line.
El  87
iimmimiiiimimmiimmmimmmiimmim
                       139

-------
     C.  For reactive pollutants--oxidants

         1.  This relates to HC emissions
         2.  Use:
             a.   SAI, LIRAQ if available
             b.   EKMA (Empirical  Kinetic Modeling Approach)
             c.   Linear rollback and Appendix J (non-linear  rollback)

     D.  When using any rollback model, it is important to select
appropriate background levels

         1.  Non-anthropogenic sources
         2.  Reading on upwind perimeter
         3.  Estimate of upwind reading if upwind sources were controlled

V.  Determining  reductions necessary to achieve standard

     A.  TSP Example (See Figure 9)

         1.  AQ  from last three years
             a.   worst year-1977
             b.   AQ was 125 ug/m3
         2.  NAAQS primary standard, 75 yg/m3
         3.  Background, 30 ug/m3
         4.  First cut rollback indicates 53% overall  reduction needed
         5.  Given an emission inventory reduction of  53%, AQDM could
             yield three different results, depending  on specific
             reduction locations
             a.   AQ projected is below NAAQS
             b.   AQ projected is at NAAQS
             c.   AQ projected is above NAAQS

     B.  Oxidant Example

         Given:   Baseline air quality
                 Baseline inventory
                 Ambient standard

         Find:   Estimated emission level equivalent to ambient standard

         1.  Model
              a.  Use SAI or LIRAQ or equivalent where ever  possible
              b.  Where more sophisticated models are  not available,
                  use city specific EKMA
              c.  Where city-specific EKMA is not available, use the
                  standard isopleth version of EKMA
              d.  Rollback
                                 140

-------
                  Figure 9
  14O

  120

  1OO

   §°
pg/nv*
   6O

   4O

   2O
AQ 1977
DEMONSTRATION OF ATTAINMENT
              FOR  PM (Primary)
 BACKGROUND
           79
          8O
          81
82   83
                     141

-------
     E.  The target is an emission level  based on a percentage reduc-
tion in 1977 emissions inventory not on a flat reduction in current
emissions.

IV.  Modeling

     A.  Use the best model  consistent with available resources

     B.  For non-reactive pollutants

         1.  These include TSP,  S02, NOX* CO
         2.  Use AQDM, COM,  CDMQC, TCM, or comparable model
         3.  Use of rollback is  not appropriate unless approved by
             the RA

     C.  For reactive pollutants--oxidants

         1.  This relates to HC  emissions
         2.  Use:
             a.  SAI, LIRAQif available
             b.  EKMA
             c.  Linear rollback and Appendix J (non-linear rollback)

     D.  When using any rollback model, it is important to select
appropriate background levels

         1.  Non-anthropogenic
         2.  Reading on upwind perimeter
         3.  Estimate upwind reading if sources were controlled

V.  Determining reductions necessary to achieve standard

     A.  TSP Example (See Figure 6)

         1.  AQ from last three  years
             a.  worst year-1977
             b.  AQ was 125  yg/m3
         2.  NAAQS primary standard, 75 yg/m3
         3.  Background, 30  yg/m3
         4.  First cut rollback  indicates 53% overall reduction needed
         5.  Using emissions inventory reduced by 53% and AQDM, three
             cases can result
             a.  AQ projected is below NAAQS
             b.  AQ projected is at NAAQS
             c.  AQ projected is above NAAQS
*
 Actually reactive but for purposes of this modeling activity,  it is
 treated as a non-reactive pollutant.
                                 142

-------
         2.    Adjusting for Background and Transport (See Figures 11  & 12)
              a.   Additivity (A)—normally between 20% and 70%
                  (That portion of background concentration which is  not
                  scavenged and therefore contributes to the urban oxidant
                  problem)
              b.   Natural  background--.02-.06 ppm
              c.   Man-made background
              d.   Reducible transport
                --original transport (Tn) minus final
                  transport (Tp)       u
              e.   Adjusted air quality

              AQ adjusted  = AQ design - A (reducible transport)

                  .24     =     .28   - .50(.12-.04)

         3.    Adjusting for background and transport using linear
rollback

                      AQ adjusted - .08
                 AQ adjusted - A (final  transport)

                      .24 - .08
                     .24 - .50 (.04)

                      .16 = 73% reduction
                      722
             Calculate required reductions
               Baseline inventory  —f"^-^               Figure 10
               emissions equivalent —
               to standard

                         Baseline        Emission level  equivalent
    Average additional  = inventory   -   to standard	
    control required                Baseline inventory

    More detailed information on this subject can be found in the
following publication:   EPA, Uses, Limitations and Technical  Basis of
Procedures for Quantifying Relationships between Photochemical Oxidants
and Precursors, EPA-450/2-77-021a. November 1977.
                                  143

-------
                   Figure 11
(A) Base Condition  (B)  Controlled Condition
                  I
                  I
                  I
                  I
                  I
                  I
   0.12 ppm 03
0.04  ppm 03
     CITY
   CITY
   0.28 ppm 03             0.08 ppm 03
Conceptual view of base and controlled states
                     144

-------
                     Figure 12
               ADJUSTING FOR TRANSPORT





1.   ADDITIVITY (A)




    NORMALLY BETWEEN 20% and 70%




2,   NATURAL BACKGROUND




    .02 --.06ppm




3.   MAN MADE BACKGROUND




4.   REDUCIBLE TRANSPORT




    ORIGINAL TRANSPORT (To)  MINUS   FINAL TRANSPORT (Tp)
  AQ ADJUSTED = AQ DESIGN  - A (REDUCIBLE TRANSPORT)
       .24
.28
-  .50 ( .12 -  .04 )
                        145

-------
Definition of RACT
        147

-------
       REASONABLY
        AVAILABLE
         CONTROL
           TECHNOLOGY
I. REQUIREMENTS
  A. SECTION 172 (b) (2) OF THE CLEAN AIR ACT

II. APPLICABILITY OF DISCUSSION
  A. RACT
  B. STRINGENT BUT REASONABLE MEASURES
              RACT

   "THE LOWEST EMISSION LIMIT THAT A
   PARTICULAR SOURCE IS CAPABLE OF
     MEETING BY THE APPLICATION OF
     CONTROL TECHNOLOGY THAT IS
   REASONABLY AVAILABLE CONSIDERING
TECHNOLOGICAL AND ECONOMIC FEASIBILITY'
                      148

-------
 III. DEFINITION OF RACT
    A. TECHNICALLY FEASIBLE
    B. ECONOMICALLY FEASIBLE
    C. APPENDIX B, 40 CFR PART 51
       DOES NOT REPRESENT RACT
 IV.  TECHNOLOGICAL FEASIBILITY
     A.STRINGENT,EVEN
       "TECHNOLOGY FORCING"
     B.SIMILARITY OF SOURCES
V.  ECONOMIC FEASIBILITY
   A. SOURCE SPECIFIC
   B. ECONOMIC WEIGHING OF BENEFITS
   C. PRESENT VALUE ANALYSIS
                     149

-------
 NOT ECONOMICALLY
    FEASIBLE
ECONOMICALLY
  FEASIBLE
                            BENEFITS
                               OF
                           REMAINING
                              OPEN
VI. TYPES OF INFORMATION AVAILABLE

    A. NEW SOURCE PERFORMANCE STANDARD (NSPS)
     SUPPORT DOCUMENTS
    B. NATIONAL EMISSION STANDARD FOR HAZARDOUS
     AIR POLLUTANTS (NESHAPS) SUPPORT DOCUMENTS
    C.CONTROL TECHNIQUE DOCUMENTS FOR SPECIFIC
     POLLUTANTS
    D.EXISTING STATE AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS
    E.CONTROL TECHNOLOGY GUIDELINE DOCUMENTS
     FOR VOC.
 VII. CONTROL TECHNIQUES GUIDELINE DOCUMENTS
    FOR VOC SOURCES

    A.CURRENTLY 10 DOCUMENTS

    B.STAGE I GASOLINE TRANSFER
    C. REGULATIONS SUBMITTED BY JAN. 1979
                               150

-------
 CONTROL TECHNOLOGY GUIDANCE DOCUMENTS FOR
   STATIONARY SOURCES OF VOLATILE ORGANIC
            COMPOUNDS
VIII. EMISSION LIMITATIONS
    A. PRESUMPTIVE RACT
  SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDED
     EMISSION LIMITATIONS
             FOR
   STATIONARY VOC SOURCES
                    151

-------
 VIII. EMISSION LIMITATIONS con't

    B. JUSTIFICATION REQUIRED FOR DEVIATION
    C.MOBILE SOURCES
    D.ATTAINMENT IS THE OVERRIDING CONCERN
    E.RACT REQUIRED FOR ATTAINMENT DATE EXTENSION
     FOR CO & OXIDANT
         SUMMARY OF POSSIBLE
  PERCENT EMISSION REDUCTIONS FROM
                  RTCMs
IX. FORM OF THE REGULATION
   A.VARY FROM ADD ON CONTROL EQUIPMENT
     TO PROCESS CHANGES
   B.QUANTIFICATION OF EMISSIONS ON A TIME
     BASIS IS REQUIRED IN THE INVENTORY
                            152

-------
           X.  CLEARING HOUSE
              A.OAQPS WILL PROVIDE ASSISTANCE
              B. RACT, BACT, LAER DETERMINATIONS
              C. UNUSUAL CIRCUMSTANCES
XI SUMMARY:
  + RACT MUST BE TECHNICALLY AND ECONOMICALLY F EASIBLE
  • TECHNICAL FEASIBILITY CAN REQUIRE STRINGENT AND EVEN
     "TECHNOLOGY FORCING" CONTROL MEASURES.
  4 PRESENT VALUE ANALYSIS IS THE RECOMMENDED METHOD
      FOR DETERMINING ECONOMIC FEASIBILITY
  * THERE ARE NUMEROUS SOURCES OF INFORMATION TO
      ASSIST STATES IN DETERMINING STRINGENT YET
      REASONABLE CONTROLS.
  • CONTROL TECHNIQUES GUIDELINES HAVE BEEN ISSUED FOR A
      NUMBER OF VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND SOURCE
      CATEGORIES
  • RACT IS REQUIRED FOR AN EXTENSION TO 1987 TO BE
      GRANTED FOR CO AND/OR OXIDANT PLANT PLANS.
                               153

-------
             REASONABLY AVAILABLE CONTROL TECHNOLOGY
                             (RACT)

I.    Requirements

      A.  Section 172(b)(2) of the Clean Air Act states the
          requirements for implementation of RACT.

II.   Applicability of Discussion

      A.  Discussion deals with determination of RACT.

      B.  Information to be presented also applies  to the
          determination of any stringent yet reasonable
          measure.

III.  Definition of RACT

      A.  Definition of RACT is found in a December 9, 1976,
          memorandum from the Assistant Administrator of
          OAWM.

      B.  RACT - the 1owefit emission limit that a particular
          source is capable of meeting by the application of
          control technology that is reasonably available
          considering technological and economic feasibility.

      C.  Two key points

          *  Technical Feasibility
          *  Economic Feasibility

      D.  Appendix B, 40 CFR Part 51 no longer represents
          RACT.

IV.   Technological Feasibility

      A.  Requires stringent and even "technology forcing"
          control measures.

      B.  Equipment need not be applied to an identical source
          only to a similar source to represent RACT.

V.    Economic Feasibility

      A.  Economic feasibility may be very source specific.

      B.  Economic feasibility depends upon the weighing of the
          benefits of remaining open against those  of closing.

      C.  Present value analysis is the recommended procedure
          for determining economic feasibility.


                               154

-------
VI.   Types of Information Available

      A.  New Source Performance Standards documents (SSEIS)

      B.  National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air
          Pollutants (NESHAPS)

      C.  Control Techniques documents for specific pollutants.

      D.  Existing State and Federal regulations should be
          considered the minimum achievable level of control
          for each individual State.

      E.  Control Technology Guideline Documents for Volatile
          Organic Compounds.

VII.  Control Technology Guideline (CTG) Documents for Sources of
      Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC)

      A.  There are currently 11 CTGs available (see appended
          list).

      B.  Bulk storage gasoline transfer - Stage I

      C.  Regulation for these 12 sources must be submitted in
          January, 1979, if extension beyond 1982 is necessary.

VIII. Emission Limitations

      A.  EPA has issued presumptive values for several sources.
          These represent the norm achievable by industry.

      B.  While it is recognized that RACT will be determined on a
          case-by-case basis, the criteria for SIP approval will
          rely heavily upon the information contained in CTG.
          Deviations from the use of CTG should be adequately
          documented.

      C.  Reasonably available control measures for mobile sources
          have been discussed in the presentation on Transporta-
          tion Related Issues.

      D.  It should be noted that attainment of the particular
          National Ambient Air Quality Standard is the over-
          riding concern.
                       155

-------
      E.  Full application of all RACM (RACT, RTCM) will be
          required for extension of the attainment date to
          "1987 for CO and photochemical oxidant.

IX.   Form of the Regulation

      A.  The form of the regulations will vary from add on
          control technology to process changes.

      B.  A quantification of the emissions on a time basis
          is required by the inventory.

X.    Clearinghouse

      A.  OAQPS will provide assistance in the determination of
          achievable levels of control.

      B.  This assistance will be in the form of RACT, BACT,
          LAER determinations.

      C.  This assistance should only be requested for
          unusual circumstances where the agency does not
          have the in-house expertise,or in a situation where
          a State desires to know what another State has done
          in defining RACT, BACT, LAER for a particular source.

      D.  Summary of determinations made to date, with appropriate
          updates, will.be provided on a periodic basis to the
          Regional Offices and State and local agencies.

XI.   Summary

      A.  RACT must be technically and economically feasible.

      B.  Technical feasibility can require stringent and even "tech-
          nology  forcing" control measures.

      C.  Present value analysis is the recommended method for
          determining economic feasibility.

      D.  There are numerous sources of information to assist States in
          determining stringent yet reasonable controls.

      E.  Control techniques guidelines have been issued for a number
          of VOC  source categories.

      F.  RACT is required  for an extension to 1987 to be granted for
          CO and/or oxidant plans.
                               156

-------
              CONTROL TECHNOLOGY GUIDANCE DOCUMENTS FOR
               STATIONARY  SOURCES OF VOLATILE ORGANIC
                             COMPOUNDS
 GROUP  I

 Large  Appliance Manufacture
 Magnet Wire Insulation
 Gasoline Bulk Plants
 Metal  Furniture Manufacture
 Petroleum Liquid  Storage,
   Fixed Roof Tanks
 Degreasing
 Bulk Gasoline Terminals
 Petroleum Refinery Vacuum  Systems,
   Waste Water Separators and
   Process Unit Turnaround
 Service Stations, Stage I

Cutback Asphalt Paving
Surface Coating of Cans,
Coils,  paper,fabric,
automobiles  and Light-duty
trucks                              May 1977
DATE OF  ISSUANCE

December 1977
December 1977
December 1977
December 1977

December 1977
October  1977
October  1977
DATE OF SUBMITTAL

January 1979
January 1979
January 1979
January 1979

January 1979
January 1979
January 1979
October  1977          January  1979
Documentation has     January  1979
been widely distributed
October 1977         January 1979
                     January 1979
                              157

-------
             CONTROL TECHNOLOGY GUIDANCE DOCUMENTS FOR
              STATIONARY SOURCES OF VOLATILE ORGANIC
                             COMPOUNDS
GROUP II

Petroleum Refinery Fugitive
   Emissions (leaks)
Surface Coating of Other Metal
   Products - Industrial
Pharmaceutical Manufacture
Rubber Products Manufacture
Paint Manufacture
Vegetable Oil Processing
Graphic Arts (Printing)
Flat Wood Products
Service Stations, Stage II
Petroleum Liquid Storage
   Floating Roof Tanks

GROUP III

Ship and Barge Transport of
   Gasoline and Crude Oil
Organic Chemical Manufacture
   Process Streams
   Fugitive (Leaks)
Dry Cleaning
Wood Furniture Manufacture
Architectural and Miscellaneous
   Coatings

GROUP IV

Organic Chemical Manufacture
   Waste Disposal
   Storage and Handling

OTHERS

Natural Gas and Crude Oil
   Production

Adhesives

Other Industrial Surface
   Coatings

Auto Refinishing

Other Solvent Usage
DATE OF ISSUANCE
June 1978
June
June
June
June
June
June
June
June
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
1978
June 1978
December 1978
December
December
December
December
    1978
    1978
    1978
    1978
December 1978
June 1979
June 1979
                 DATE OF SUBMITTAL
January 1980

January 1980
January 1980
January 1980
January 1980
January 1980
January 1980
January 1980
January 1980

January 1980
January 1980

January 1980
January 1980
January 1980
January 1980

January 1980
                 January 1981
                 January 1981
                                158

-------
           SUMMARY OF RECOMMENDED EMISSION LIMITATIONS
                    FOR STATIONARY VOC SOURCES

                                   Recommended Limitation

Surface Coating

  Can Coating

    Sheet basecoat
    Two-piece can exterior         0.34 kg/1 of coating  (minus water)

    Two- & three-piece can
    interior body spray            0.51 kg/1 of coating  (minus water)

    Two-piece end exterior

    Side-seam spray                0.66 kg/1 of coating  (minus water)

    End sealing compound           0.44 kg/1 of coating  (minus water)

  Coil Coating                     0.31 kg/1 of coating  (minus water)

  Fabric Coating                   0.35 kg/1 of coating  (minus water)

  Vinyl Coating                    0.45 kg/1 of coating  (minus water)

  Paper Coating                    0.35 kg/1 of coating  (minus water)

  Auto & Light Duty Truck Coating

    Prime                          0.23 kg/1 of coating  (minus water)

    Topcoat                        0.34 kg/1 of coating  (minus water)

    Repair                         0.58 kg/1 of coating  (minus water)

  Metal Furniture Coating          0.36 kg/1 of coating  (minus water)

  Magnet Wire Coating              0.20 kg/1 of coating  (minus water)

  Large Appliance Coating          0.34 kg/1 of coating  (minus water)

Bulk Gasoline Terminal
  Truck Loading                    80 mg/1 of gasoline loaded

Bulk Gasoline Plants
                                159

-------
                                 Vapor balance system

                                 Vapor balance system
Storage Tank Filling

  Truck Loading

Service Stations

  Storage Tank Filling (Stage I) Vapor balance system
Fixed-Roof Storage of Petroleum
  Liquids

Petroleum Refining

  Vacuum Systems


  Wastewater Separators


  Process Unit Turnarounds


Cutback Asphalt Paving


Degreasing
                                 Internal floating roofs
                                 Vent noncondensables to boiler/
                                 heater firebox

                                 Install tight covers over
                                 separators

                                 Vent gases to a flare or other
                                 combustion device during depressurization

                                 Substitute water emulsions for solvent
                                 cutback asphalt applications

                                 Combination of control equipment and
                                 operating requirements to minimize
                                 solvent evaporation and solvent
                                 carryout.  Requirements differ for
                                 cold cleaners, open top vapor degreasers
                                 and conveyorize'd degreasers.
                              160

-------
                        SUMMARY OF POSSIBLE

                 PERCENT EMISSION REDUCTIONS FROM

                               RTCMs



     MEASURES                               % Emission Reduction

Inspection/maintenance

Vapor recovery

Improved public transit

Exclusive bus and carpool lanes

Areawide carpool programs

Private car restrictions

Long-range transit improvements

On-street parking controls

Park and ride and fringe parking lots

Pedestrian malls

Employer programs to encourage car and van polling,
  mass transit, bicycling and walking

Bicycle  lanes and storage facilities

Staggered work hours

Road pricing to discourage single occupancy
  auto trips

Controls on extended vehicle idling

Traffic flow improvements

Alternative fuels or engines and other fleet
  vehicle controls

Other than light duty vehicle retrofit

Extreme cold start emission reduction programs
                                161

-------
                          REFERENCES

              Final CTGs documents as of 1-1-78
Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary
Sources Volume V:  Surface Coating of Large Appliances -
EPA-450/2-77-034.

Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary
Sources Volume IV:  Surface Coating for Insulation of Magnet
Wire - EPA-450/2-77-033.

Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Bulk Gasoline Plants -
EPA-450/2-77-035.

Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary
Sources Volume III:  Surface Coating of Metal Furniture -
EPA-450/2-77-032.

Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Storage of Petroleum
Liquids in Fixed-Roof Tanks - EPA-450/2-77-036.

Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Solvent Metal Cleaning -
EPA-450/2-77-022.

Control of Hydrocarbons from Tank Truck Gasoline Loading Terminals
EPA-450/2-77-026.

Control of Refinery Vacuum Producing Systems, Wastewater Separa-
tors, and Process Unit Turnarounds - EPA-450/2-77-025.

Control of Volatile Organic Compounds from Use of Cutback
Asphalt.

Control Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary
Sources Volume II:  Surface Coating of Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabrics,
Automobiles, and Light-Duty Trucks - EPA-450/2-77-008.

Design Criteria for Stage I Vapor Control Systems - Gasoline
Service Stations.

Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing Stationary
Sources Volume I:  Control Methods for Surface-Coating Operations
EPA-450/2-76-028
                               162

-------
EPA 450/2-73-002   A Technique for Calculating Overall Efficiencies of
                   Particulate Control Devices.  8/73.

EPA 450/2-74-002A  Background Information for New Source Performance
                   Standards:  Primary Copper, Zinc, and Lead Smelters.
                   Vol. 1 - Proposed Standards.  10/74.

EPA 450/2-74-008   Air Pollution Control Engineering and Cost Study
                   of the Ferroalloy Industry.  5/74.

EPA 450/2-74-009A  Background Information on National Emission Standards
                   for Hazardous Air Pollutants, Proposed Amendments to
                   Standards for Asbestos and Mercury.  10/74.

EPA 450/2-74-017A  Background Information for Standards of Performance:
                   Electric Arc Furnaces in the Steel Industry.  Vol. 1 -
                   Proposed Standards.  10/74.

EPA 450/2-74-017B  Background Information for Standards of Performance:
                   Electric Arc Furnaces in the Steel Industry.

EPA 450/2-74-018A  Background Information for Standards of Performance:
                   Electric Submerged Arc Furnaces Producing Ferroalloys.
                   Vol. 1:  Proposed Standards.  10/74.

EPA 450/2-74-018B  Background Information for Standards of Performance:
                   Electric Submerged Arc Furnaces for Production of
                   Ferroalloys.  Vol. 2:  Test Data Summary.  10/74.

EPA 450/2-74-018C  Background Information for Standards of Performance -
                   Electric Submerged Arc Furnaces for Production of
                   Ferroalloys.  Vol. 3 - Supplemental Information.
                   4/75.

EPA 450/2-74-019A  Background Information for Standards of Performance:
                   Phosphate Fertilizer Industry.  Vol. 1 - Proposed
                   Standards.  10/74.

EPA 450/2-74-019B  Background Information for Standards of Performance:
                   Phosphate Fertilizer Industry.  Vol. 2:  Summary of
                   Test Data.  10/74.

EPA 450/2-74-020A  Background Information for Standards of Performance:
                   Primary Aluminum Plants.   Vol. 1 - Proposed Standards.
                   10/74.

EPA 450/2-74-020B  Background Information for Standards of Performance:
                   Primary Aluminum Plants.   Vol. 2:   Summary of Test
                   Data.  10/74.
                                   163

-------
EPA 450/2-77-005   Control of Fluoride Emissions from Existing Phosphate
                   Fertilizer Plants:  Final Guideline Document.
                   EPA:  OAQPS 1977.

EPA 450/2-77-007A  Standards Support and Environmental Impact Statement:
                   Vol. 1 - Proposed Standards of Performance for Lime
                   Manufacturing Plants.  EPA:  OAQPS 1977.

EPA 450/2-^7-008   Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing
                   Stationary Sources:  Vol. II - Surface Coating of
                   Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabric, Automobiles and Light
                   Duty Trucks.  EPA:  OAQPS 1977.

EPA 450/2-77-017A  Standards Support and Environmental Impact Statement:
                   Vol. 1 - Proposed Standards of Performance for
                   Stationary Gas Turbines.  EPA:  OAQPS 1977.

EPA 450/2-77-019   Final Guideline Document:  control of Sulfuric Acid
                   Mist Emissions from Existing Sulfuric Acid Production
                   Units.  EPA:  OAQPS 1977.

EPA 450/2-77-022   Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Solvent
                   Metal Cleaning.

EPA 450/2-77-025   Control of Refinery Vacuum Producing Systems - Waste-
                   water Separators:  Process Unit Turnarounds.

EPA 450/2-77-026   Control of Hydrocarbons from Tank Truck Gasoline
                   Loading Terminals

EPA 450/2-77-032   Control of Volatile Organic Emissions - Surface Coating
                   Vol. III.

EPA 450/2-77-033   Control of Volatile Organic Emissions - Magnetic Wire
                   Vol. 4

EPA 450/3-73-003A  Emissions Control in the Grain and Feed Industry, Vol.  1,
                   Engineering and Cost Study.  12/73.  Midwest Research
                   Inst. 1973.

EPA 450/3-73-003B  Emissions Control in the Grain and Feed Industry.
                   Vol. 2.  Emission Inventory.  9/74.  Midwest Research
                   Inst.  1974.

EPA 450/3-73-004A  Air Pollution Control in the Primary Aluminum Industry.
                   Vol. 1 of 2 (Sections 1 through 10).  7/73.  Singmaster
                   and Breyer.  1973.
                                    165

-------
EPA 450/3-73-004B  Air Pollution Control in the Primary Aluminum Industry.
                   Vol. 2 of 2 (appendices).  7/73.

EPA 450/3-74-002   Evaluation of the Controllability of Power Plants
                   Having a Significant Impact on Air Quality Standards.
                   2/74.

EPA 450/3-74-015   Factors Affecting Ability to Retrofit Flue Gas
                   Deaulfurization Systems.  12/73.  Radian Corp.  1973.

EPA 450/3-74-036A  Investigation of Fugitive Dust:  Vol. I - Sources,
                   Emissions, and Control.  PEDCo Env. Specialists.
                   1974.

EPA 450/3-74-036B  Investigation of Fugitive Dust:  Vol. II - Control
                   Strategy and Regulatory Approach.  PEDCo Env.
                   Specialists.  1974.

EPA 450/3-74-060   Air Pollution Control Technology and Costs - Seven
                   Selected Emission Factors.  12/74,  Indust. Gas
                   Cleaning Inst.  1974.

EPA 450/3-74-063   Particulate Emission Control Systems for Oil-Fired
                   Boilers.  12/74.  Geomet. 1975

EPA 450/3-75-046A  A Study of Vapor Control Methods for Gasoline
                   Marketing Operations.  Vol. 1 - Industry Sruvey
                   and Control Techniques.  4/75.  Radian Corp.  1975.

EPA 450/3-75-046B  A Study of Vapor Control Methods for Gasoline
                   Marketing Operations.  Vol. 2 - Appendix.  4/75.
                   Radian Corp.  1975.

EPA 450/3-75-047   Comparison of Flue Gas Desulfurization Coal Liquefaction
                   and Coal Gasification for Use at Coal-Fired Power Plants.
                   Kellogg MS Co. 1975.

EPA 450/3-76-005   Control of Particulate Matter from Oil Burners and
                   Boilers.  Aerotherm Corp.  1976.

EPA 450/3-76-013   Cost of Retrofitting Coke Oven Particulate Controls.
                   Vulcan Cincinnati.  1974.

EPA 450/3-76-036   Evaluation of Methods for Measuring and Controlling
                   Hydrocarbon Emissions from Petroleum Storage Tanks.
                   Battelle Memorial Inst.  1976.

EPA 450/3-76-038A  Background Information on Hydrocarbon Emissions from
                   Marine Terminal Operations:  Vol. I - Discussion.
                   Radian Corp. 1976.
                                     166

-------
EPA 450/3-76-038B  Background Information on Hydrocarbon Emissions from
                   Marine Terminal Operations:  Volume II - Appendices
                   Radian Corp.  1976.
EPA 450/3-76-042


EPA 450/3-77-010
Economic Impact of Stage II Vapor Recovery Regulations:
Working Memoranda.  Little Ad.  1976.

Technical Guidance for Control of Industrial Process
Fugitive Particulate Emissions.  PEDCo Env. Specialists.
1977.
EPA 450/3-77-026   Atmospheric Emissions from Offshore Oil and Gas
                   Development and Production.  Energy Resources Co.
                   1977.
EPA 450/3-77-046
Screening Study to Determine Need for SO  and Hydro-
carbon NSPS for FCC Regenerators.       X
                                   167

-------
        Public Participation
and Intergovernmental Consultation
                 169

-------
     The presentation on public participation and Intergovernmental
consultation at the actual workshops did not Include the use of
visual material or written text.   The presentation covered material
that was still under development and will be the subject of forth-
coming regulations.  Readers are advised to consult those regula-
tions when they appear for a fuller treatment of the material.
Therefore, no visual or text materials on public participation
and intergovernmental consultation are presented here.

     The discussion on public participation and Intergovernmental
consultation covered the following section of the Clean A1r Act:
121, 172(b)(l) and (9), 174, and 175.
                                170

-------
Reasonable Further Progress
            171

-------
 REASONABLE FURTHER PROGRESS (RFP)

           AND

    NEW SOURCE REVIEW (NSR)
• MECHANISMS TO ENSURE ATTAINMENT

• FEEDBACK TO AVOID SANCTIONS
 RFP
      • 2 Part Process
          Schedule development
          Yearly Tracking

      • Important Role
          Adjustments to Strategy and NSR
 NSR
      • Instantaneous RFP

      • Additional Cleanup

      • New Technology
              enable
         Further
           Progress
 i   i    i	i	 i  ^^g_...i    i  V
-\	r-
                172

-------
  RFP
  PART D REQUIREMENTS
         171(a)    DEFINITION
              •  Annual Incremental Reductions
              •  Substantial Early Reductions
                           —Regular Thereafter
              •  Provides for Attainment
         172(b)(3)  PLAN REQUIREMENT
              •  Require RFP Including RACT
         173 (I) NSR Permits
              •  Consistent With RFP
              IMPORTANCE OF RFP
IF PROBLEMS IDENTIFIED:
    • NEW RFP SCHEDULE
    • NEW ATTAINMENT DEMONSTRATION
    • AMENDED NONATTAINMENT DESIGNATION
    • El ADJUSTMENTS
           IMPORTANCE OF RFP
 IF PROBLEMS IDENTIFIED.      cont.
     • ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
     • INCREASED ENFORCEMENT
     • NSR STRATEGY AMENDED
     • GROWTH SANCTIONS IMPOSED
                          173

-------
RFPSCHEDULES
      USED FOR TRACKING El CHANGES
GENERAL :
      PRIMARY STANDARDS - AEAP
      SECONDARY STANDARDS - REASONABLE TIME
      SHORT-TERM VIOLATIONS - SELECTIVE El
               (TSP, S02 - ONLY)
      POST'82 SIP's - RACM, FMVCP
             RFP SCHEDULES
                  LINEAR PRESUMPTION
                       Simpliest Design
                       Early Reductions
                       Not Rollback
                       1982 Attainment
                       1979 Submittal - Initially
   1979  80
                         83
                       Exceptions  to Linear
                 Case - by - case determinations
                                 -RA and State
                         More resource intensive
    1979
                             174

-------
                          Exceptions  to  Linear
                    Case - by - case determinations
                                      -RA and State
                             More resource intensive
                             • Secondary NAAQS


                             • Special cases
          POST '82 SIP'S / AGGREGATE RFP
    Cl
   •77
   El
NAAQS
        Aro/Mlnor
•Aggregate Schedule
 Mobile - FMVCP, RACM
 Major/Stationary -
         RACT until 1983
 Area/minor - Linear
   l»7t SO  SI  «2  S3  «4  SS  (6   S7  M
            POST '82 SIP'S / AGGREGATE RFP
      El
     '77
 Ł
 i-
  • Aggregate Schedule
   Mobile - FMVCP, RACM
   Major/Stationary -
           RACT until 1983
   Area/minor - Linear
     »S7t SO  SI  S2  S3  S4  SS  SS  S7
                               175

-------
       POST  '82 SIP'S / AGGREGATE RFP
                       •Aggregate Schedule
                        Mobile - FMVCP, RACM
                        Major/Stationary -
                                 RACT until 1983
                        Area/minor - Linear
1»T9 *0   tl  S2
                                   «T  M
        POST  '82 SIP'S / AGGREGATE RFP
                        •Aggregate Schedule
                         Mobile -  FMVCP, RACM
                         Major/Stationary -
                                  RACT until 1983
                         Area/minor - Linear
 1979 to   tl  S2  «3  §4   IS  ••  (7  M
  RFP  AND  SECONDARY NAAQS
                [•RMT 0» LINEA» UNTIL 1913

                             •IEUONULE TIME - LMEII

                                 •60»%3TSP CUIIELINE

                             • SKOIT-TEIM - SELECTIVE El

                           NON-ITTIINMENT HSR C1NIINUES
                            176

-------
   RFP AND SECONDARY NAAQS
                 [HUD! OR LINEAR UNTIL 1913
                              •REASONAIIE TIME - LINEAR
                                  •IO'%>TSP GUIDELINE
                              • SHORT-TERM - SELECTIVE El
                            NON ATTAINMENT NSR CDNTINUES
1979  10    II    12    13    14
IE    87
      RFP AND SECONDARY NAAQS
                     IACT 01 LINEAR UNTIL 1913
                                •REASONABLE TIME - LINEAR
                                    •80"%3TSP GUIDELINE
                                 SNORT-TERM - SELECTIVE El
                            • NON-ATTAINMENT NSR CONTINUES
 1979   II    II   12   13   14   15   16    17
   IFF SINNAir HUE
                     TIM if IFP
CASE
1982 ATTAINMENT

1979 to 1983
LINEAR (MIN )
EPA- approve) RfP
1983 TO ATTAINMENT
NA

                              177

-------
IFF1 SiMNtlY UILE
                TIM if IFF seiliilt
CASE
1982 ATTAINMENT


POST '82 SIPs
(oxidant/CO)



197» to 1983
LINEAR (MIN )
untoM dctwtod,
EPA.«pf>rov«JRFP
AGGREGATE SCHEDULE
MOBILE - FMVCP, RACM
MAJOR STATIONARV -
RACT (mm )
MINOR AREA -LINEAR
1963 TO ATTAINMENT
NA


MOBILE -FMVCT. OTHER
MAJOR STATIONARY - OTHER
MINOR AREA - LINEAR


IFP SIHMIIT HUE
               TIM if IFP
CASE
1982 ATTAINMENT

POST-82SIPI
Io
S€CONDARV NAAOS
(TSP/S02)
1179 mm
LINEAR (MIN 1
EPA •M>ro«IRFP
AOOREGATE SCHEDULE
MOBILE - FMVCP. RACM
MAJOR STATIONARY -
RACT litim 1
MINOR AREA - LINEAR
LINEAR OR RACT
1983 TO ATTAINMENT
NA

MOBILE - FMVCP, OTHER
MAJOR STATIONARV - OTHER
MINOR AREA - LINEAR
REASONABLE TIME
- LINEAR
          RFP TRACKING
      3 MECHANISMS
      •annual emission trends
      •Ad trends - qualitative
      •NSR instantaneous
                         178

-------
       ACTUAL EMISSIONS - MANDATORY REPORTING

          ACTUAL E. i REQUIRED

            1979 CONTROL STRATEGY

            LINKED TO AQ TRENDS
           RFP EMISSION TRACKING
  f I 77 . :
  KtollT'
     El
   HUMS
      1171
 II
II
12
          RFP EMISSION TRACKING
                     • ACTUAL EMISSIONS
                     • MANDATORY TRACKING AREAWIDE TRACKING
  ,„  ,                                 • TOTAL EMISSIONS
•M-.I T^            -REDUCTIONS AS OCCUR
                                   •GROWTH AS OCCURS
                                   • RFP MILESTONES
                            RFP     -REDUCTIONS
                            schedule    S|NCE AUGUST1977
    1979
90
II
 12
13
                               179

-------
      RFP EMISSION TRACKING

                • iiuimt [iissnis
                 UIWI1IH |UK. I
                 OMItlll IUCIIII imiMill il
                      (F Mil. "Ill 5 111
                                                RFP EMISSION TRACKIN6

                                                            • mini uinnn
                                                            • IIIIIIIIII III |llll nilnli. ilr(ill)
                                                            > indicium im
                                                            • mum iiinm
                                                                  hliclUii ii imi
                                                 TRACKING RFP
                                            Specific Source Example




itiitii
tiRilinci
f
un n

in sir
[lllllllillS



Siurci
H«|liUCt
W/ ClIllllS
• i r~
n 11 ii
f 	
Simce Units
Opinliit tiws
f .
12 13
   MSB TPV    760 TPV
   1000 T? v    1000 Try

   MM H>V    MM TPY
NC      NC    200 TPV   200 TPV   -JkCTUAt IMIOIIM

2SO TTIf   NC    DC       220 TPV   -*UOW*tlt EMISSIONS

W      NC    MT TPV   in TPV   -MAXIMUM MISSIONS
      Annual  Report
                                              1 -~_-Kinii«ni
                                                             RFP Schedult
                                              1979  1980  1981  1982  1983
SUMMARY FOR YEAR 1931
MANBITOir
TOTAL
RFP
Milestone
1979

1930

1981

Actual
Emissions
1979

1980

1981

4. '
•*f
Allowable
Emissions
I979||980|I9S1



Maximum
Emissions
1979

I9SI1

1981

Growth
>1977
1979

1980

1981

                                                180

-------
1
1
•
1

1

1
1
1
1
1




1
1


1





1
1
•
1
1




AIK DUALITY TRI:NDS
Qualitative check -
only Kl trends mciininKful 1
No special reporting •
40 ( I'R Part 51 already 1
1
All nonattainment monitors


PROILEMS: t^*,,™
Inadtquitt ,. ^\
EmlMlon . . - is^
••auctions
i)n ii ii i: ii




PROILEMS: f^^c,,,
^X^ ifp
Emission " - ~ ^Ssv.
••Aietleiii "IS
f Illllllllf
nn ii ii ii u
UNI
t**r AQ Tr«ltf>
II ^v
IMS ~
tin H u n u
181

-------
         PROBLEMS:
_/J
   uus
                 AIR MUTT
                                 Inadequate    ^
                                   Emission  uit*t
                                 Reductions
                                                                  W
                                                  mi  10   n
                    Poor AQ Trends
 [I
mm
                       Poor Maximum
                      Emission Trend

                                    fl
                                  •IMS
   It?)   II
                                                  iw   10
                             RESOLUTION OF RFP PROBLEMS
                         ENFORCEMENT PROBLEMS
                         EXCESSIVE GROWTH
                         CONTROL EQUIPMENT LAG
                                                   CORRECTIVE MEASURES
       POOR AO TREND
                                                El ADJUSTMENTS
                                                INCREASED ENFORCEMENT
                                                AMEND NONATTAINMENT DESIGN,
                                                STRICTER NSR POLICY
                                                 182

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
 I
I
                          REASONABLE  FURTHER PROGRESS

 1.  General  Intent

      Both  reasonable  further  progress  (RFP) and new source review  (NSR)
 are intended to  play  essential roles in ensuring that the NAAQS will be
 met on  time.  They  are  feedback mechanisms designed to  identify possi-
 ble errors made  in  developing the control strategy or in selecting
 the area and sources  of concern.  The  language from Part D of the new
 Amendments sets  forth the RFP requirement which was not present in
 the previous 1970 Clean Air Act as amended.

      RFP is  essentially a two-part process in which a schedule is first
 developed  (typically  linear)  and then  a yearly tracking exercise is
 performed.   The  schedule  is intended only as a guideline but failure
 to meet the  designated  milestones must be explained and could well
 result  in  adjustments to:  the control strategy, the geographic bound-
 aries of the designated non-attainment area, or the approach taken to
 review  new sources.   An annual report  for RFP is to be  submitted by
 the State.   This report is intended  to be a brief but effective exer-
 cise  in (1)  tracking  the  emission reductions accomplished and (2)
 verifying  that these  decreases, taking into account growth, are consis-
 tent with  the RFP goal  of attainment.

 2.  Reasonable Further  Progress - Part D Requirements

     Section 171 (1)  defines  the term  "reasonable further progress" as
 annual  incremental  reductions in emissions of the applicable air pol-
 lutant  (including substantial reductions in the early years following
 approval or  promulgation  of plan provisions under Part  D and Section
 110(a)(2)(I)  and regular  reductions  thereafter) which are sufficient
 in the  judgment  of  the  Administrator,  to provide for attainment of the
 applicable national ambient air quality standard by the date required
 in Section 172(a).

     Section 172(b)(3)  states that the "non-attainment" SIP submittal
 shall require, in the interim, reasonable further progress (as defined
.above)  including such reduction in emissions from existing sources in
 the area as  may  be  obtained through  the adoption, at a minimum, of
 reasonably available  control  technology.

     Finally, one option  under Section 173 to allow new major construc-
 tion requires that  total  allowable emissions (SIP at new source applica-
 tion) will decrease so  as  to  represent reasonable further progress.
                                 183

-------
3.  Importance of RFP

     Before discussing how the RFP schedules are to be developed, 1t
is proper to reemphasize that RFP is an important requirement for SIPs
in non-attainment areas.  The significance of the RFP requirement
logically increases as the uncertainties associated with the attainment
demonstration increase.   If problems with meeting the RFP requirement
are identified, then one of several actions may be needed.  The precise
choice of corrective measures taken will be left to the State subject
to the approval of the Regional Administrator.  It should be noted that
the last measure cited below is what RFP seeks to avoid.  Only after
all other options are discarded should the need to impose sanctions be
seriously considered.

     List of possible corrective measures:

            a.  new RFP schedule
            b.  new attainment demonstration
            c.  amended non-attainment designation
            d.  emission inventory adjustment
            e.  additional reductions required
            f.  increased enforcement
            g.  NSR strategy amended
            h.  growth sanctions imposed

4.  Development of RFP Schedules

     The purpose of an RFP schedule is to verify that the emission
reductions obtained are being accomplished at a reasonable and effi-
cient rate so that attainment by the prescribed time will take place.
Where only violations of the annual primary NAAQS are Involved then
RFP is intended to represent the application of good controls as
expeditiously as practicable (AEAP).  RFP schedules to correct
violations of the secondary standards are again intended to depict
an AEAP timetable but with the connotation of "a reasonable time."
Where attainment of the oxidant or carbon monoxide NAAQS can not be
accomplished by 1982, then an RFP schedule reflecting application of
reasonably available control measures will be acceptable as long as
attainment is accomplished by the agreed upon date (not to exceed
1987).  Finally, the proceeding general statements also apply to
short-term NAAQS violations except that a selective emissions inven-
tory with respect to source inclusion may be tracked in accordance
with RFP.

     For the majority of cases, EPA expects that RFP schedules will
be linear in nature.  Figure #1 illustrates the simple design of a
linear RFP schedule which starts from the 1977 emissions inventory
                                184

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
  I
  I
  I
  I
  I
  I
and ends before 1983* at the emissions Inventory predicted as being
adequate to demonstrate attainment.  No additional resources are
typically required to develop such linear timetables.

     A linear RFP schedule 1s thought to be completely within the
Intent of the Section 171 definition.  That 1s, such a line would
effect substantial reductions 1n the early going and not put off
accomplishing most of the required reductions until the last year(s).
A linear schedule 1s also thought to be a stringent timetable to
accomplish emission reductions 1n light of the lag time In the real
world for Installing control technology.  1977 emissions Inventory
starting point 1s consistent with EPA's Intent to acknowledge all
reductions accomplished since the August 7, 1977, date of enactment
1n accomplishing RFP.  This position is intended to assist the States
in meeting the aspect of the RFP requirement that calls for substan-
tial progress 1n the early years.  A linear RFP schedule should not
be in any way confused with the similarly shaped linear rollback
technique.  RFP schedules do not relate to the amount of controls
needed but rather to the rate that the necessary emission reductions
are to be accomplished.  Typically, a linear RFP will refer to the
rate that controls determined necessary through non-linear techniques
(such as air quality dispersion modeling) must be Installed.

     In terms of answering the 1979 plan requirement to show RFP
the submission of a linear RFP schedule will be acceptable even
if a linear timetable would be even initially thought to be
inappropriate.  Unless the State on its own chooses to submit a detailed
nonlinear RFP, a linear schedule for 1982 attainment SIPs will be accept-
able to EPA.  Such a schedule is thought to reflect a reasonable rate of
progress considering the relatively short timeframe allotted for attain-
ment (maximum of 4 to 5 years).  To routinely require a detailed RFP may
direct critical resources from accomplishing the actual attainment.
Only in certain cases where the controls necessary for attainment cannot
be reasonably applied as quickly as required by a linear RFP would it be
in the best Interest of the State to develop and submit a "less-than-
Hnear" RFP schedule.

     The linear assumption is initially acceptable for all 1979 plan
submlttals.  Of course, some of the plans particularly those attaining
standards after 1982 may have to amend their schedules over the year
following the 1979 submittal 1n order to make RFP more meaningful.
Where the linear assumption is thought to be inappropriate, the State
*EPA, of course, encourages states to demonstrate attainment before
 1983 and to submit corresponding RFPs.
                                 185

-------
must submit an acceptable alternative RFP schedule to the Regional
Administrator.  Such nonlinear schedules should be developed over the
year following the 1979 plan submission.  It 1s acknowledged that
developing such RFP's 1s more resource Intensive and should be attempted
only when absolutely necessary.  Table #1 summarizes the type of RFP
schedules that are expected.

     A non-linear RFP will typically be developed 1n the case of
carbon monoxide or oxidant plans which fail  to attain by 1982 but
do so not later than 1987.  Herein, the aggregate nature of the
emission inventory must be considered.  Figure #2 shows that indi-
vidual RFP schedules for each general component of the 1977 emissions
inventory (i.e., mobile, major stationary, and minor/area sources)
must be developed.  For post 1982 oxidant and CO SIPs, reductions
from mobile sources until 1983 are expected to follow as a minimum
a schedule consistent with the Federal Motor Vehicle Control Program
(FMVCP)and the application of RACM.  Beyond 1982 until attainment,
the reductions from mobile sources will be reflect the imposition of
other measures (as necessary) as well as the continuing cleanup
accomplished by the FMVCP.  Major stationary sources correspondingly
must be controlled until 1982 at least as effectively as they would
under an RFP schedule exhibiting the application of RACT.  After
1982 and until attainment (no later than 1987) the schedule for
reductions will reflect the application of other control measures.
A linear assumption can be made for the portion of the RFP schedule
beyond 1982.  Finally, a linear assumption is appropriate throughout
the RFP schedule for controlling minor and area (other than mobile)
source growth.

     Specific non-linear RFP milestones may also be necessary 1n the
case of secondary NAAQS violations.  Figures #3 and 4 illustrate the
case where both the primary and secondary standards are violated.
In general, only where a RACM-based RFP would not demonstrate attain-
ment of at least the primary NAAQS by 1982 would a linear RFP be
chosen in preference.  Since both RACM RFP's Identified in Figures
#3 and #4 meet this criteria, they would be chosen in preference to
the linear presumption.  The RFP schedule after 1982 until attainment
is governed by the reasonable time assumption.  For at least initial
planning purposes, linear reductions over time can be assumed to be
reasonable until attainment.

     As was the case of 1972 SIP submissions, the 60 ug/m3 TSP
guideline is to generally be used as a standard in assessing RFP.
Also, it should be noted that the non-attainment review for new
sources will continue in full effect until the secondary standards
are met.  This includes the possibility of major new source sanctions
when RFP for these standards is not being met.
                                    186

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

  U
                           FIGURE 1
                      RFP SCHEDULES
          El.
         '77
  El
NAAQS
                     NAAQS
             	1-
          1979   80
                 81
82
83
                              187

-------
                                 TABLE  1
      RFP SUMMARY TABLE
                                  Type of RFP  schedule
      CASE
    1979 to 1983
    1983 TO ATTAINMENT
1982 ATTAINMENT
 POST '82 SIPs
 (oxidant/CO)
SECONDARY NAAQS
   (TSP/S02)
LINEAR (MIN.)
unless detailed,
EPA-approved RFP

AGGREGATE SCHEDULE
MOBILE - FMVCP, RACM
MAJOR STATIONARY -
    RACT (min.)
MINOR AREA-LINEAR


LINEAR OR RACT
        NA
MOBILE - FMVCP, OTHER
MAJOR  STATIONARY - OTHER
MINOR AREA-LINEAR
   REASONABLE TIME
      -LINEAR
                                      188

-------
                   FIGURE 2
        POST '82 SIP'S  /  AGGREGATE  RFP
                        •Aggregate Schedule
                        Mobile - FMVCP, RACM
                        Major/Stationary -
                                 RACT until 1983
                        Area/minor  - Linear
            "^/or/Station
1979 80   81  82   83  84  85  86  87  88
                     189

-------
                        FIGURE 3
        RFP AND SECONDARY NAAQS
CO
                       liiiar prcsinptin
       primary NAAQS
       secondary NAAQS
                       H
•1	1
     1979  80   SI   82   83   84   85   86   17
                         190

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                   FIGURE 4
   RFP AND SECONDARY NAAQS
               RACT RFP
                  liiear pnsiiptiii
  primary NAAQS
  secondary NAAQS

               —I—I—I—I—
1979   90   91   92  93   94   95   96   97
                    191

-------
5.  RFP Tracking

     RFP is to be tracked primarily by a yearly assesCi7:ent of the net
reductions to actual emissions (including growth) that have taken
place.  A summary of these reductions will be submitted as an annual
report (Table #3).  RFP as reported in terms of actual emission reduc-
tions must be interpreted in context with actual air quality improve-
ments.  Although not formally required in the annual report, emission
reductions should be tracked with the results from quarterly air quality
reports.  NSR v/ill perform an instantaneous check on RFP.  The specific
results of NSR will not be a formal part of the annual report but will
be sublet to insjj"':t'i
-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
creditable toward meeting RFP; (6) total  actual  TRY emissions are
generally to be reported unless a specific non-linear RFP schedule
has been developed (then tracking of the specific emission inventory
components may be required); and (7) the net yearly reduction ( or
even increase) in actual emissions is not itself critical for any
one year as long as the RFP schedule is met and attainment is not
jeopardized (good reduction years can therefore compensate for ones
of less cleanup).

     There is also a competing need to confirm that actual emissions
will not increase to levels so as to prevent attainment and/or main-
tenance of the ambient standards.  Allowable emissions are defined as
the most emissions a source can emit and still ccnfrom to the most
stringent of the following;  (1) an applicable NSPS, (2) an applicable
SIP limit; and (3) any enforceable permit condition including those
restricting hours of operation and utilization of production capacity.
The typical analysis for controls needed in 1979 assumes that the 1977
actual emissions from large point sources will not increase appreciably
due to voluntary increases in hours of operation and utilization of
production capacity not otherwise constrained by enforceable permit
conditions.  That is, many sources in the present SIP's do not have
Ibs/hour or TPY emission limits and their emissions can be greatly
influenced by voluntary changes in the capacity usage and hours operated.
This means sources without constrained capacity usage or hours of
operation (enforceable by EPA) must be assumed to operate at full
capacity for the entire year.

     The only requirement therefore with respect to RFP and allowable
emissions is that this inventory be reduced at or below the emissions
inventory used to demonstrate attainment by the prescribed time (typi-
cally 1982 or 1987).  Conceivably sanctions could still be imposed
in those areas who reach their attainment goal but cannot guarantee
that it will be maintained.

     The yearly tracking of allowable emissions is optional with respect
to ensuring RFP.  For those States who wish to do so (presumably to
better ensure that allowable emissions will be at or below those
showing attainment) should keep the following in mind:  (1) allowable
emissions are to be tracked on a cumulative total TPY basis throughout
the entire designated non-attainment area (only in the case of short-
term violations for S0? and/or TSP would deviations with respect to
source inclusion be acceptable); (2) reductions in allowable emissions
occur as enforceable regulations are adopted into the SIP (consequently
one expects that allowable emissions will take a large initial drop
in 1979 as several general  regulations are incorporated into the SIP--
fluctuations thereafter will occur as  specific enforceable permit
                                193

-------
conditions are negotiated); (3) the 1977 allowable emissions inventory
should be the starting point for tracking allowable emissions--all
cleanup since August 7, 1977,1s creditable (where Ibs/ton, Ibs/MBTU,
or Ibs/gal type limits are apparent, an estimate of the maximum emis-
sions allowed under the SIP should be made as required in the 1979
control strategy demonstration); (4) major point source growth is
assumed to Increase allowable emissions as it is approved (correspond-
ingly, offsets legally tied to the construction of a major source are
also assumed to occur at the same time); and (5) allowable emissions
from minor stationary, area, and mobile sources are assumed to be the
same as actual emissions.

     A third type of emissions inventory is also important with respect
to making RFP.  Maximum emissions, are the most emissions that a source
could emit considering in place controls and enforceable permit condi-
tions tions restricting a source's hours of operation and use of
production capacity.  Thus, maximum emissions would differ from allow-
able ones only to the extent a source is out of compliance with an
effective emission limit and/or permit condition.  The optional  yearly
tracking of maximum emissions therefore is a valuable enforcement tool
to assess how much real progress has been made toward attainment.  The
difference between the attainment emissions inventory and maximum
emissions at any point in time represents the real non-attainment
driving force.  Consequently, maximum emissions should equal to be less
than allowable emissions at attainment (assuming full compliance).

     As mentioned, the tracking of maximum emissions is optional in
terms of ensuring that RFP 1s being accomplished.  For those States
who wish to do so then the following criteria should be followed:
(1)  maximum emissions are to be tracked on a TPY areawide basis
throughout the designated non-attainment area (with same exceptions
as noted under "actual" emissions); (2) maximum emissions are reduced
as existing sources install new controls or comply with new permit
conditions restricting the hours of operation or use of production
capacity; and (3) maximum emissions are assumed to increase as major
proposed construction is approved (as in the case of allowable emis-
sions, offsets legaly tied to the construction of a major source are
also assumed to occur at the same time).

     Figures #5, #6, and #7 show the concept of tracking of various
types of areawide emissions from a graphic standpoint.  Figure #8 and
Table #2 have been included to illustrate how new source approvals are
taken into account in determining if RFP is met.  Figure #9 is included
to clarify when certain emission level changes are creditable toward
RFP.  This figure uses a single source non-attainment problem to illus-
trate how and when emission reductions are applicable.

     The annual report (shown as Table #3) must contain a summary
of how total actual emissions have been reduced relative to the
                                194

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(9
Z
tf)
tf)
                Figure 5
                        (Adi) SNOISSIN3
                 195

-------
               Figure 6
C5
(A
tf)
u

0.
u.
                        09
                                        CX9
                        (Adi)  SNOISSIH3
                        196

-------

                         Figure 7
O
O  *a ,_
tf)
tf)
      -1^—^
     i «oi    I
                      (Adll SMOISSIH3
                    197

-------
                             Figure 8
S
DC
a.
u.
cc
                CD
                00
                                  ir
                                        4
                                s s
                                ° j; a
                                *"
             4
                                       §
       O
       in
o
CM
                                                              ,01 *\dJ.)  SNOISSIIAI3
            (cOL>
-------
  I
  I
  I
  I
  I
  I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
I
                         TABLE #2

                       RFP AND GROWTH

                                        MAXIMUM      ACTUAL     ALLOWABLE
                                       EMISSIONS    EMISSIONS   EMISSIONS
YEAR          ACTION                     (TPY)        (TRY)       (TPY)

1975                                    50,000       40,000      50,000
         #1 Approval (w/o offsets)     + 5,000        —       + 5,000
1976                                    55,000       40,000      55,000
         #2 Approval (w/o offsets)     + 2,500        —       + 2,500
         6% Increase in capacity         -—        + 3,000
1977                                    57,500       43,000      57,500
         #3 Shutdown                   - 2,500      - 2,500     - 2,500
         6% Decrease In capacity         —        - 2,850
1978                                    55,000       38,000      55,000
         #5 Approval w/#4 offsets
         6% Increase in capacity         ---        + 2,850
1979                                    55,000       40,850      55,000
         #7 Approval w/#6 offsets
         RFP cleanup                   -11,000      - 9,020     -36,500
1980                                    44,000       31,830      18,500
         RFP cleanup                   -10,000      - 8,200
         4% Increase in capacity         —        + 1,060
         #1 Operation at 15% approval  - 4,250      +   750     - 4,250
1981                                    29,750       25,460      14,250
         RFP cleanup                   - 8,000      - 7,000
         10% Decrease in capacity        ~-        - 1,350
         #2 Operation at 15% approval  - 2,125      +   375     - 2,125
         #4 Offsets occur                —        - 2,500
         #6 Offsets (beyond attainment
            occur)                       ---        - 2,500
1982                                    19,625       12,465      12,125
         RFP cleanup                   - 7,500      - 5,625
         #5 Operation at 15% approval  - 2.125      +   300     - 2,125
         5% Decrease in capacity         —        -   300
1983                                    10,000        6,840      10,000
         #7 Operation                    —        + 2,500
         5% Increase in capacity         —            300       —
1984                                    10,000        9,640      10,00

aA 10,000 TPY ET is assumed to show attainment
bUntil 1979 maximum emissions are assumed to equal allowable ones (i.e., SIP
 limits coincide with maximum source emissions and they are fully complied with)
cAll cleanup performed to accomplish RFP is identified in the 1979 plan sub-
 mission and is expressed in terms of allowable emissions
dAllowable emission reduction for RFP are translated into actual emission
 reductions by the following:

   Actual Emissions    -   Allowable emissions  -  Total    =  Change to
   Before Cleanup            before cleanup       Cleanup     Actual  Emissions


                                199

-------
                 Figure 9
                              cv»
(Adi) SNOISSIW3
                                     (A
                                   5 UJ Uj


                                   * ffl 5

                                   -J < 3
O CM CM
CM CM CM

                                   U U U
                                   z z z
                                   g§g
                                   |Łl

                                    So p
                                    o o
                                   l> T- r-
             200

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
     (Adi)  suoissjui]
Growth
>1977
Maximum
Emissions
*
Allowable
Emissions
*
I
00
en
r*.
en
I
00
r— •
ii
«n
en









                o>
CO
CO
                            €0
                            0>
                            III
                            O
                            u.
»


t+
•M
O

Q





\\
to
Ł
•3.2
3 (/) #

-------
applicable RFP milestones.   Only where special  non-linear RFP's
are applicable will Table #3 be more specific than reporting total
actual emissions (i.e., mobile, major stationary, and minor/area).
Although not formally required, a State might also report or at least keep
track of how maximum and allowable emissions have changed over the  same
time period.

     Section 171(1) defines RFP in terms of annual emission reduc-
tions and does not mention changes in air quality directly.  It is
our position that air quality changes should be taken into account,
at least qualitatively, in determining if RFP is being accomplished.
That is, the intent of reviewing air quality changes with the associ-
ated emission reductions is to ensure that the reductions accomplished
are meaningful in terms of actual air quality improvement.

     No special reporting of air quality data is necessary on the part
of the State since 40 CFR Part 51 already requires quarterly reporting
(45 days thereafter) to be submitted to EPA.  Only non-attainment
monitors in the designated area should be considered in qualitatively
assessing RFP.

6.  Problems and[Adjustments

     It is to be expected that the annual report for RFP or the air
quality trends data will identify from time to time the existence
of some control strategy or implementation problems.  In fact, this
is precisely the intended function of RFP.  That is, the RFP report
attempts to identify problems so that they can be resolved without
jeopardizing attainment by the prescribed date.

     Figure #11 illustrates three types of problems that may well occur.
The fir   of these problems is simply failing to obtain sufficient
actual emission reductions to meet the specific RFP milestone.  Here
we are talking about deviations of more than 5% from the defined RFP
schedule.  Such a problem could be the result of excessive growth
(major and/or minor area growth), enforcement problems, or the lag
time to install control equipment.

     The second problem identified is poor air quality improvement
despite the accomplishing of all the emission reductions called for
under RFP.  Conceivably, this problem could be caused by the persis-
tence of unusual meteorological conditions,  overestimating the
value for cleaning up certain emissions sources (bad emission factors),
or the omission of key sources from the inventory altogether.  The
latter more specifically refers to the lack of control on key sources
which have not been included in the initial emissions inventory
developed for the non-attainment area.
                                 202

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
     The third and final problem identified by Figure #10 is the
inability for maximum emissions to decline at an acceptable rate
notwithstanding that actual emissions have been reduced in accordance
with the RFP schedule.  This problem will likely be noticed by only
those States who track trends in maximum emissions.  The problem may
occur due to delays in converting SIP allowable emission limits which
far exceed what a source could physically emit to more realistic emis-
sion rates or the failure to constrain the operating hours and/or
capacity utilization of key sources as appropriate.

     In general, no sanction penalties will be imposed when problems
such as those mentioned are identified if a justification is presented
which demonstrates that attainment by the prescribed date is not
jeopardized.  However, in many cases some additional corrective action(s)
may be necessary.  Table #4 provides a summary of problem types, their
possible causes, and candidate measures for addressing them.
                                  203

-------
                          Figure 10
                                     I?
                                     E Ł
      •2 o  e
Us
                          tf)
                                     o e
                                    O.J
• •

                     o
                     o
                    a.
                        204
                                             exs

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
  I
  I
  I
                                   TABLE  4
                           RESOLUTION OF RFP PROBLEMS
      PROBLEMS


INADEQUATE EMISSION
   REDUCTIONS
         :AUSES
POOR AQ TREND
POOR MAXIMUM
EMISSION TREND
ENFORCEMENT PROBLEMS
EXCESSIVE GROWTH
CONTROL EQUIPMENT LAG
KEY SOURCES UNCONTROLLED
METEOROLOGICAL VARIATIONS
SLOW TPY CONVERSION
SLOW SIP TIGHTENING
                                      205
   CORRECTIVE MEASURES


ADDITIONAL MEASURES
INCREASED ENFORCEMENT
NEW RFPSCHEDULE
NEW ATTAINMENT DEMONSTRATION
STRICTER NSR POLICY
El ADJUSTMENTS
INCREASED ENFORCEMENT
AMEND NONATTAINMENT DESIGNATE
STRICTER NSR POLICY
INCREASED ENFORCEMENT
STRICTER NSR POLICY
ACCELERATED SIP TIGHTENING

-------
Procedural Requirements
           207

-------
      PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS


• PERIODIC PROGRESS REPORTS

• RULES, REGULATIONS, AND SCHEDULES

• COMPLIANCE SCHEDULES

• RESOURCES REQUIRED

• MISCELLANEOUS PART 51 REQUIREMENTS
         PERIODIC PROGRESS REPORTS
  REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS  APPLICABLE  TO
  ALL AREAS

  SUMMARY OF 1979 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS

  SCHEDULES FOR DEVELOPMENT OF MEASURES —
  RECOMMENDED MILESTONES

  I/M SCHEDULE
            REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
            APPLICABLE TO ALL AREAS

Air Quality Data

Emission Data ~""\
Plan Enforcement \
X
Substantive Revisions f
Plan Prescribed Action!/
(Milestones) _/
Enforcement Orden, and
Other State Actions
EXISTING
Quarterly


Semi— Annually

PROPOSED
Before 1/81
Quarterly
After 1/81
Selected stations-Quarterly
All stations'Annuatly

Annually

Within 60 days
of issuance or adoption
                        208

-------
  I
  I
  I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
POLLUTANT
S02
No,
Paniculate
Matter
0,
ATTAINMENT
DATE
1982
1982
1982
1982/1987
CO ' 1982/1987
1979 SUBMITTAL
REGS
Yei
Yes
Yes
Traditional
Sourcetincludes
fugitive)
Yes
Stationary Source
(IOCTGI
Yes
Stationary Sources
SCHEDULES
No
Yes
Yes
Non-Traditional
Yes
1 later CTG's issued
after Jan. 1978
2. I/M
3 TCM
4 other measures
Yes
1. I/M
2 TCM
3 other measures
        SCHEDULE FOR DEVELOPMENT OF MEASURES
                            NOT APPLICABLE TO

                            SO,
APPLICABLE TO

NOX

TSP (Non-traditional      TSP (Traditional Sources)
        sources)

Ox / HC( I/M, TCMs, other) 0X/HC (stationary sources
                        1st lOCTGs)

CO( I/M, TCMs, other)      CO (stationary sources)

        RECOMMENDED MILESTONES


      -  Evaluate Alternative Measures
      —  Select Alternative Measures
      -  Hold Public Hearing
      -  Adopt Regulations and/or Measures
      —  Submit Regulations and/or Measures
        to EPA
                 I /M SCHEDULE
 1.   INITIATION OF PUBLIC INFORMATION PROGRAM.
 2.   DECISION ON TYPE OF SYSTEM TO BE IMPLEMENTED.
 3.   DEVELOPMENT AND ISSUANCE OF R FPs.
 4.   AWARD TO CONTRACTOR(S).
 5.   INITIATION OF CONSTRUCTION OF FACILITIES
 6.   COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION OF FACII m ES.
 7.   COMPLETION OF EQUIPMENT PURCHASE.
 8.   ADOPTION OF QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES AND
     GUIDELINES.
 9.   ADOPTION OF CUTPOINTS.
10.   INITIATION OF HIRING AND TRAINING OF INSPECTORS
     OR LICENSING OF GARAGES.
11.   INITIATION OF PILOT PROGRAM.
12.   MECHANICS TRAINING AND/OR INFORMATION
     PROGRAM.
13.   INITIATION OF MANDATORY MAINTENANCE.
14.   INITIATION OF MORE STRINGENT PHASES OF THE
     PROGRAM (IF APPLICABLE).
                                  209

-------
         RULES, REGULATIONS, AND SCHEDULES
REQUIREMENTS

  •  § 172 (b) (8), (10)
  0 SIP CRITERIA MEMO

APPLICABLE DEFINITIONS

  • EMISSION LIMITATIONS
  • SCHEDULES AND TIMETABLES OF COMPLIANCE
       RULES, REGULATIONS, AND SCHEDULES
 PLAN PROVISIONS

   • "WRITTEN EVIDENCE" OF ADOPTION OF RULES,
      REGULATIONS, AND SCHEDULES
   • "COMMITMENTS" TO ENFORCE PLAN PROVIS-
      IONS
   • "LEGALLY ENFORCEABLE PROCEDURES"
      OTHER THAN EMISSION LIMITATIONS
   • SANCTIONS FOR FAILURE TO MEET A SCHED-
      ULE OR "COMMITMENT"
  I.  Two Options for Nonattainment SIP Revisions

        • Submit Future Effective Regulations and
               Schedule of Compliance

        • Submit Immediately Effective Regulations and
               Provide for Compliance Schedules in
               form of:

                  * Variances; or
                  * Delayed Compliance Orders
                              210

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
    RESOURCES REQUIRED ( § 172(b) (7)



   REQUIREMENT   ( §172(b)(7)

   SUGGESTED FORMAT

   "COMMITMENT" OF RESOURCES
        RESOURCE ESTIMATES 6Y FUNCTION
             A 95 Cleai

              House
Trans agencies  Other

 (MPO s)   agencit
MISCELLANEOUS PART 51 REQUIREMENTS

• PUBLIC HEARINGS (§ 51.4)


• SUBMISSION OF PLANS ( § 51.5)


• SOURCE SURVEILLANCE (§ 51.19)


• RULES AND REGULATIONS ( § 51.22)
               211

-------
                    PERIODIC PROGRESS REPORTS
     Under the Act and the SIP criteria memorandum, the 1979 SIP
revision need not contain all  the legally enforceable  measures
called for by a control strategy for all cases.   A previous  dis-
cussion indicated that certain plan revisions required adopted
measures and other revisions need only contain schedules for adop-
tion of measures.  This discussion will expand on this requirement.
Where schedules are submitted, however, the State must annually
report on the progress made in achieving the milestones set  forth
in those schedules.  Also the State must demonstrate in its  annual
report that "reasonable further progress" has been made 1n  reducing
emissions 1n the nonattainment area; a discussion of what consti-
tutes "reasonably further progress" has also been presented  pre-
viously.  Failure to meet the milestones in a revision for a non-
attainment area or failure to achieve reasonable further progress
in reducing emissions can result in the imposition of  sanctions
concerning growth of major sources and Federal grant monies.
                                212

-------
   I
   I
   I
  I
  I
  I
  I
  I
  I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
                      REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
                      APPLICABLE TO ALL AREAS
I. A1r Quality

A. After 1/81
   1.  NAMS (SAROAD format)
   2.  SLAMS (summary  format)


B. Before 1/81
   All air quality data -
   SAROAD format

II. Emissions

   Source sizes covered:

   —PM,SOX,HC,NOX—100
     T/Y actual
   -CO—100 T/Y actual
   —CO—1000 T/Y actual
                            Existing Reporting
                          quarterly  (45
                          days  after period)

                          semi-annually  (45
                          days  after period)
                              ditto
                              ditto
                               (NA)
   Emission points  within  facility  covered:
                                 ditto
                                  (NA)
                                 ditto
—PM.SOx.HC.NOx—25
  T/Y actual
—CO—250 T/Y actual
—CO—25 T/Y actual

Format:

—PM,SOx,CO,HC,NOx—NEDS

Sources  covered:
   —Those that achieve compliance
   --New or modified sources  approved  or
     that have begun operation
   —Those that cease operation
                                               Reporting to
                                               be Proposed
                                               Quarterly (90
                                               days after
                                               period)
                                               Annually, calen-
                                               dar year (6 mos.
                                               after period)
Annually, calen-
dar year (6 mos.
after period)
   ditto
    (NA)
   ditto
   ditto
   ditto
    (NA)
                              213

-------
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS  APPLICABLE TO ALL AREAS  (cont'd)
III.  Plan Enforcement
Existing Reporting

  semi-annually
  --Achievement of Increments
    of progress 1n compliance
    schedules
  --Enforcement actions
  Area sources—% 1n  compliance
IV.   Substantive Revisions

V-   Enforcement Orders  and
     Othcristate Actions
VI.  PIan-prescribed Actions
     Including;

  —Obtaining resources
  —Adopting new laws or
    regulations
  --Conducting studies
  —Initiating or expanding
    programs
     ditto
  within 60 days of
  issuance or adop-
  tion
  semi-annually
Reporting to
be Proposed

 Annually
 Annually
 within 60 days
 of issuance or
 adopti on
 Annually
                               214

-------
1
1
1








SUMMARY OF 1979 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS


Attainment 1979 Submittal
1
"

1
1

1
1
I

1

1

1

1
1
1
1

1
Pollutant Date Regs.
S02 1982 Yes
NOX 1982 Yes
TSP 1982 Yes
Traditional
Source (Includes
Fugitive)
Ox 1982/1987 Yes
Stationary
Source (10 CTG)



CO 1982/1987 Yes

Stationary
Sources





215

Schedules
No
Yes
Yes
Non-Traditional

Yes
1. Later CTGs issued
after Jan. 1978
2. I/M
3. TCM
4. Other measures
Yes

1. I/M
2. TCM
3. Other measures







-------
           THE VEHICLE INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE  SCHEDULE
     Congress called for a "specific schedule  of  implementation"
for inspection/maintenance.   As  a part  of the  schedules  for  imple-
mentation then, the specific goals listed below will  have to be
included.  Those that are dependent on  the type of  system chosen
(state-run centralized, contractor centralized, or  garage-based)
are denoted by an asterisk(*).

     1.  Initiation (or continuation) of public information  pro-
gram including publicizing the inspection maintenance  program in
the media, meeting and speaking  with affected  interest groups,
etc.

     2.  Decision on type of system to  be implemented.

     3.  Development and issuance of RFPs.*

     4.  Award to contractors).*

     5.  Initiation of construction of  facilities.*

     6.  Completion of construction of  facilities.*

     7.  Completion of equipment purchase.

     8.  Adoption of quality control procedures and guidelines,
including emission analyzer requirements.

     9.  Adoption of cutpoints.

    10.  Initiation of hiring and training of  Inspectors .or
licensing of garages.*

    11.  Initiation of pilot program (voluntary maintenance)
with either voluntary or mandatory inspection.

    12.  Mechanics training and/or information program.

    13.  Initiation of mandatory maintenance by initiating regis-
tration prohibition for non-complying vehicles or similarly
effective enforcement mechanism.

    14.  Initiation of more stringent phases of the program  (if
applicable).

     Schedules should be accompanied by a statement as to the
stringency planned plus a brief  description of the  degree of
mechanic training intended.
                               216

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                 RULES, REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES
                        (S
I.   REQUIREMENTS

     A.  Clean A1r Act

     S 172(b)(8):  "The plan provisions... shall... (8)  contain
emission limitations, schedules of compliance  and such other meas-
ures as may be necessary to meet the requirements of this  sub-
section..."

     S 172(b)(10):  "The plan provision. ..shall. ..(10) Include
written evidence that the State, the general purpose local  govern-
ment or governments, or a regional agency designated by general
purpose local governments for such purpose, have  adopted by
statute, regulation, ordinance, or other legally  enforceable docu-
ment, the necessary requirements and schedules and timetables for
compliance, and are committed to Implement and enforce the appro-
priate elements of the plan..."

II.  APPLICABLE DEFINITIONS

     A.  The terms "emission limitation"  and "emission standard"
mean a requirement established by the State or the Administrator
which limits the quantity, rate, or concentration of emissions of
air pollutants on a continuous basis, including any requirement
relating to the operation or maintenance of a  source to assure con-
tinuous emission reduction.  (S 302(k) of the  Clean Air Act.)

     B.  The term "schedule and timetable of compliance" means a
schedule of required measures including an enforceable sequence
of actions or operations leading to compliance with an emission
limitation, other limitation, prohibition, or  standard.  (S 302(p)
of the Clean A1r Act.)
                               217

-------
          WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF ADOPTION AND COMMITMENTS
       BY STATES, LOCAL GOVERNMENTS, AND REGIONAL AGENCIES
     Section 110(a)(3)(D) and 110(c)(5)(B) of the Clean A1r Act
require that plans with post-1982 attainment dates under section
172(b), and plans where bridge tolls were  eliminated under section
110(c)(5)(A)f shall-

     for the purpose of 1roplementat1ng...[the] comprehensive
     public transportation measures [referred to in section
     110(c)(5)(B)(ii|], include requirements to use (Insofar
     as is necessary) Federal grants, State or local funds.
     or any combination of such grants and funds as may be
     consistent with the terms of the legislation providing
     such grants and funds.  [Emphasis added.]

     Sections 172(b)(7) and (10) provide that the plan revisions
required for nonattainment areas shall--

          (7)  Identify and commit the financial and man-
     power resources necessary to carry out the plan pro-
     visions required by this subsection; [Emphasis added.]

and shall--

          (10)  include written evidence that the State,
     the general purpose local government or governments,
     or a regional agency designated by general purpose
     local governments for such purpose, have adopted by
     statute, regulation, ordinance, or other legally
     enforceable document, t h ene ces s ary req ui rements an d
     schedules and timetables for cpmpllance, ahcl"are com-
     mitted to Implement and enforce thVappropriate ele-
     ments of the plan; lEmphasis added.]

     A.  WHAT CONSTITUTES WRITTEN EVIDENCE THAT REQUIREMENTS AND
SCHEDULES AND TIMETABLES FOR COMPLIANCE HAVE BEEN ADOPTED?

     Section 172(b)(10) provides that each requirement or schedule
and timetable for compliance must be adopted by the State or a
local government or regional agency, by means of statutes,  regula-
tions, ordinances, or other legally enforceable documents.

     The Governor should Include copies of all such documents with
his SIP subnvittal, and he should certify (]} that each of the
included documents has been duly adopted by^ the State, local
government, or regional agency; (2.) that adoption of these  docu-
ments constitutes adoption of all of the requirements and schedules
                                218

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
and timetables for compliance provided for 1n the SIP;  and(Ł)
that the State, local governments, and regional  agencies had
legal authority to adopt the requirements and schedules and time-
tables for compliance set forth In the documents.

     B.  WHAT CONSTITUTES WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF A  COMMITMENT TO
IMPLEMENT AND ENFORCE A PLAN PROVISION, AND WHAT CONSTITUTES A
REQUIREMENT AND COMMITMENT TO USE RESOURCES TO CARRY OUT THOSE
PROVISIONS?

     Under sections 110(a)(3)(D), 110(c)(5)(B),  and 172(b)(7) and
(10), each State must Include with Its SIP subnrfttal written
evidence that the State and any  local governments or regional
agencies responsible for carrying out plan elements are committed
to Implementing and enforcing those elements, and must  1n addi-
tion include requirements and commitments for the use of identified
resources to carry out those plan elements.

     The State, local governments, and regional  agencies respon-
sible for carrying out any elements of the SIP should each execute
an enforceable document containing the following:

     1.  a certification that the resources identified  in the SIP
submission for carrying out the elements of the  SIP for which the
State, local government, or regional agency is responsible, are,
in the judgment of the officer or officers signing the  document,
adequate to implement and enforce those elements of the SIP;

     2.  a statement that the State, local government,  or regional
agency enters into a commitment (enforceable to  the extent allowed
under enforcement provisions of the Clean Air Act and applicable
State law) to do the following: (.a) implement and enforce the
plan elements for which the StateT local government, or regional
agency is responsible under the SIP; (bj use, insofar as necessary,
the resources identified 1n the SIP for carrying out those SIP
elements; and (c) on the schedule specified 1n the SIP, apply for
resources and legislative authority that are not yet available  to
the State, local government, or regional agency; and

     3.  a certification that the officer or officers signing the
document are authorized to execute 1t on behalf  of the  State,
local government, or regional agency.  Ordinarily, the  Governor,
Mayor, or other chief executive officer should be one of the
signatories.

In some instances, a State, local government, or regional agency
may be responsible under a SIP for controlling pollution generated
by use of property or facilities owned or operated by the State or
Its subdiv1sions--for example, a town responsible for paving roads
                              219

-------
to control  dust, or a state responsible  for instituting  transpor-
tation controls to reduce emissions  on public highways.   In  such
instances,  the cormritment made under paragraph 2 will  constitute
the legally enforceable "requirement" or "schedule  and timetable
for compliance" called for by section 172(b)(10) of the  Act.

     Copies of all of these documents should be included with  the
SIP submittals, and the Governor should  include a statement  certi-
fying that  each has been duly executed,  and that the signatories
had legal authority to enter into the commitments and agreements
set forth in the documents.
                                220

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                      ENFORCEABILITY OF SIPs

       PREPARED BY DIVISION OF STATIONARY SOURCE ENFORCEMENT
     In determining whether a SIP is enforceable,  the  emission
limiting and other regulatory parts of each plan will  be reviewed
for clarity and specificity.  EPA will consider in this  review  such
questions as whether emission limitations and other controlling
terms are well defined; whether it is clear who is being regulated
and whether the dates on which actions are required to be taken are
clearly stated.

SIP REVISION REQUIREMENTS - TEST METHODS

     Many State implementation plans (SIPs) as originally submitted
did not adequately prescribe the test methods which would be  used
when determining compliance with the emission limitations adopted
by the States.  Compliance determinations and enforcement proceed-
ings made apparent that this weakness existed in some  SIPs.   To
correct this deficiency, EPA promulgated in S 52.12(c) a require-
ment which states that,

          "(S)ources subject to plan provisions which  do not
     specify a test procedure and sources subject  to provi-
     sions promulgated by the Administrator will be tested by
     means of the appropriate procedures and methods prescribed
     in Part 60 of this chapter, unless otherwise  specified in
     this Part."

     This does not solve all the problems which arise  when a  State
fails to designate a specific test method.   A source category could
be regulated under a SIP for which none of the procedures and
methods promulgated in Part 60 would be appropriate.

     Another problem which has arisen, deals with  the  specificity
of the emission limitation.  While a certain regulation  may apply
to a specific source category or group of categories (process
weight), it is often difficult to ascertain the scope  of the
requirement.  For example, does the emission limit apply only to the
stack emissions, or are the fugitive emissions and stack emissions
combined in order to determine compliance?  A specific emission
limit and test method that applies to it will help to  clarify how
compliance is to be determined.
                                221

-------
     For these reasons, 1t 1s  essential  that when  developing emis-
sion limitations, each requirement  must  specify the  appropriate test
method and how compliance 1s to be  determined.  Since so much SIP
analysis depends on an accurate Interpretation of  the emission limi-
tation and Its associated test method, 1t  is extremely  Important
that a clear understanding of  both  be realized.

     Test methods which are included with  SIPs should be evaluated
to determine their accuracy and consistency.  States are encouraged
to use EPA reference methods whenever possible.

     Another option which States should  be encouraged to pursue is
the utilization of continuous  monitors as  the reference or  compli-
ance test method.  It is EPA's Intent to require,  in addition to
the four source categories now covered in  appendix P, additional
sources to install continuous  monitors.  Attainment  and maintenance
of NAAQS require that sources  continuously operate their control
equipment in a satisfactory manner.   To  maintain such compliance,
an effective way to Insure this would be to utilize  continuous
monitors as the compliance method thus providing continuous  com-
pliance data which can be used 1n an appropriate enforcement action.

     Where technically feasible, the SIP revision  must  Include the
following for each emission limitation in  the SIP  that  is expressed
as a limit on mass per unit of time or production  or on mass con-
centration; these criteria do  not apply  where the  control measure
does not specify this kind of  limit:

     1.  A specifically designated  method  for each emission  limita-
tion on mass per unit of time  or production or on  mass  concentra-
tion.  The test method cannot  be left to the discretion of  the
enforcing authority on a case-by-case basis.

     2.  Sufficient specificity in  the regulation  to define which
emission points are and are not included (e.g., whether an  emis-
sion limitation for a process  applies only to the  stack emissions
or to both stack and fugitive  emissions).

     3.  Sufficient description of  the applicable  test  methods to
evaluate the accuracy of the methods, analyze the  associated emis-
sion limit and thus assess the stringency  of the emission limit
and Its Impact on attainment.   States that use Part  60  methods and
procedures need not submit additional documentation.

     4.  The establishment of  conversion factors or  other parameters
and the monitoring of these parameters,  which will be used  to trans-
form test data into units of the applicable standard.

     5.  The procedures that will be used  to conduct the test
(e.g., does a test consist of  the average  of three one-hour runs?).
                                 222

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
                      COMPLIANCE SCHEDULES
     1.  Each plan must contain legally enforceable compliance sche-
dules setting forth dates by which all sources or categories of
sources must be 1n compliance with an applicable requirement of the
plan.  Each compliance schedule must contain Increments of progress
as defined 1n S 51.1(q) except as provided 1n 4 below.

     2.  Compliance schedules as defined in S 51.1(q)  shall be sub-
mitted with the plan and shall provide for final compliance as
expedltlously as practicable but 1n no case shall extend beyond
the attainment date of the plan.

     3.  Each compliance schedule of 6 months or less  1n duration
from the date of Its adoption must contain at least the following
Increments.

         a.  Date of initiation of a contract or activity
     which will result 1n final compliance.

         b.  Date of final compliance with the emission
     limitation.

     4.  Generally States are encouraged to negotiate  Individual
compliance schedules for sources subject to categorical schedules
submitted with the plan.
                               223

-------
            DSSE GUIDANCE FOR NONATTAINMENT  WORKSHOPS

           RULES, REGULATIONS AND COMPLIANCE SCHEDULES
     A State may submit either future  effective  or  immediately
effective regulations as part of its n on attainment  plan  revision.
Regardless of the type of regulations  submitted, the plan must
include "emissions limitations, schedules,  and timetables for com-
pliance with such limitations" to satisfy the requirements of S 110
(a)(2)(B) of the Act.  The term "schedule and timetable  for  com-
pliance" is defined at S 302(p) of the Act.  These  schedules and
timetables must set forth increments of progress, indicating the
steps the source must take to achieve  final  compliance with the
regulations.  (See 40 CFR S 5l.l(q) for minimum  increments of
progress.)

     Appropriate schedules of compliance may be  submitted in several
forms.  If the State adopts future effective regulations, schedules
must be incorporated directly into the plan.  If the State submits
immediately effective regulations, schedules may be submitted at a
later date in the form of variances, delayed compliance  orders, or
categorical schedules amending the SIP.  Future  effective regula-
tions provide significant advantages and EPA recommends  the adop-
tion of this procedure.

     A.  Future Effective Regulations

     Future effective regulations must be accompanied by schedules
of compliance at the time of submittal.  These schedules will be-
come part of the SIP upon approval, making  all sources subject to
enforceable schedules Immediately. This im»diate  incorporation
of the schedule into the SIP provides  a bef^lt  to  the source.  If
the source adheres to the terms of the schedule  it  will  be in
compliance with the regulations, and will not be subject to civil
or criminal action, or administrative  noncompliance penalties under
S 120 of the Act.  This is the only option  that  provides such pro-
tection from penalties to complying sources.

     Future effective regulations may  also  benefit  the State by
allowing it to conserve its resources.  Specifically, future effec-
tive regulations allow the State to develop the  required schedules
without having to resort to time consuming  enforcement proceedings.
Additionally, the State has the option of submitting compliance
                                224

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
schedules that have been developed either on  a  source  specific or
categorical basis.  EPA encourages the States to develop source
specific schedules to the greatest extent possible.  Source spe-
cific schedules enhance the enforceabillty of the plan by  reducing
broad regulations to terms specifically designed for particular
sources.  Source specific schedules do, however, require a greater
expenditure of resources by the State.   For this reason, the State
might choose to submit categorical schedules  to a certain  extent
and to modify the categorical schedules for Individual sources as
necessary later.

     B.  Immediately Effective Regulations

     The second approach a State may follow 1n  submitting  Its non-
attainment plan revision would be to make Its regulations  Immediate-
ly effective.  Immediately effective regulations require the source
to comply at once and may be enforced both judicially  and  adminis-
tratively (Including imposition of penalties) at once.  Ordinarily,
a source is not actually expected to comply at  once and the State
will desire to Include appropriate schedules  1n the SIP to protect
the source from enforcement action until  it 1s  able to achieve
expeditious final compliance.  Schedules  may  be submitted  in the
form of variances which become part of the SIP  under S 110(a)(3),
in the form of a delayed compliance order, under § 113(d)  of the
Act, or as categorical schedules amending the original requirement.
Each of these results 1n several disadvantages, both to the indi-
vidual source and to the State.

     Because the regulations will be effective  immediately, many
sources will be out of compliance as soon as  the nonattalnment plan
revision 1s approved.  Any such source that 1s  not 1n  compliance
with these regulations will be subject to noncompHance penalties
as provided by S 120 and civil  or criminal  action as set forth 1n
S 113(b) and (c).  Section 120 penalties  are  mandatory and must be
assessed against any major source 1n violation  after mid-1979.

     If the State chooses to formulate a  compliance schedule 1n the
form of a variance submitted sometime after approval of the under-
lying immediately effective emission limit, it  will protect the
source from enforcement action and noncompHance penalties to a
limited degree.   Any variance submitted pursuant to S  110(a)(3)
of the Act will  become part of the SIP upon approval.  Thus, a
source in compliance with the schedule contained in the variance
will not be subject either to enforcement,action or noncompHance
penalties.  NoncompHance penalties must  be assessed, however, for
                               225

-------
any period prior to approval  of the variance  since  the  source will
be violating the SIP during this time.   For each  source to be
Issued a separate variance could take a year  or more.   Sources would
be subject to substantial  noncompliance penalties,  1n addition to
the possibility of other enforcement action,  until  their  variances
are effective.

     The protection against penalties provided by a State Issued
Delayed Compliance Order (DCO)  1s even more limited.  Compliance
with the terms of a State  DCO will Insulate the source  from  other
enforcement action but 1t  will  not ordinarily protect the source
from noncompliance penalties.  Delayed compliance orders  are addi-
tions to the SIP which place  a  violator on  a  remedial compliance
schedule.  They do not modify the underlying  SIP  provisions.  Be-
cause the underlying SIP provisions are preserved,  a source  will
be subject to noncompliance penalties after mid-1979, even if 1t
is operating pursuant to a DCO  that extends beyond  that date.  In
such an instance, the only grounds for Immunity from S  120 would be
if the source obtains an exemption in accordance  with S 120(a)(2)
(B) or (C).

     A State may develop schedules for particular sources through
resort to judicial action. A source complying with the court
imposed schedule would remain subject to the  noncompliance penalty
provisions of § 120 for violation of the underlying immediately
effective regulation.  Further, unless the  court's  decree 1s sub-
mitted as a SIP revision,  the source would  not be Insulated  from
other enforcement action.

     Immediately effective regulations may  also be  disadvantageous
to the State.  Schedules submitted for sources subject  to immediate-
ly effective regulations normally are source  specific and require
observance of certain procedural requirements, not  only at the State
level, but also 1n the EPA approval process.  Development of sche-
dules through judicial action could take even longer.   Where sche-
dules are developed at the same time as the underlying  emission
limit and are submitted as part of the initial requirement,  notice,
comment and opportunity for hearing can be  provided simultaneously
on the emission limit and  the schedule or schedules implementing it.

II.  Status of Existing Regulations

     A State which submits revised more stringent emission limits
as part of Us nonattalnment  SIP generally  may not  revoke pre-
existing emission limits applicable to the  affected sources  unless
1t also requires that all  sources continue  to meet  Interim emis-
sions limitations at least as stringent as  the emission limitations
contained 1n the pre-existing regulations.   In most cases, a
                               226

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
source may not be allowed to operate without controls, or under less
stringent controls, while 1t 1s moving towards compliance with the
new regulations.  A plan that does not continue existing control
requirements normally would fall to provide for reasonable further
progress towards attainment of the air quality standards as required
by the Act.  New requirements Imposed by the plan revisions should
normally be treated as being 1n addition to, rather than 1n lieu
of, those Imposed by existing regulations.   In such cases failure
of the source to meet applicable pre-existing standards will lead
to appropriate enforcement action, Including assessment of appro-
priate noncompHance penalties under S 120 of the Act.

     There 1s one major exception to this rule.  If the new regula-
tions are "Inconsistent" with those currently in effect, the State
may (and should), to the extent necessary, exempt the source from
the pre-existing regulations.  To obtain an exemption, a source
should be required to demonstrate that it cannot physically meet the
new requirements and continue to comply with the pre-existing
requirement.  Only the period during which such physical Impossi-
bility exists may be covered by an exemption.  For example, 1n the
design and contract phases of a new compliance schedule, there
should normally be no exemption from the pre-existing emission limit.

     If the State expects to grant such exemptions 1t should esta-
blish an appropriate procedure as part of its nonattainment plan
revision.  The procedure must guarantee that no exemption shall be
granted unless the new regulations require controls totally 1mcom-
patlble with those established by the old regulations.  Furthermore,
the review procedures established must be sufficiently stringent
to ensure that any exemption granted will not jeopardize the
reasonable further progress required by the Act.   Requests for
exemptions must be reviewed and, if approved, submitted individually
as SIP revisions so that every exemption will be drawn as narrowly
as possible.

     EPA will approve exemptions 1n such cases only 1f the new
regulations are Inconsistent with the old ones for the source
Involved.  Thus, a source that previously was uncontrolled because
1t failed to comply with the pre-existing limit applicable to 1t
may not claim that the regulations are inconsistent.  Similarly,
a source that will meet Its new emissions limitation by Installing
additional equipment or "fine-tuning" equipment already 1n place
should not be granted an exemption except for any limited period
of time during which the existing equipment truly cannot be operated
while construction or "fine-tuning" is 1n process.  Even a source
that must eventually shut down Its existing controls will not be
eligible for an exemption if it can continue to operate those
                                227

-------
controls while the new equipment 1s Installed.   Only when  the  con-
struction or Installation of the new equipment  can  no  longer proceed
while existing controls remain 1n operation may an  exemption be
granted.

     The State should determine on a source by  source  basis  the
extent to which the new regulations are Inconsistent.   Sources
subject to the same requirements may have different physical charac-
teristics and may be able to Install new equipment  more expedltlously
or keep existing equipment operational  for a longer period of  time.
Any exemptions granted should take Into account such differences.
Additionally, 1t may be proper for the  State to repair Interim
control measures 1n certain Instances,  even though  an  exemption  1s
granted.
                                228

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                  NONATTAINMENT PLAN REVISIONS

              MALFUNCTION AND EXEMPTION PROVISIONS
     Several of the existing State ir'nlernertation plans (STp) prc-
 . .dc i.  an uJtGf',«it1c ei.i* s.jlon 11 iri Ballon t/empt'ion during periods
of excess emissions due to start-up, shutdown, or malfunction.
Generally, EPA agrees that the Imposition of a penalty for sudden
and unavoidable malfunctions caused by circumstances entirely be-
yond the control of the owner and/or operator 1s not appropriate
under certain conditions.  However, since the SIPs must provide
for attainment and maintenance of the national ambient air quality
standards, SIP provisions on malfunctions must be narrowly drawn.
(SIPs may, of course, onrit any provision on malfunctions.)

I.   AUTOMATIC EXEMPTION APPROACH

     If a nonattainment plan revision contains a malfunction pro-
vision, 1t cannot be the type that provides for automatic exemp-
tion where a malfunction is alleged by a source.   Automatic
exemptions might aggravate air quality so as to result in not pro-
viding for attainment of the ambient air quality standards as
required by Section 172 of the Clean Air Act, as amended.  Addi-
tional grounds for disapproving a SIP that includes the automatic
exemption approach are discussed in more detail  at 42 FR 58171
(November 8, 1977) and 42 FR 21372 (April 27, 1977).  As a result,
EPA will disapprove any nonattainment plan revision that provides
for an automatic exemption in those Instances where a source claims
excess emissions were caused by start-up, shutdown, or malfunction.

II.  ENFORCEMENT DISCRETION APPROACH-SIP EMISSION LIMITATION
ADEQUATE TO ATTAIN AMBIENT STANDARDS

     EPA could approve nonattainment plan submittals which incor-
porate the "enforcement discretion approach."  Such plans could
Include a requirement that places the burden on  the source of
demonstrating to the appropriate State agency's  satisfaction that
the excess emissions though constituting a violation were due to
an unavoidable malfunction.  For nonattainment plan revisions that
provide for attainment of the ambient air quality standards for a
pollutant by 1982, any malfunction provisions must provide for
the commencement of a proceeding to notify the source of its viola-
tion and to determine whether enforcement action should be under-
taken for any period of excess emissions, whether due to malfunc-
tions or otherwise.  (The term "excess emission"  means air emis-
sion rate which exceeds any applicable emission  limitation.)
                               229

-------
     Commencement of such a proceeding could be by Issuance  of a
notice of violation (or some equivalent State mechanism)  with  the
source being provided the opportunity to establish that the  viola-
tion was due to an unavoidable malfunction.   The malfunction pro-
vision should provide that the burden is entirely upon the source
to establish that the excess emissions resulted from a true  mal-
function.  (A malfunction is defined as a sudden and unavoidable
breakdown of process or air pollution control equipment.)

     Based on Information submitted by the source, the State
must determine whether additional  enforcement action is necessary.
The following factors must, at a minimum, be considered:

     1.  The air pollution control equipment, process equipment,
or processes were at all times maintained and operated, to the
maximum extent practicable, in a manner consistent with good
practice for minimizing emissions;

     2.  Repairs were made in an expeditious fashion when the
operator knew or should have known that applicable emission
limitations were being exceeded.  Off-shift labor and overtime
must have been utilized to insure  that such repairs were  made
as expeditlously as possible;

     3.  The amount and duration  of the excess emissions (includ-
ing any bypass) were minimized to  the maximum extent practicable
during periods of such emissions;

     4.  All possible steps were taken to minimize the impact  of
the excess emissions on ambient air quality; and

     5.  The excess emissions are  not part of a recurring pattern
indicative of Inadequate design, operation, or maintenance.

The malfunction provision must provide that only if the State
determines that each of these criteria are satisfied, no  additional
course of action could reasonably  have been expected of the  owner
or operator.  In such situations,  the malfunction provision  could
provide that the State would not follow the initial notice of  vio-
lation with any further enforcement action.

III. SOURCE DEMONSTRATION APPROACH--RACT LIMITATION NOT ADEQUATE
TO ATTAIN AMBIENT STANDARDS

     Section 172 requires that those nonattainment submittals  for
photochemical oxldants and carbon  monoxide that will not  be  able
to demonstrate attainment by December 31, 1982, must provide for
Implementation of all reasonably available control measures  (RACT).
                               230

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
In a recent Federal court decision (Marathon Oil  Co.  y.  EPA,
	F.2d	(9th Cir., November 21, 1977) [a decision  on  malfunction
provisions in certain water pollution requirements]), the court
distinguishes requirements that are technology based  (e.g., non-
attainment plans based on RACT rather than attainment of ambient
standards) from requirements that are health based (e.g., SIP emis-
sion limitations for attainment of the ambient standards).   The
enforcement discretion approach could be approved in  RACT SIPs 1f
modified as set forth below.  A State may choose, however,  as
part of the RACT submittal not to provide a malfunction  provision
(i.e., Section 116).  An acceptable malfunction provision for
per.iods of excess emissions could require a source exceeding
applicable emission limitations to report the five categories of
information set forth 1n II above.  The source could  be  given the
opportunity to demonstrate that the excess emissions  resulted from
an unavoidable breakdown of process or control equipment, or from
unavoidable production problems.  Until such information is evalua-
ted by the State, issuance of a notice of violation (or  some
equivalent State mechanism) wbuld not be required. An approvable
malfunction provision should specify that if the source  does not
sustain its burden of proof to the State's satisfaction, the
excess emissions are a SIP violation and appropriate  enforcement
proceedings will be initiated by the State.   If the source  is
able to demonstrate that the malfunction was genuinely unavoidable,
it will not constitute a violation of the emission limitation.

     It should be understood that if over a period of time, appli-
cation of either the enforcement discretion approach  or  the source
demonstration approach does not significantly curtail malfunctions
to the extent that they are the cause of ambient  violations, the
malfunction portion of the SIP will either have to be further
revised by the State or EPA will have to disapprove the  SIP.

IV.  PHASING IN AND OUT OF EQUIPMENT, ROUTINE MAINTENANCE,  BYPASS
PROVISIONS, AND PRODUCTION PROCESS EXCESS EMISSIONS

     Any activity or event which can be foreseen  and  avoided, or
planned falls outside of the definition of sudden and unavoidable
breakdown of equipment.  For example, a sudden breakdown which
could have avoided by better maintenance procedures is not  a mal-
function.  In such cases, the control agency must enforce for
violations of the emission limitation.   Two such  common  events are
phasing in and out of equipment, and routine maintenance.

     Phasing in and out of process equipment is part  of  the normal
operation of a source and should be accounted for 1n  the design
and implementation of the operating procedure for the process and
control equipment.  Accordingly, it is reasonable to  expect that
careful planning will  eliminate violations of emission limitations
                               231

-------
during such periods.   If excess  emissions  should  occur  during
routine phasing in and out  of such  equipment,  the excess emis-
sions will  not be considered as  having resulted from  a  malfunc-
tion unless the source can  demonstrate that  such  emissions were
actually caused by a sudden and  unforeseeable  breakdown in the
equipment.

     Routine maintenance is a predictable  event,  which  can be
scheduled at the discretion of the  operator, and  which  can there-
fore be made to coincide with maintenance  on production equipment,
or other source shutdowns.   Most sources have  the ability to
build and maintain inventory upon which the  source  can  draw during
periods of shutdown for routine  maintenance.   Consequently, no
excess emissions may be allowed  for periods  of routine  maintenance.

     It is recognized that  in certain circumstances,  it is neces-
sary to bypass control equipment to avoid  endangering life or
sustaining severe property  damage.   Such bypassing  will not be con-
sidered a violation of a RACT SIP under the  source  demonstration
approach if the source sustains  its burden of  proof in  the excess
emissions report, but will  be considered a violation  of the attain-
ment SIP under the enforcement discretion  approach.

     In addition to malfunctions, it is recognized  that excess
emissions may occasionally  occur during normal production pro-
cesses, even when the control equipment is well designed, operated
and maintained.  If the source can  demonstrate, in  its  required
excess emissions report, that it was operating the  plant according
to the above malfunction criteria,  and that  it was  scheduling
operations to preclude fluctuations, but that  the emission limita-
tion was nevertheless violated for production  reasons beyond the
control of the source, the  excess emissions  will  not  be considered
a violation of the RACT SIP under the source demonstration
approach, but will be considered a violation of the attainment SIP
under the enforcement discretion approach.
                               232

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                 IDENTIFICATION OF  RESOURCES

                             (§  172(b)(7))


                     —RECOMMENDED  FORMAT--


                       (Found  in  40  CFR  51)
ArpKNDix R.—Agency functions for air quality innintrnnncc area plans fur Ilir,	
                 AQMA in 1hc State of	. for *7ic year	
                         State air pol- Local air pol-  Tniplrinenta-           Transpor-  Other (water
 Control measures   Agencies'     Jution      lution     tion plan re-  Planning   tation   control, pub-
                           control      control    view agencies  agendas  ngencic.1   lie works,
                           agencies    ngoncies    (A-95, 3-C)                       etc.)
                             TTJND ESTIMATES BY TUNCTIOH
Measure n	
Measure b	
    Total funds'..
                               If AN-TIAB I8TIMATIS BY rONCTIOM
Measure »..
Measure n..
Measure m..

     Total.
 i Specific agencies should be Identified In a narrative attachment.
 > Report funds In thousands of dollars.
                                          233

-------
            MISCELLANEOUS PART  51  REQUIREMENTS—SUMMARY
     1.   S 51.4  Public hearings  (also required under S 172(b)
(1))—Before a State submits  the  plan, a  compliance schedule or
a plan revision to EPA, it  must hold  a public  hearing on the plan,
schedule, or revision.   The State must also  give proper public
notice for the hearing  at least 30 days prior  to the hearing.
Although this section specifies formal requirements for the
notice and holding of public  hearings, a  State can obtain EPA
approval to use alternative procedures that  EPA deems adequate.

     2.   S 51.5  Submission of plans; preliminary review of plans--
The State must submit at least five copies of  the plan revision
to the appropriate Regional Office.

     3.   S 51.19  Source surveillance—The plan must provide for
monitoring the status of compliance with  any rules and regulations
that constitute the control strategy.  As a  minimum, the plan must
provide ~

         --Procedures for requiring owners or  operators of sources
     to maintain records of emissions and report periodically to
     the States;

         --Periodic testing and inspection of  sources;

         --A system of  detection  of violations of rules and regu-
      itwns through enforcement  of a visible  emission limitation
     and for investigating compliants;

         --Procedures for obtaining and maintaining data on
     emissions reductions achieved through transportation control
     measures; and

         --Procedures to require  sources  to  Install and use emis-
     sion monitoring devices.

     4.   S 51.22  Rules and regulations—The State must adopt all
rules and regulations necessary  for attainment and maintenance of
the national standard.   The plan  must contain  copies of all such
rules and regulations.
                                234

-------
New Source Review
        235

-------
     NSR
        * COMPLEMENTARY DRIVING FORCE
             ADDITIONAL CLEAN UP
             NEW TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT

        * CONSISTENT WITH RFP

        * INSTANTANEOUS "WATCHDOG"
             RFP AND ATTAINMENT
PART D NSR REQUIREMENTS

1979 PLAN MUST:
       1. ATTAIN ON TIME - AVOIDS SANCTIONS
       2. IDENTIFY ALLOWABLE GROWTH
       3. CONTAIN NSR REGULATIONS
          *LAER (as defined)
          *STATEWIDE COMPLIANCE
          *2 OPTIONS -- case-by-case offsets
                      accomodative SIP
          *SIP CARRIED OUT
POST '82 ATTAINMENT
       4. CONTAIN NSR EVALUATION PROGRAM
                   236

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
REGULATORY NSR REQUIREMENTS


        APPLICABILITY


      * Major Sources - 100 TPY Potential
           July 1,1979 Preconstruction
      * Entire Nonattainment (case by case exception) Area
      * Date of Application
      * Late Designations
      * External Sources
        REGULATORY NSR REQUIREMENTS
    LOWEST ALLOWABLE EMISSION RATE  (LAER)

                * 171 Definition
                * Best SIP
                * In Practice
                * NSPS Minimum
            LAER

            BEST SIP

              CONSIDER


                  * PROMULGATIONS
                  * APPROVED REGULATIONS
                  *"ON BOOKS" - NOT IN EFFECT
                  * BACT REGS - NOT IN ABSTRACT
                  * VISIBLE OR EQUIPMENT STANDARDS

            ACHIEVABILITY "-TECHNICALLY FEASIBLE
                            237

-------
    LAER

    IN PRACTICE
          * LIMITED TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER
                Same gas strearryfacilities

          *OTHER DETERMINATIONS
                Constant Changes
                National Clearing House
                State Reporting
STATEWIDE COMPLIANCE


     if COMPLIANCE BY APPROVAL

     * APPLICABILITY

        Existing SIP Limits

      *MAJOR EXISTING SOURCES
    NEW SOURCE REVIEW OPTIONS
  case-by-case
     offsets
accomodative
     SIP
                        238

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
CASE - BY - CASE OFFSETS

       MORE RESTRICTIVE IR

       OFFSET MINOR/MAJOR

       CONSISTENT RFP/ATTAINMENT

       APPLICABLE El
 CASE-BY-CASE OFFSETS


       * SOURCE OPERATION


       *TPY BASIS

       * ACTUAL EMISSIONS (Historical)

       * EXCEPTION
          • Short Term - SO2 and TSP
            Ibs/hr basis
          •NET A Q BENEFIT
                               ACCOMODATIVE SIP


                  PROGRAM OFFSET - GROWTH ALLOWANCE SYSTEM


                   *SIZABLE INITIAL DEPOSIT
                          Below 1977 El
                          Beyond Attainment


                   ^IMPLEMENTATION
                          Running Account
                          Actual TPY Basis
                          Debit New Source Approvals
                          Credit Reductions As Occur
                          Overrun - Option A
                                          239

-------
NSR Growth Allowance Option
     1979      80      81
 NSR Growth Allowance Option
     1979      80      81
    NSR Growth Allowance Option
     77
   t/i
  .a
                  RFP
        1'79      BO     ai     82      U
                       240

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
                       New Source Review 1n 1979 SIPs
1.  General Intent
     The role of RFP in nonattainment area SIPs has already been
discussed.  NSR will also carry on a very important function which
will complement and perhaps facilitate the cleanup of existing sources.
It will likely be the principal mechanism in many areas by which
advances in control technology are made and new opportunities to
control existing sources are identified.  NSR will also provide an
instantaneous check on RFP.  That is, the reductions obtained to
offset new source growth must be consistent with the RFP schedule and
the overall attainment requirement.

2.  New Source Review - Part D Requirements

     Section 172 identifies several.1979 plan requirements for non-
attainment areas which are related to growth and NSR.  Section 172(a)(l)
states that SIP demonstrating attainment by the prescribed date is a
prerequisite to approving major construction after July 1, 1979.1
Section 172(b)(5) requires such 1979 plans to expressly identify and
quantify the emissions allowed for the operation and construction of major
sources in the area.  Section 172(b)(6) calls for the development of an
appropriate permit system for new major sources.  (The details of this
permit system are spelled out in more detail below in the Section 173
requirements.)  Finally, Section 172 (b)(ll)(A) requires that the 1979
plan develop a special new source evaluation program when attainment
beyond 1982 (not to exceed 1987) is allowed for photochemical oxidants
or carbon monoxide violations.  This special program is to weigh the
benefits ,and analyze the alternatives to approving this source rela-
tive to the need for attaining the oxidant and carbon monoxide NAAQSs
as expeditiously as practicable.

     Section 173 outlines the details of the NSR system called for in
172(b)(6).  Section 173(1) identifies the two options for approving
major construction without jeopardizing attainment.  Section 173(1)(A)
states that by new source operation total allowable emissions from
existing sources, new minor sources, and the proposed source are less
than those allowed under the SIP at the time of new source application
so as to be consistent with RFP,  Section 173(1)(B) alternatively allows
ISection 110(a)(2)(I) further states that this sanction is only applicable
 to those sources/facilities which cause or contribute (emphasis added)
 to the relevant ambient violation.
                                241

-------
approval of major construction if it would not cause or contribute  to
violating the Section 173(b)(5)  allowance for growth.   Section  173  also
requires that major construction in a non-attainment area must  meet the
lowest achieveable emission rate (LAER),  all  other major sources  under
common ownership within the State must be in  compliance with  the  appli-
cable SIP, and the State must otherwise be carrying out the applicable
SIP.  Section 171(3)  defines the term "lowest achieveable emission  rate"
for any source as that rate of emissions  which reflects:

     (A)  the most stringent emission limitation  which  is contained in
the implementation plan of any State for  such class or  category of  source,
unless the owner or operator of the proposed  source demonstrates  that
such limitations are  not achievable, or

     (B) the most stringent emission limitation which is achieved in
practice by such class or category of source, whichever is more stringent.

     In no event shall the application of this term permit a  proposed
new or modified source to emit any pollutant  in excess  of the amount
allowable under applicable new source standard of performance.

    3.  Comprehensive NSR System

    In general, EPA will not require submittals of comprehensive  NSR
packages as part of the 1979 SIP package.   By a comprehensive precon-
struction review, we  mean a streamlined integration of  all applicable
air permit requirements including those for the Prevention of Signifi-
cant Deterioration (PSD), Standards of Performance for  New Stationary
Sources (NSPS), review for New Sources of Hazardous Air Pollutants
(NESHAP), and the 40  CFR 51.18 review against the ambient standards.
Comprehensive NSR rulemaking is  not likely to be  completed in the near
future, but Figure #1 has been included to provide those who  wish to
develop NSR regulations in the interim with EPA's best  estimate to  a
comprehensive one-air permit NSR system.   Only regulations requiring
(1) LAER, (2) Statewide compliance, (3) alternative site evaluation
within post-1982 attainment areas, and (4) NSR rules that maintain  RFP
will be required in the January 1, 1979,  submittal.  However, such  regu-
lations must be developed in conformance  with the existing 40 CFR 51.18
requirements (i.e., mandatory public comment  period and ability to  require
sufficient information from sources to determine  their  approvability).

     Figure #1 shows  that all new and modified sources  except those
specifically exempted will undergo at least some  type of NSR.  Minor
sources (less than 100 TPY potential emissions) are identified  under
an initial engineering analysis  (Box #A)  and  receive only an  analysis
to verify their anticipated compliance with the applicable SIP  emis-
sion limits.  Minor sources which will comply with such limits  can,
therefore, be granted construction approval without further delay.
                                 242

-------
                                                   PD
243

-------
     Major sources (100 TRY and more of increased potential  emissions)
must face a more detailed analysis.   Box #B is primarily a geographic
area screen ("107" area designations unless new air quality monitoring
data required under Section "165" shows ambient violation(s)).  Jh1s
test essentially determines if the major source construction must
apply LAER, BACT, or simply meet the applicable SIP.   The specifics
of what applicable limit(s) the source must meet are identified under
the group of boxes labeled Emission Limitation Analysis.  As mentioned
in the next section, a source can opt to demonstrate his lack of impact
to a nonattainment problem and avoid the automatic LAER requirement.
This 1s thought to be the exception, however, and the geographic
applicability screen will 1n most cases define the type of emission
limitation that is appropriate for a major source.

     Assuming that "potential" continues to be defined in terms of a
source's uncontrolled emissions, EPA is considering the possibilities
for not requiring analysis for certain major sources who after con-
trol would not have an emission rate of concern.  Such a screen
(identified by #C) might consist of an emission cutoff (perhaps 50 TPY)
and a requirement for the source to use a good engineering practice
stack height (as appropriate).  An alternative type of screening
approach is to use a standard and conservative air quality screening
model.  Sources below a certain specified air quality Impact would receive
an expedited review and perhaps even be exempted from further analysis.
All "exempted" sources regardless of the screening technique employed
would then face only an abbreviated public participation requirement  (e.g.,
30 days public comment) before gaining approval to construct.

     For those major sources not qualifying for such exemptions (or
all major sources if the exemptions are not allowed), an ambient air
quality impact analysis would be necessary.  Herein the ambient review
requirements of PSD have been incorporated with those of 51.18 to
safeguard the ambient standards and increments.  The ambient review
requirements pertinent to identified non-attainment areas are discussed
later.

     After a source has undergone the air quality review, it must be
subjected to considerable public participation.  A 30-day comment is
expected to be the normal occurrence, although an opportunity for
public hearings and extended public comment would be afforded.   In no
event will the entire review process delay construction by more than
one year after a completed application has been received.

     It should be emphasized that the preceding discussion is only
presented for the benefit of those wishing to develop their Part D regu-
lations in advance of the forthcoming comprehensive NSR regulations.
                                 244

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
     4.   Applicability of Nonattainment NSR Requirements

     In  general, all  major construction proposed after July 1, 1979, for
any portion of a non-attainment area will  be assumed to be subject to
the full NSR requirements under Part D.  Major construction means any
new source or modification which would increase the potential  for emis-
sion release by 100 TRY or more, regardless of reductions achieved
elsewhere.

     The NSR preconstruction requirements identified in Part D are to
be implemented until  the designated nonattainment area actually realizes
the attainment mandate.  This applies to violations of both the primary and
secondary standards.   These requirements are generally not applicable retro-
actively to recent major construction approvals issued before July 1,
1979.  Such approvals were likely governed by EPA's Interpretative
Ruling (offset policy) and were to have been taken into account in demon-
strating attainment.

     All NSR requirements are presumed applicable for the entire
designated nonattainment area.  This is consistent with the concept of
areawide tracking of RFP.  However, if a proposed source can make a
firm demonstration that it would not cause or contribute to a non-
attainment problem then such source could be exempt from the NSR re-
quirements and the RFP accounting procedures.  This demonstration may
consist of a monitoring study to show that the proposed location or
modification site is in a clean portion of the designated non-attainment
area and a modeling study to show that the proposed construction would
not impact on adjacent portions of the designated non-attainment area.

     A slightly different NSR procedure is appropriate for those areas
of proposed construction which are later identified as being non-attainment.
That is, the preconstruction review under regulations for the prevention
of significant deterioration (PSD) will typically require preconstruction
monitoring data from prospective major sources.  The data from these and
other monitors (either existing or newly established by the State) can
lead to the further identification of non-attainment areas not classified
as such in 1978.  After the formal non-attainment designation is made,
States have up to nine months to develop appropriate attainment plans
including the NSR requirements of Part D.   However, until the time that
a plan is approved, EPA's Interpretative Ruling of December 21, 1976,
(as amended) is to be applied in the review of new sources.

     Finally, EPA's Interpretative Ruling would apply to external con-
struction that significantly impacts the non-attainment problem.  Such
external construction must be major, be proposed for areas outside the
geographic boundaries of the designated non-attainment areas, and impact
significantly through transport on the adjacent non-attainment area.
If offsets for such a source are secured from the designated non-
attainment area, they will not also count toward making RFP.
                                245

-------
5.  LAER Guidance

     As mentioned, Section 171(3) defines LAER in terms of the "best
SIP" limit or "best in practice" control that is achievable by the
source undergoing review -- not to be less stringent than an applicable
NSPS.  Some guidance will now be given as to what regulations are to
be considered as being the "best SIP" and what"in practice"control
experiences are transferable for the proposed construction.

     "Best SIP" means that limit of the highest stringency that the
source is capable of meeting considering all plan limits "on the books."
That is, if a plan has extraordinary regulatory measures incorporated
into its SIP designed to preclude a certain source type from ever
constructing, these need not define LAER.  In addition, plans with best
available control technology (BACT) requirements are not applicable in
the abstract.  Only where specific limits exist within these regulations
or where a BACT-type regulation has been implemented for a similar source
would this type of regulation  be applicable.  EPA promulgated require-
ments are, of course, part of the applicable SIP.  Finally, "equipment
standards" can substitute for emission limitations where the latter
has typically not been prescribed.  Note that the limits need only to
have been prescribed for a source and existing in a SIP to be eligible
for consideration.  However, if a limit has not yet been tested through
source operation, "achievability" may be more difficult to prove.

     "In practice" means controls that have been demonstrated for that
exact source type or one of similar general function with extreme
similarities of gas stream, economics, etc.  This interpretation
does not preclude use of "control technology transfer."  However,
EPA feels that the need to offset new source emissions consistent with
RFP will often persuade sources to voluntarily advance the "state-of-
the art" for control technology.  Thus, control transfer is not likely
to be needed in most cases.

     Considerable comment has been raised as to the need for an effective
national clearinghouse to promote consistent LAER determinations and to
provide a quick reference vehicle as to what represents good control of
a specific source type.   Most feel that such a system is necessary to
keep the NSR community advised of the continual advances in regulations
and field determinations that govern future LAER decisions.  OAQPS already
has a limited operation to provide this service on technology determina-
tions including BACT and RACT as well as LAER.  EPA is considering the
possibilities for expanding this function primarily through contractor
services.  Such expansion would consist of a concentrated effort to estab-
lish an initial bank of information on many source types (including a
compilation of recent field determinations, applicable SIP regulations,
and general information obtained from the literature and industry on
state-of-the-art controls) and arrange to update the bank on a continual
basis.  Such a data bank would serve to advise those desiring information
concerning other LAER determinations and would help overcome the diffi-
cult problems of deciding when controls are achieveable (technically
feasible).  In order to help maintain an up-to-date clearinghouse,


                                246

-------
assistance will be needed from State and local agencies regarding their
LAER decisions.  In addition to maintaining such a system, OAQPS would
be available to assist States in making unique determinations where
available information is inadequate.  Comments are welcome on such an
idea, especially those with ideas for best procuring the necessary
information on an initial basis and a regular basis thereafter.

     6.  Statewide Compliance

     Section 173(3) requires that all other major sources (100 TRY
potential) owned or operated in the same State by the applicant are in
compliance with the applicable emission limits and standards under
the Act.  In responding to this requirement, EPA intends that reviewing
agency ensure that major sources under common ownership or operation
control with the proposed one in the same State be in compliance (or on
enforceable schedules) with all established SIP limits at the time of
new source approval.  There is no need to establish limits beyond those
necessary to ensure attainment.

     7.  NSR Regulatory Options

     Section 173(1) outlines two options for accommodating major source
growth in SIPs without jeopardizing the attainment mandate.   Section
173(1)(A) allows a form of offset policy to be conducted on a case-by-
case basis.  In general, this offset regulation is decidedly more re-
strictive than is EPA's present Interpretative Ruling.  In addition
to subjecting sources on the basis of their increased emission potential,
new major sources are required to offset not only their emissions but
also those of the minor point sources which have come into the area
since 1979 (which have not already been offset).   More importantly, the
decrease in allowable emissions that Section 173(1)(A) calls for must
be consistent with RFP.   This effectively changes the baseline for off-
sets from the stated SIP at the time of application to the attainment
SIP since RFP can in no way jeopardize attainment.

     In implementing the Section 173(1)(A)  option, a reviewing authority
must therefore keep the following criteria  in mind.   He must verify
that: (1) the proposed reductions are not otherwise needed to provide for
or maintain attainment; (2) the offsets would be transacted on a TPY
actual basis;  (3) the offsetting reductions will be accomplished on
or before the time of new source operation; (4) the reductions come
from sources in the emissions inventory used for approved control
 This  is consistent with how RFP is  primarily tracked and will  require
 the establishment of new enforceable TPY limits  on  the reducing sources.
 An exception to this is  when only short-term violations  of  the  TSP  or
 SOg standards are at stake.   Then maximum emissions on a Ibs/hour basis
 should be used together  with a new air quality benefit criteria.  Note
 that in the general case of TPY transactions does not have  a net  air
 quality benefit constraint.   However, a reviewing authority would be
 ill-advised to approve new sources that worsen air  quality  trends since
 making RFP and attainment status are linked with air quality trends.

                               247

-------
         2
strategy;  and (5) the amount of the proposed reductions  is  sufficient
to offset both the emissions reductions directly associated  with the
proposed source construction and those emissions attributed  to minor
point sources that have come into the area since the last RFP milestone
was met.

     Utilization of the case-by-case offsets NSR option will not affect
the shape of the RFP schedule as the next NSR option does.   However, the
permitting of new major growth in a non-attainment area does complicate
the tracking procedures for RFP.  In general, when satisfactory offsets
under "173" are obtained, emission tracking will not be affected until the
new sources come into operation or the offsetting reductions actually occur.
This is true since no actual emissions would have occurred,  nor would the
SIP have allowed any net increase in emissions to occur.   Figure 2 and
Table 1 have been included to illustrate how new source approvals are to
be taken into account when tracking RFP.  It should be noted that when
RFP is not being met, sanctions could be imposed that would  override the
permitting authority of systems developed under Section 173(1)(A) or
Section 173(1)(B).

     A second option open to the States for allowing major construction is
described under Section 173(1)(B).  A growth allowance system can be set
up and major sources can be.approved so long as they would not exceed the
available growth allowance.

     Several requirements are inherent to implementing this  program
accomodation of new sources:  (1) there must be a sizable amount of reduc-
tions accomplished by the time of system operation (note  that reductions
from 1977 to 1979 can be used toward the establishment of an initial growth
account); (2) the reductions in the account must all be beyond those needed
for attainment; (3) no major growth can be permitted beyond  that acconmo-
datedcWithin the growth allowance available at the time of source applica-
tion;  (4) reductions as accomplished are eligible for addition to the
growth allowance, whereas new sources as approved reduce  the amount of
allowance available for approving future new sources; (5) the available
growth allowance is consumed or augmented on an actual TPY basis; and
(6) no further major construction approvals can be issued when RFP is not
otherwise met.

     Many States which elect to operate the growth allowance system may
also wish to plan for a specific amount (or even type) of growth over
a certain period of time.  A good mechanism for doing so  is  shown in Figure 3.
Herein the dotted line shows the timely aquisition of additional reductions
from existing sources (beyond attainment) so as to allow  for a specified
o
 Conceivably, the reviewing agency could accept offsets from non-
 inventoried sources overlooked in the 1977 emissions inventory, but as
 a minimum these offsets must be discounted in value by the overall
 percent control needed for attainment.

 It should be noted that EPA, if forced to promulgate a plan, will typi-
 cally not set up such an allowance.
5
 Consequently, the plan should allow for the approval of new major sources
 to continue under the case-by-case offset option previously discussed.

                                248

-------
                         TABLE #1

                       RFP AND GROWTH

                                        MAXIMUM      ACTUAL     ALLOWABLE
                                       EMISSIONS    EMISSIONS   EMISSIONS
YEAR          ACTION                     (TPY)         (TPY)       (TPY)

1975                                    50,000        40,000      50,000
         #1 Approval (w/o offsets)     + 5,000         —       + 5,000
1976                                    55,000        40,000      55,000
         #2 Approval (w/o offsets)     + 2,500         —       + 2,500
         6% Increase 1n capacity         ---        + 3,000
1977                                    57,500        43,000      57,500
         #3 Shutdown                   - 2,500       - 2,500     - 2,500
         6% Decrease 1n capacity         —        - 2,850
1978                                    55,000        38,000      55,000
         #5 Approval w/#4 offsets
         6% Increase in capacity         —        + 2,850
1979                                    55,000        40,850      55,000
         #7 Approval w/#6 offsets        —          —
         RFP cleanup                   -11,000       - 9,020     -36,500
1980                                    44,000        31,830      18,500
         RFP cleanup                   -10,000       - 8,200
         4% Increase in capacity         —        + 1,060
         #1 Operation at 15% approval  - 4,250       +   750     - 4,250
1981                                    29,750        25,460      14,250
         RFP cleanup                   - 8,000       - 7,000
         10% Decrease in capacity        -—        - 1,350
         #2 Operation at 15% approval  - 2,125       +   375     - 2,125
         #4 Offsets occur                —        - 2,500
         #6 Offsets (beyond attainment
            occur)                       —        - 2,500
1982                                    19,625        12,465      12,125
         RFP cleanup                   - 7,500       - 5,625
         #5 Operation at 15% approval  - 2.125       +   300     - 2,125
         5% Decrease in capacity         —        -   300       —
1983                                    10,000         6,840      10,000
         #7 Operation                    -—        + 2,500
         5% Increase in capacity         —            300       —
1984                                    10,000         9,640      10,00
aA 10,000 TPY El is assumed to show attainment
bUntil 1979 maximum emissions are assumed to equal  allowable  ones  (i.e.,  SIP
 limits coincide with maximum source emissions and  they are fully  complied with)
cAll cleanup performed to accomplish RFP is  identified in  the 1979 plan sub-
 mission and is expressed in terms of allowable emissions.
dAllowable emission reduction for RFP are translated into  actual emission
 reductions by the following.


        Actual  Emissions     -  Allowable emissions   -  Total    =  Change to
        Before  Cleanup            before cleanup        Cleanup     Actual Emissions

                               249

-------
                                     Figure 2
•o
is
Q.
               10
               00
                                  a
                                 O 3
                                       0
       O     O
       in     
                                                             ,OL>
-------
                Figure 3
NSR Growth Allowance Option
                RFP
     1979
83
                  251

-------
amount of desired growth.  Note that the RFP schedule itself does not
change when a growth allowance scheme is built in.   The milestones of
the RFP schedule must still be met, but now in terms of total actual
emissions from existing and new sources.  Tracking  of new source emis-
sions will proceed as described under the case-by-case NSR option.

8.  NSR Program for Post 1982 SIPs

     Where the 1979 plans fail to demonstrate attainment by 1982 (but
no later than 1987), a special NSR requirement applies.  Pursuant to
Section 172(b)(ll)(A), a preconstruction program must be established
to weigh the benefits of new sources relative to their social and
economic impacts.  Included in this analysis is to  be an evaluaton of
the alternative sites, controls, and source processes that are available
and reasonable.  Although the 1979 plan must contain this special NSR
evaluation program, EPA believes that the reasons for approving or disap-
proving the source under this requirement can best  be decided by the
reviewing authority.  Thus, as long as attainment by the extended dead-
line is not jeopardized, EPA will in most cases defer to the State's
judgment.
                                252

-------
Miscellaneous Topics
       253

-------
                      MISCELLANEOUS TOPICS

     The actual  workshops  that  were given from February 28 through
March 10 and the previous  edition  of this compilation covered a
number of miscellaneous topic*  concerning requirements for SIP
revisions not directly associated  with  the nonattainment area
plans.  The topics were—
     —Tall stacks,
     —Permit fees,
     —Assurance of plan adequacy, (SIP dependency  on clean fuels)
     —State board composition,
     — Interstate pollution,
     —Public notification,
     —Maintenance of pay,
     —A1r pollution episode  reporting, and
     —Prevention of significant deterioration.
     These requirements are 1n  the formative  stages  as compared
to the other material presented at the workshop  and thus contain
a number of Issues that have  not yet been resolved.  EPA wanted
to provide preliminary Ideas  concerning those topics and obtain
reactions to them.  Material  on these topics  have been deleted
from this edition of this  compilation and from the  videotape of
the workshop.  EPA will 1n the  future circulate additional guidance
on these topics.
                               254

-------
        Summary of
Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977
               255

-------
             Summary of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977

                                 Title I

                                 Part A

Section 103 -  Training is amended to prevent EPA from charging air
     pollution control agencies for training and to provide for accelera-
     tion of training efforts.

Section 105 -  Grants_ is amended to provide each State with a minimum of
     1/?% of the total grant funds appropriated annually;  to  prevent the
     loss of grant funds if a general, non-selective reduction 1n expendi-
     tures is made in a State budget; and to prevent disapproval, revoca-
     tion, or reduction of funds without prior notice and  an  opportunity
     for public hearing in the affected State.

Section 107 -  Air Quality Control Regions is amended by adding new
     subsections which require each State to submit to EPA within 120
     days a list identifying the status of each AQCR with  respect to
     compliance with NAAQS.  It further requires EPA to promulgate such
     lists 60 days later with whatever modifications EPA deems necessary.
     Provision is made for revision of the 11st and for redesIgnation of
     AQCR's within the State.

Section 108 -  Air Quality Criteria and Control Techniques is amended to
     require EPA to consider cost of installation and operation, energy
     requirements, emission reduction benefits, and environmental Impact
     of emission control technology in the preparation of  control techniques
     documents.  EPA is further required to revise and reissue criteria
     relating to short-term NO? concentrations within six  months.  EPA
     must also publish within T80 days information on procedures for
     reducing pollutant emissions - including inspection and  maintenance,
     vapor controls, public transit and carpool programs,  on-street
     parking control, and retrofit of heavy duty vehicles  - and must
     assess the relative effectiveness and the energy and  economic
     impact of these measures.

Section 109 -  National Ambient Air Quality Standards is amended to
     require EPA to establish an independent scientific committee to
     review air quality criteria and the NAAQS not later than December 31,
     1980 (and at subsequent intervals not exceeding five years) and
     recommend revisions in the criteria and standards as  may be appro-
     priate.  EPA must also promulgate a short-term primary standard for
     N02  (less than 3 hour) within one year.
                                      256

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 110 -  Implementation Plans  is  amended:

     1.   To require SIP's to include permit  programs  to  prevent signifi-
          cant deterioration and non-attainment  of  standards  and also  to
          include air quality maintenance  requirements.

     2.   To prohibit EPA from requiring indirect source  review programs,
          except with respect to Federally funded projects.   Such existing
          programs,  however, may remain in effect at the  discretion  of
          the States.  It also authorizes  Governors of States to tempor-
          arily suspend SIP regulations which restrict on-street parking.

     3.   To restrict land use regulations to those needed to assure
          attainment and maintenance of NAAQS and prevent significant
          deterioration of air quality.

     4.   To require the owners and  operators of major stationary sources
          to pay any fees required to obtain  a permit.

     5.   To authorize EPA to delegate  enforcement  authority  to local
          governments for plans promulgated by EPA.

     6.   To allow revision, upon a  Governor's request, of strategies
          requiring tolls on bridges located  entirely  in  one  city with
          alternate strategies providing for  equivalent emission reductions
          to be submitted to EPA within one year.

     7.   To allow suspension of SIP requirements (not to exceed four
          months) for fuel burning sources if necessitated by an energy
          or economic emergency.

Section 111 -  Standards of Performance for New  Stationary Sources is
     amended to require the best system of continuous  emission reduction
     on new or modified fossil fuel  fired  steam  generators regardless  of
     fuel  quality.  EPA must promulgate a  complete  list of major station-
     ary source categories within one year and standards  of performance
     for the entire list no later than  four years thereafter.  Before
     promulgating a list or standards,  EPA must  consult with  the States.
     The Governor of a State has authority to petition to compel the
     Administrator to issue new source  performance  standards  for Indus-
     tries which have not yet been covered by such  standards, to revise
     priorities for standard setting, to issue revised standards when
     better technology becomes adequtely demonstrated, or to  Issue
     standards for unregulated hazardous pollutants.   If  an emission
     standard is not feasible, EPA may  prescribe a  design, equipment,
     work practice,  or operational standard.   EPA promulgations for
     designated pollutants under Section lll(d)  must consider the
                                      257

-------
     remaining useful  life of such sources.   Stationary sources  owned
     and operated by the Federal  government  are  no  longer exempt from
     State enforcement.   A source owner may  apply for  a waiver to use
     innovative continuous emission control  technology.  A waiver may
     not extend beyond seven years after the date granted or four years
     after operation is commenced.

Section 112 -  National  Emission  Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
     is amended to allow EPA to prescribe a  design, equipment, work
     practice, or operational standard to protect public health  from
     hazardous materials where an emission standard is not feasible.

Section 113 -  Enforcement is amended:

     1.   To allow EPA to issue orders prohibiting  construction  or
          modification of major stationary sources  in  non-attainment
          areas and to authorize  the courts  to impose  civil penalties  of
          up to $25,000 per day for violations of the  Act.

     2.   To authorize a State (or EPA after 30  days notice) to  issue
          enforcement orders which extend beyond the date specified for
          attainment of the NAAQS.  Such orders  shall  require compliance
          as expeditiously as practicable, but no later than July 1,
          1979, unless the order  establishes a delayed compliance penalty.
          Orders are limited to not more than a  three  year delay, except
          in cases of innovative  technology  (five years), coal conversion
          extension, or smelter orders.  The State  retains primary
          responsibility for enforcement. The issuance of a delayed
          compliance order serves as a notice for purposes of noncompllance
          penalties if the affected source does  not comply by the applicable
          date.  A source receiving an order must comply with all interim
          requirements which the  Administrator deems reasonable  and
          practicable.  The Administrator may revoke an order if he
          determines that the conditions upon which the order was based
          no longer exists or that the source is in violation of interim
          requirements.  Where a  source wishes to comply by replacing
          the facility, terminating operations or completely changing
          the production process  it may receive an  extension requiring
          no interim steps before final compliance  if it agrees  to post
          a bond or surety equal  to the cost of compliance had the owner
          decided to comply by installing control equipment.

     3.   To incorporate the provisions of former Section 119 (Energy-
          related Authority) for sources which cannot meet SIP requirements
          because of a coal conversion order and to provide an extension
          in compliance orders to December 31, 1980.  Additional authority
                                       258

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
          is available for extensions up to December  31,  1985.   Sources
          ordered to convert can begin to burn  coal only  when they can
          do so without causing or contributing to  concentrations  of any
          pollutant in excess Of primary air quality  standards  and in
          compliance with the applicable SIP.

Section 114 -  Inspections is amended to require the  Administrator to
     give reasonable notice to the States prior to  carrying out an
     entry, inspection or monitoring, when the  Administrator intends to
     check on compliance with a standard adoped by  the  State and approved
     by the Administrator.  The Administrator must  also inform the State
     of the purpose for his action but the Administrator's  failure to
     comply will  not be a defense in an enforcement action; nor would it
     make evidence obtained in violation of this provision  Inadmissible.

Section 115 -  International Air Pollution is added to  allow the Adminis-
     trator to trigger a revision of an SIP under Section 110(a)(2)(H)
     upon the petition of an international agency or  the  Secretary of
     State if he finds that emissions originating in  a  State endanger
     the health or welfare of persons in a foreign  country, provided
     said country has given the U.S. the same rights.

Section 118 -  Control of Pollution from Federal  Facilities is  added to
     require Federal facilities to comply with  all  applicable State and
     local substantive and procedural (i.e., permit requirements)  air
     pollution requirements.  Suits brought under the Section may  be
     removed to Federal court, and no judicial  review of  an EPA action
     in State courts 1s authorized.  Exemptions may be  granted  by  the
     President in the interest of national defense.

Section 119 -  Primary Nonferrous Smelter Orders is added to authorize
     the use of supplementary control strategies on a temporary basis
     for existing nonferrous smelters.  Existing nonferrous smelters may
     be granted up to two extensions (not exceeding five  years  each) for
     the use of intermittent control systems if the Administrator  finds
     that Imposition of continuous emission controls  would  result  in a
     cessation of smelter operations.  During the first five year  extension,
     a smelter using supplemental controls on the date  of enactment need
     not employ additional continuous controls.  In addition, public
     hearings are not required before issuance  of the extension, except
     in certain circumstances.  Prior to granting the second five  year
     extension, there must be notice and a public hearing to determine
     whether ultimate emission limitations are  reasonably available.

Section 120 -  Non-compliance Penalty is added  to require the States or
     the Administrator to assess and collect non-compliance penalties.
                                       259

-------
     Using the variables set forth in the Amendment,  the non-compliance
     penalty would be calculated on the basis  of the  costs a non-complying
     source avoids by delaying compliance.   Specifically, the calculation
     of the non-compliance penalty must consider the  capital costs  of
     compliance and debt service over a normal  amortization period  not
     to exceed ten years, operation and maintenance costs foregone, and
     any additional economic value of a delay.   In essence, the penalty
     would reflect financial savings realized  by the  firm as a result of
     non-compliance with the law.

Section 121 -  Consultation is added to require a State to consult  with
     a local government prior to adoption of SIP requirements or enforce-
     ment provisions which would affect that local government.  The
     consultation must be done in accordance with regulations promulgated
     by EPA.

Section 122 -  Unregulated Pollutants is added to require the Administrator
     to determine within one year (two years for radioactive pollutants)
     whether or not emissions of radioactive pollutants, cadmium, arsenic
     and polycyclic organic matter may endanger public health and,  if
     so, to list the substance in accordance with Section 108(a)(l)
     (Criteria Pollutant), 112(b)(l) (NESHAPS), or lll(b)(l)(A) (NSPS).
     For radioactive pollutants, the Administrator must coordinate  with
     the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.  EPA is further directed to
     study the effects of these unregulated pollutants and, in particular,
     the formation of sulfates.

Section 123 -  Stack Heights is added to specify that the amount of
     emission reduction required under the SIP shall  not be affected in
     any way by stack heights that exceed good engineering practice (not
     to exceed two and one-half times the height of the source) or  by
     any other dispersion technique, Including Intermittent or supplemental
     controls that vary with atmospheric conditions.   Exempt from this
     provision are stack heights or dispersion techniques 1n use before
     the date of the 1970 Clean Air Act Amendments.  Also, for Federally-
     owned coal-fired steam electric generating units in operation
     before July 1, 1957, the entire stack height may be taken Into
     account if its construction contract was  awarded before February 8,
     1974.  The Administrator must within six months promulgate regulations
     to carry out  these provisions.

Section 124 -  Assurance of Adequacy of State Plans is added to require
     that, not later than one year after enactment, each State review
     its SIP relating to major fuel burning sources to determine the
     extent to which its plan  is dependent upon petroleum products,
     natural gas,  and coal  not locally available  and submit  its findings
     to the Administrator.  EPA must review these  submissions and require
     the SIP to be revised  if  the Act's requirements will not be met;
     the Governor  must  be consulted.
                                     260

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 I
 I
 I
 I
Section 125 -  Measures to Prevent Economic Disruption or Unemployment
     is added to prevent economic disruption by authorizing the President,
     the Administrator, or the Governor to require major fuel-burning
     stationary sources not in complaince with an implementation plan,
     or which are under a coal conversion order, to use local  or regional
     coal while still  complying with requirements necessary to assure
     compliance with the Clean Air Act.

Section 126 -  Interstate Pollution Abatement is added (partially as a
     replacement for Section 115) to prevent major sources in  one State
     from interfering with attainment and maintenance of air quality
     standards in another Stats,,  Notice rc.'.'st ha given to adjacent
     "' ' ''"r "" r  •    '""•-'"'•'j "'"-''   -  -	§•".'.- '>..,,<; in advoi ^6 air
     quality impact and such States or political subdivision may petition
     EPA that the source would cause interference.  EPA then has 60 days
     to respond and if a violation is discovered, EPA must proceed to
     abate the pollution as a violation of the host State's SIP.  A
     delayed compliance order would be available to a source unable to
     comply with the requirements of this provision after three years,
     with a delayed compliance penalty.

Section 127 -  Public Notification is added to require the States to
     include in their SIP's measures to notify the public of air pollution
     levels and to educate the public as to the hazards of such levels
     and measures which can be taken to improve air quality.  EPA may
     make grants to States and localities to implement this Section.

Section 128 -  State Boards is added to require each State to  include in
     its SIP, by August 7, 1978, requirements that any board which
     approves permits or enforcement orders must consist of a  majority
     of members who represent the public interest and do not derive a
     significant portion of their income from persons subject  to the
     board's actions.

                                 Part B

Sections 150-159 -  Ozone Protection is added to require EPA to study
     the cumulative effects of substances, practices and processes which
     may affect stratospheric ozone and to contract with the National
     Academy of Sciences to submit a report on this subject to Congress
     by Janaury 1, 1978.  Other Federal agencies are also required to
     participate in activities relating to research and monitoring with
     reports to EPA and Congress required by Janaury 1, 1978,  and
     biennially thereafter.  EPA must promulgate regulations if any
     substance, etc. may reasonably be anticipated to affect the strato-
     sphere and endanger public health or welfare and must report to
     Congress by January 1, 1978, (interim) and by January 1,  1980,
     (final) on regulatory progress.  States - and other political
                                        261

-------
     subdivisions - may regulate halocarbons  as  propel!ants in aerosol
     spray containers as they see fit but are preempted from regulating
     other aspects of ozone or agents causing stratospheric harm unless
     their regulations are identical  to Federal  regulations.

                                 Part C

Sections 160-169 -  Prevention of Significant Deterioration of Air
     Quality is added to establish tnree land classifications for allowable
     increases of TSP and SO, in areas where  air quality is cleane^ than
     required by ambient air*"quality standards.   All  clean air areas
     would initially be designated Class TI,  with the creation of
     certain areas which would receive the increased  protc-ciiOfi of
     Class I designation.  Class I would include all  international
     parks; national wilderness area; and national memorial parks larger
     than 5,000 acres; and each national park larger  than 6,000 acres 1n
     existence on August 7, 1977.  In addition,  the Federal land manager
     is required to review national monuments, national primitive areas
     and national preserves and recommend redesignation to Class I where
     appropriate to protect air quality-related  values.

     States, after consulting with the Federal land manager, could
     redesignate Class II lands to Class I or to the  less restrictive
     Class III.  National monuments, national primitive areas, national
     preserves, national wild and scenic rivers, national wildlife
     refuges, national lakeshores, national seashores, new national
     parks, national wilderness areas and any other new areas created in
     these categories after enactment could not be redesignated to Class
     III if the area in question is larger than 10,000 acres.

     Allowable increments of pollution above baseline concentration are
     set by statute for sulfur dioxide and particulates.  Within two
     years States must submit plans establishing increments or other
     means of preventing significant deterioration from nitrogen oxides,
     hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, and oxidants.  EPA must approve the
     plan within four months if it meets applicable requirements; other-
     wise, EPA must propose a plan for the rejected State within four
     months of the disapproval.  States may exempt certain emissions
     from coal conversions, natural gas curtailments, temporary construc-
     tion, and foreign sources from being counted against the increment.
     Permits would be required for construction of facilities falling
     into one of 28 source categories listed if the source has the
     potential to emit more than 100 tons per year of an air pollutant,
     and for any other source which could emit more than 250 tons per
     year.

     Specific  increments for S02 and particulates are as follows  (all
     numbers in micrograms per cubic meter): Class I S09--annual arithmetic
                                      262

-------
     mean, 2; 24-hour Hnaximum,  5;  three-hour maximum,  25;  Class  I
     particulates—annual  geometric mean,  5; 24-hours,  10;  Class  II
     S0?--annual, 20; 24-hour,  91;  three-hour;  512;  Class  II  particulates—
     annual, 19; 24-hour,  37;  Class III  S0?—annual, 40; 24-hour,  182;
     three-hour, 700; Class III particu1ates--annua1,  37;  24-hour, 75.
     In no case could pollutants exceed  ambient standards.

Section 169A - Visibility  Protection for Federal  Class  I Areas  is  added
     to prevent any future, or remedy any  existing,  impairment of  visibility
     in mandatory Class I  areas which result from man-made  air pollution.
     The Secretary of the  Interior  is to identify, within  six months,
     all mandatory Federal  Class I  areas where  visibility  is  an  important
     value of the area. The Administrator shall  within one year after
     the date of enactment, and after consultation with the Secretary of
     the Interior, promulgate  a list of  such areas to  receive visibility
     protection provided by this Section.

     The Administrator is  required  to report to Congress, within eighteen
     months, the results of a  study to:  (1) establish  methods for  deter-
     mining and measuring  visibility impairment;  (2) establish modeling
     techniques or other methods for determining  contribution of man-
     made air pollution to visibility impairment; (3)  report  on methods
     for controlling air pollution  which results  in  visibility impairment;
     (4) identify categories of sources  and types of air pollutants
     which may reasonably  be anticipated to cause or contribute  signifi-
     cantly to impairment  of visibility.

     Within 24 months the  Administrator  is required  to  promulgate  regula-
     tions to assure reasonable progress toward meeting the national
     goal.  The regulations shall  provide  guidelines to the States for
     the revisions of implementation plans taking into  account the
     recommendations of the report  to Congress  on techniques  and methods
     for implementing this Section.  Each  State will identify the  sources
     that impair visibility and fall within the requirements  of  this
     section.

     For sources which significantly impact upon  visibility in  Federal
     Class I areas, the States  must require the "best  available  retrofit
     technology," taking into  account the  cost  of compliance, energy
     impacts, existing controls at  the source,  etc., and establish the
     appropriate emission  limitation on  a  source-by-source  basis.  EPA
     will provide guidelines for "best available  retrofit  technology"
     for all power plants  over 750  megawatts.

                                 Part D

Sections 171-178 -  Plan Requirements for  Non-attainment Areas  is  added
     to specify the following  provisions:
                                         263

-------
1.   The existing EPA emissions offset policy remains  in  effect
     until  July 1, 1979, unless States qualify for a waiver.
     Requirements for a waiver include RACT for existing  sources,
     LAER for new sources,  and a demonstration that there will  be
     reductions in emissions equivalent to what would  be  achieved
     by EPA's offset ruling.

2.   SIP revisions are required for all  non-attainment areas  desig-
     nated under Section 107(d).

3.   After July 1, 1979, States must revise their SIP's to assure
     that areas will meet national  ambient air quality standards
     for all pollutants by December 31, 1982, or by December  31,
     1987, for photochemical oxidants or CO if the 1982 date
     cannot be met using all reasonably available measures.  A
     second plan revision must be submitted by July 1, 1982,  to
     require the implementation of enforceable measures to ensure
     attainment by 1987; such measures include a mandatory Inspec-
     tion and maintenance program.

4.   The SIP revision must specify the amount of new source growth
     which will be permitted; new sources must achieve the lowest
     achievable emission rate, reflecting the most stringent emission
     limitation which is contained 1n the SIP of any State for such
     class or category or source or the most stringent emission
     limitation which is achieved in practice, whichever  is more
     stringent.  SIP must require RACT for existing sources which
     will result in annual incremental reductions in emissions
     sufficient to attain the applicable NAAQS by the specified
     attainment date.  The SIP would also have to contain emission
     limitations, schedules and other measures to assure  compliance
     by the applicable dates.

5.   Within six months after enactment, for each AQCR which would
     not attain CO or photochemical oxidant standards by July 1,
     1979,  the State and elected officials of affected local  govern-
     ments must jointly determine which elements of the revised SIP
     will be planned and implemented by the State and which by the
     local  governments or regional agencies, or combination thereof.
     The locals  have six months from enactment to designate an
     organization of local  governments and get it certified by the
     State  to  carry out the planning; if no such designation is
     made within  the six months, the Governor shall designate an
     areawide  agency or a State agency to do the planning.  Preference
     is expressed for  local planning, and that the local  planning
     organization be  the agency handling areawide transportation
     planning  or air quality  planning, or both.  There also is a
     requirement for  coordiantion  and  interrelating air  quality
     planning  and transportation planning.
                                  264

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
     6.    EPA may make TOO percent grants  to  local  government  agencies
          with transportation or air quality  planning  responsibilities
          to pay for the cost of transportation  control  planning,  to
          supplement funding already available from Federal  programs.

     7.    There are sanctions for noncompliance  so  that  a  State would
          lose its highway funds (except for  transit,  safety,  or air
          quality related transportation projects)  where the Governor
          has not submitted a revision by  July 1, 1979,  or that reasonable
          efforts toward submitting such a SIP are  not being made;  this
          also applies to the 1982 SIP revision.  Where  the State  or
          local governments are not implementing a  SIP,  they cannot
          receive any grants under the Act.   There  is  a  requirement for
          Federal agencies not to take any action including making any
          grant that does not conform to an approved SIP,  nor  can  any
          transportation planning agency give approval to  anything which
          does not conform to the SIP.  Priority must  be given for
          programs with air quality transportation  consequences to the
          implementation of SIP's necessary to achieve and maintain air
          quality standards.

     8.    Non-attainment States may adopt  California car standards,
          provided that California and such States  adopt such  standards
          at least two years before the model year, in accordance  with
          EPA regulations.

     9.    Within nine months of enactment, EPA has  to  publish  guidance
          documents to assist States in implementing the requirements
          regarding lowest achievable emission rates;  these must be
          revised at least every two years.

                                Title II
Section 202 -  Establishment of Standards is amended  to  specify the
     following provisions:

     1.   Establishes interim automotive emission standards  and requires
          final standards by 1981  as shown in the following  table:

                     Automotive Emissions Standards
                              (grams/mile)

               1970 Act                       1977 Amendment

         1975(a)      1977(b)         1978-79     1980     1981

   HC     0.41          1.5             1.5       0.41      0.41
   CO     3.40         15.0            15.0       7.00     3.40(c)
   N0Ą    0.40          2.0             2.0       2.00     l.OO(d)
     J\

          (a) Originally mandated standards amended  in 1974  to
              become final  in 1978.
          (b) Interim standards as a result of extensions.
          (c) With possible two-year waiver to 7.0 gpm.
          (d) With 0.4 as a research goal.
                                        265

-------
    2.   Requires as a condition of certification of new motor vehicles
         or engines that the manufacturer establish to the satisfaction
         of the Administrator that emission control systems used will
         not cause or contribute to an unreasonable risk to public
         health, welfare or safety.

    3.   Requires auto manufacturers to develop cars which demonstrate
         the technology for 0.4 grams/mile NO  standard.
                                             A

    4.   Authorizes EPA to prescribe fill pipe standards for new motor
         vehicles to assure effective connection with certified vapor
         recovery systems.

    5.   Requires EPA to consider use of onboard hydrocarbon control
         technology on new vehicles to minimize the necessity for vapor
         recovery requirements, and to promulgate such standards 1f  It
         makes certain findings.  The provision authorizing the Secretary
         of Transportation to disapprove EPA regulations under this
         Section is deleted.

    6.   Requires the Administrator of EPA to revise for model year
         1978 the existing evaporative emission test procedures to
         measure hydrocarbon emissions for the vehicle as a whole.   If
         such a revision is not feasible by 1978 for heavy duty engines
         and vehicles, it may be delayed until it becomes feasible.

    7.   Requires EPA to develop emission regulations for heavy duty
         vehicles.  For the years 1979-1982 Interim standards for HC
         and CO are established with statutory HC and CO standards
         becoming effective in model year 1983.  The statutory NO
         standard becomes effective in model year 1985.  The statutory
         standards mandate a 9(3% reduction from baseline for HC and  CO
         and a 75% reduction from baseline for NO  .
                                                 n
    8.   Requires a nonconformance  penalty to be set at a level which
         1  "11 eliminate the competitive advantage, 1f any, for the
         manufacturer of a nonconforming heavy duty vehicle or engine.

     9.   Requires the achievement of statutory standards by motorcycles,
         but requires the Administrator to consider the need for achieving
         equivalency of emission reductions or emission standards
         between motorcycles and other new motor vehicles.  Thus motorcycles
         could adhere to the required percentage reductions for HC and
         CO but meet the same  emission standards in grams per mile of
         NO as automobiles.

Section 203 -   Prohibited Acts  is amended to  broaden the prohibition
     against removal or  tampering with emission controls to cover Indepen-
     dent auto  repair operations.

Section 205 -   Penalties  is  amended  to establish  a  civil penalty of
     $2,500 for any  tampering  by an  independent repair  operation.
                                     266

-------
Section 206 -  Testing and Certification is amended to allow the Adminis-
     trator to exempt vehicle manufacturers with projected annual  U.S.
     sales of 300 vehicles or less from the requirement for 50,000 mile
     certification testing of such vehicles.  Also suspended until  1981
     is the implementation of high altitude regulations.   Cars  produced
     in 1981-83 must meet standards based on percentage reduction no
     greater than those for all  cars based on high altitude emissions
     from 1970 model cars operating at high altitudes.  For 1984 and
     thereafter cars must meet statutory emission standards at  all
     altitudes.

Section 207 -  Compliance by Vehicles and Engines in Actual Use is
     amended to:

     1.   Set the 207(b) performance warranty at 24 months or 24,000
          miles.  During this warranty period, the vehicle manufacturer
          would be required to bring into compliance with emission
          standards, any car which failed an inspection and maintenance
          test.  The warranty could be invalidated only upon a  showing
          by the manufacturer that the owner did not perform the required
          maintenance or repair as set forth in the owner's manual  or
          abused the vehicle in its operation.  Requisite repairs and
          maintenance could be performed by an establishement (including
          an independent garage or service station) that uses parts
          certified in accordance with Section 207(a).  After the 24
          months or 24,000 mile warranty terminates, the performance
          warranty on the emission control system under Section 207(b)
          would require the repair or replacement only of an "emission
          control device" or "component designed for emission control."
          The vehicle manufacturer's warranty after 24,000 miles, thus,
          would be limited to the catalytic converter, thermal  reactor,
          or other component installed on or in a vehicle for the sake
          or primary purpose of reducing vehicle emissions and  would be
          invoked in the event of failure of the vehicle to meet emission
          standards at any time up to 60 months.  Such limitation does
          not apply to Section 207(a) warranties or to Section  207(c)
          recall actions.

     2.   Clarify that it is a prohibited act for new motor vehicle
          manufacturers to fail  to comply with the terms of a warranty
          required by this Act.

     3.   Require that the dealer furnish to the purchaser of any new
          vehicle a certificate that such vehicle conforms to the emission
          standards applicable to it.  This Section also requires that
          if at any time within the duration of the warranty period
          under Section 207(b) a motor vehicle fails an in-use  emission
          test such nonconformity shall be remedied by the manufacturer
                                          267

-------
          at the cost of the manufacturer.   Such in-use  emission test
          may be adopted by any State as part of its  SIP and may be
          applied for purposes of this Section at any time from immediately
          after sale to the end of the specified warranty period.

Section 209 -  State Standard is amended to:

     1.   Authorize the Administrator to grant the State of California a
          Section 209 waiver from Federal preeemption for a set of
          standards which he determines are in the aggregate as protective
          of public health and welfare as the Federal standards.

     2.   Specify  that whenever a parts certification program 1s promulgated
          by the Administrator, States and political  subdivisions will
          be preempted from adopting or enforcing any parts testing or
          certification program.  This provision does not apply to
          California if it has more stringent emission standards than
          Federal requirements.

Section 210 -  State Grants is clarified to allow reimbursement to
     States for money expended on inspection and maintenance programs
     prior to approval of the State grant.

Section 211 -  Regulation of Fuels is amended to ensure that no gasoline
     additives which have been introduced in recent years will impair
     the effectiveness of emission control systems, by calling for the
     removal (by September 15, 1978) of any additive Introduced into
     gasoline or increased 1n concentration after January 1, 1974, but
     prior to March 31, 1977.  The Administrator may waive this prohibi-
     tion on additives if he determines that an applicant has established
     that such a fuel or additive or a given concentration of such
     additive will not cause or contribute to a failure of the emission
     control device or system to meet the appropriate emission standard
     over its useful life.   If the Administrator finds that the additive
     or a given concentration of such additive will cause or contribute
     to the failure of an emission control device or system to meet the
     appropriate emission standards over its useful  life he shall prohibit
     such additive or restrict its concentration during the period from
     six months after enactment of September 15, 1978.  Because of the
     particular concern over the adverse effects of  MMT on the performance
     of emission control  systems, this  provision limits the maximum
     concentration of manganese  in a  gallon of gasoline to  .0625 grams
     after  November  30, 1977.  Without  a waiver  the  use of manganese  1n
     gasoline will  be prohibited as  of  September 15, 1978.  Also under
     this provision, various classes  of small refineries will, until  at
     least  October  1,  1982,  be exempt from any  lead  phasedown  regulation
     requiring  reductions in the  average lead content of  their total
     gasoline  pool  below  the levels  specified.   The  specified  levels
                                     268

-------
decline inversely with size of the refinery.   For the purposes of
this provision, a small refiner is defined as a refiner with a
total combined crude oil or bonafide feed stock capacity (as deter-
mined by the Administrator) of 137,000 barrels per day or less.  A
small refinery of a small refiner is defined  as only that fraction
of the capacity of a refinery with 50,000 barrels per day or less
crude oil or bonafide feed stock capacity (as determined by the
Administrator), which was in operation or for which a significant
portion of the construction had been completed as of October 1,
1976.  After October 1, 1982, the Administrator may promulgate
regulations reducing the average lead content of the total  gasoline
pool of small refineries below those levels prescribed in the
legislation.

Section 214 -  Study of Particulate Emissions from Motor Vehicles is
     added to require EPA to study and report to Congress on the effects
     of particulate emissions from mobile sources including fugitive
     dust (e.g., tire debris) on health and welfare.  The report must
     include recommended standards and/or control techniques.

Section 215 -  High Altitude Performance Adjustments is amended to
     provide that adjustments to automobiles  are not to be prohibited by
     Section 203(a) if they are performed in  accordance with manufacturer
     instructions which have been approved by the Administrator.  Such
     instructions shall insure an emission control performance for each
     pollutant which is at least equivalent to that wh^'ch would result
     if no adjustments had been made.  With regard to used automobiles,
     the baseline for determining equivalent  emission performance shall
     be an automobile which has been properly maintained and restored.
     High altitude adjustments are permitted  only in high altitude
     States.  Furthermore, after January 1, 1981, adjustments are
     permitted only in those high altitude States which have implemented
     inspection and maintenance programs in t.-eir non-attair  ,ient areas.

Section 226 -  Carbon Monoxide Intrusion into Su tained Use Vehicle* is
     added to require EPA together with DOT to report within one year on
     carbon monoxide levels inside sustained-use vehicles such as school
     buses, taxis, and police cruisers including the sources and means
     of control of such pollutants.

Section 231 -  Aricraft Emission Standards is amended to authorize the
     DOT to disapprove any aircraft emission standard promulgated by
     EPA if the standard would create a hazard to aircraft safety upon
     a finding by the Secretary of the Department of Transportation.

                                Title III
Section 302 -  Definitions is amended to include a series of meanings
     for new terms used throughout the Act including:
                                        269

-------
          -^^n^^-r-rLu^-:-^^=^^—-  The  Secretary of the  Department  which
          has authority over  any specific  Federal  land.

     2-    t'MLr_Sta^qnary_SŁu_rce_: Any stationary source  with  an annual
          potential  to emit 100  tons of any pollutant (same  for  major
          emitting facility).

     3-    Emission Limitation: The requirement that limits the quantity,
          rate or concentration  of emissions on a continuous basis.
               i-    ;„ l!f lt?Im.aJJ?Jt:  ^eans continuous  emission reduction,
          -  ',.'     -,  operation dnd maintenance,

;ectioi- 3G.>  -  Emergency Powers  is amended to authorize the Administrator
     to commence~a civTl action" in an emergency situation to protect
     public  health and require that suit must be brought within 24 hours
     of the  issuance of an order and the court must  uphold such order
     within  48 hours.  EPA must  consult with State and local governments
     in order to confirm the correctness of the information on which
     action  proposed to be taken is based and to ascertain the action
     which such authorities are  or will be taking.

Section 304  -  Citizen Suits is  amended to allow suits for failure to
     obtain  permits for construction of major facilities under Part C
     (Significant Deterioration) or Part D (Non-attainment) and to allow
     State and local authorities to bring suit against the Federal
     government and its agencies in relation to air  pollution control
     and abatement.

Section 305  -  Representation in Litigation is amended to direct the
     Department of Justice to use the memorandum of  understanding with
     EPA dated June 13, 1977, as the basis for Justice representing EPA
     in court.

Section 307  -  Administrative Procedures is amended  to establish, effective
     November 14, 1977, procedural guidelines for EPA rulemaking relating
     to standards, implementation plans, penalties,  etc.

Section 316 -  Sewage Treatment Plants is added to provide EPA with the
     authority to withhold or condition grant approvals for treatment
     plant construction if such plants do not comply with NSPS and
     NESHAPS requirements or if an increase in plant capacity may result
     in new source emissions (direct or indirect) not in conformance
     with provisions of the SIP.

Section 317 -  Economic Impact Assessment is added to direct EPA to
     prepare an economic impact assessment on various proposed regulations
     convering at least five points, but this is not a requirement
     creating any new rights in court other than a suit to complete an
     impact statement.
                                      270

-------
Section 318 -  Financial Disclosure - Conflicts  of Interest is added to
     cover potential conflicts of interest of EPA employees and members
     of the National Commission on Air Quality.   All  such persons must
     report annually any known financial  interest in  any person subject
     to the Act or who applies for or receives financial assistance
     under the Act.  The Commission membership must be equitably distributed
     and no more than one-third of the non-congressional members may be
     associated with persons subject to the Act.  Each EPA employee is
     prohibited from having financial interests  which would conflict
     with the official duties of the employee, and the Administrator is
     to issue regulations specifying what types  of financial interests
     would conflict with certain categories of positions.  Persons who
     have any official or contractual relationship to organizations
     party to litigation on air quality matters; or who lobby, educate
     or provide information on air quality matters could not be employees
     of EPA.

Section 319 -  Air Quality Monitoring is added to specify that EPA shall
     promulgate regulations establishing a standard air quality index
     for monitoring and reporting of air quality data by State and local
     governments.  It also requires the Administrator to supplement
     State and local monitoring stations with Federal stations where
     necessary.

Section 320 -  Standardized Air Quality Modeling is added to provide for
     periodic (minimum, every three years) conferences on air quality
     modeling, with the first by February 7, 1978.  The conferences are
     to include an appropriate technical staff of Federal, State, and
     local agencies.

Sections 321-322 -  Employment Effects -^Employee Protection are added
     to authorize EPA to conduct evaluations of plant closings and
     employment losses alledgedly resulting from administration or
     enforcement of the Act.  An employee or representative of an employee
     threatened with or adversely affected because of the Act, including
     from State or local requirements, may request EPA to conduct a full
     investigation, including subpoena and contempt authority.  No
     authority is given to modify or withdraw any requirement.  Also
     employees who are fired or discriminated against because they have
     testified or brought suit under the Act may apply to the Seceretary
     of Labor to review the case; the Seceretary can order reinstatement
     and may order compensatory damages.

Section 323 -  Na t i ona1 Commission on A ir Qua 1ity is added to establish
     a National Commission, comparable to those created for water quality
     and transportation, to study air quality.  The Commission shall be
     composed of eleven members.  The President is to appoint seven
     public members.
                                         271

-------
Sections 324-325 -  Vapor Recovery are added to require that the cost of
     vapor recovery equipment is to be borne by the retailer, who may
     pass it on to the consumer.  No station which is owned by an independent
     marketer and which has a monthly throughput of less than 50,000
     gallons may be required by EPA to install  vapor recovery equipment,
     but State and local governments may so require.  A three-year
     phase-in for independent marketers with stations with greater
     than 50,000 gallons per month throughput is provided, but
     State and local governments can require earlier effectiveness.

Section 325 -  Appropriations is added to provide for:

     1.   Seventy five million annually for transportation-related
          planning.

     2.   Four million annually for the public notification grants to
          States.

     3.   Two hundred million annually for all  other functions through
          fiscal year 1978-81.

     4.   One hundred fifty seven million for fiscal year 1978 to EPA
          for studies and reports.

     5.   One hundred twenty million for research, development and
          demonstration, for fiscal year 1978.

     6.   Seven and one-half million for training through fiscal year
          1981.

                                Title IV

Section 401 -  Basis of Administrative Standards amends Section 108 to
     establish as the basis for regulation emissions which in the Adminis-
     trator's judgment "cause or contribute to air pollution which may
     reasonably be anticipated to endanger public health or welfare."

Section 402 -  Interagency Cooperation on Prevention of Environmental
     Cancer, Heart and Lung Disease is added to require an interagency
     task force to be established within three months of enactment under
     EPA lead to include EPA; the National Cancer Institute; the National
     Heart, Lung and Blood Institute; the National  Institute of Occupa-
     tional Safety and Health; and the National Institute on Environmental
     Sciences.

Section 403 -  Studies  is added to specify the following study requirements:
                                      272

-------
     1.    The Administrator  is  required  to  study  and  report  to  Congress
          within  eighteen  months  on  the  health  hazards and means  of
          controlling  fine particulates.  The National Academy  of Sciences
          shall also participate  in  this  study.

     2.    The Administrator  is  required  to  conduct  a  study and  report  to
          Congress  no  later  than  January 1, 1979, on  the  public health
          and welfare  effects of  odorous  emissions, their sources,  and
          measures  available to control  such emissions.

     3.    The Administrator  is  required  to  publish  a  list of all  known
          chemical  contaminants resulting from  environmental  pollution
          which have been  found in human tissue within twelve months
          after enactment.  Within eighteen months, the Administrator
          shall publish  an explanation of the origin  of these chemicals.
          The Administrator  shall, also,  if  feasible,  conduct an epidemio-
          logical study  on the  relationship between levels of chemicals
          in the  environment and  in human tissue.

     4.    The Administrator  is  required  to  make an  analysis  of  the
          composition  of fine particulate matter  in the Gulf Coast
          Region  and other areas  and the contribution of  such substances
          to visibility  and  public health problems.

     5.    EPA,  the  Department of  Transportation,  and  the  Federal  Energy
          Administration are required to report annually  on  fuel  economy
          in relationship to emission standards.

Section 404 -   Railroad  Emission  Study is added to  require  the  Adminis-
     trator to  conduct a study and report to Congress on  the effect of
     pollutants emitted  from railroad locomotives and rolling stock on
     air quality and  the current  state of technology  for  controlling
     such emissions.

Section 405 -  Report  Concerning  Economic Approaches  to  Controlling
     Air Pollution  is  added  to require the  Administrator  and the  Counci1
     of Economic Advisors to jointly define and evaluate  economic measures
     which can  provide an incentive to greater  control  of air pollution.
     This report must  be submitted to Congress  not  later  than two years
     after enactment.   Within one year after enactment,  the Administrator
     must study and report to Congress on the efficacy  and  feasibility
     of establishing  a system of penalties  for  stationary sources on NO
     emissions.

Section 406 -  Effective Dates is added to  specify  that,  except as
     otherwise expressly provided, all States must  submit required SIP
     revisions  within  one year after enactment  or nine  months after the
     promulgation of necessary technical guidance by EPA.
                                         273

-------
I

I

I
                   Memorandum,
           "Criteria for Approval of 1979
                  SIP Revisions'9
                        275

-------
     UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                    WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
                    FE8 24 1978
                                                 OFFICE OF
                                           AIR AND WASTE MANAGEMENT
SUBJECT:   Criteria for Approval of

FROM:       The Administrator (A- 100)

TO:        Regional Administrators, I-X
                                       9  IP Revisions
      The attachment to this memo summarizes the elements
which a 1979 State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision
for a non-attainment area must contain in order to be
approved by EPA as meeting the requirements of Part D of
the Clean Air Act.

      In summary, the Act requires the demonstration of
attainment of the air quality standards (primary and
secondary) as expeditiously as practicable, but in the
case of national primary standards not later than
December 31, 1982.  However, for carbon monoxide (CO) and
oxidants (Ox) , if the State can demonstrate attainment
is not possible by 1982 despite the implementation, of all
reasonable stationary source and transportation control
measures, the Act provides for up to a five-year extension.
In those cases the plan revisions must demonstrate
attainment as expeditiously as practicable but no later
than December 31, 1987.  The extension is not automatic;
a demonstration of need must be made and the State must
fulfill the other statutory requirements.

     It is the intent of the Agency to establish reasonable
and achievable goals for SIP submissions and to take a firm
posture on the imposition of sanctions where the reasonable
goals are not achieved.  Accordingly, while the policy
requires a commitment to many specific strategies in the
1979 submissions (e.g., RACT on stationary sources, inspec-
tion/maintenance programs where attainment for carbon
monoxide or oxidants extends beyond 1982, other reasonable
transportation control measures, etc.) the memo also
requires (for carbon monoxide and oxidants) a commitment
to a continuing process.  This process must be one which
extensively involves the public as well as State and local
elected officials and which ambitiously pursues a wide
range of alternatives.
                           276

-------
     Since reliance on stationary controls and Federal
new car standards alone will not enable most areas with
oxidant and carbon monoxide problems to attain these
standards by 1982, each Regional Office will need to put
particular emphasis on additional measures to reduce
transportation system emissions.  The process committed
to in the 1979 plan submission must lead to the
expeditious selection and implementation of comprehensive
transportation control measures.  In judging the adequacy
of the 1979 plan submission for the transportation
sector, each Regional Administrator should ensure that
ambitious alternatives (as described in the draft
"Transportation Planning Guidelines" which have been
circulated) will be analyzed.

     The Department  of Transportation (DOT), Housing and
Urban Development (HUD) and EPA are seeking to integrate
the transportation/air quality planning and implementation
required by the Clean Air Act into existing planning and
programming procedures.  The air planning activities should
be included in the Unified Work Program required by DOT
and the adopted transportation measures should be included
in the Transportation Improvement Program required by DOT.
In complying with the Clean Air Act requirements, the Regions
should also keep in mind the requirements of the HUD-EPA
Agreement which provides for coordination of air quality
planning and planning assisted under the HUD Comprehensive
Planning Assistance (701) Program.  Integration of air
and transportation planning with comprehensive planning
which incorporates growth management concerns should improve
the effectiveness of air quality planning and could reduce
the need for enforcement measures in the future.

      States will be provided some discretion regarding
the amount of emissions growth to be accommodated within
the SIP.  EPA generally will not question the growth rates
desired by the State so long as reasonable further progress
is demonstrated and there is a demonstration of attainment
by the statutory deadline (1982 or 1987).  However, the
growth rate identified in the SIP must be consistent with
growth rates used (or implied by) other planning programs
in the area (e.g., FWPCA §208,  201,  HUD §701, FHWA
§134).
                          277

-------
     You should note that there are other SIP revisions
which are not discussed in the attachment but which are
required by the 1977 Amendments.  These include:

     1.  Section 128 (relating to State boards)

     2.  Section 126 (relating to interstate pollution)

     3.  Section 127 (relating to public notification)

     4.  Part C (relating to prevention of significant
                  deterioration)

     5.  Section 110(a)(2)(K) (relating to permit fees)

     6.  Section 123 (relating to stack heights for
           existing source in other than non-attainment
           areas)

     7.  Section 121 (relating to consultation)

     Although incorporation of these provisions is required
by the law, failure to achieve final approval by
July 1, 1979 does  not trigger the new source prohibition
of Section 110(a)(2)(I) .

     It is important to emphasize to the States that all
current SIP requirements  remain in effect despite the
development of the 1979 revisions.  Any suspension or
discontinuance of an existing SIP provision must be
submitted for EPA approval.  This should be done as part
of the revision submitted in January 1979.  Exceptions
to this procedure  may be  found in certain new provisions
of §110 relating to reduction of on-street parking, bridge
tolls, and other measures.

     The development of the January 1979 SIPs to meet the
minimum requirements of the Clean Air Act Amendments of
1977 is a complex  and demanding program.  It will require
the commitment of  significant resources on the part of the
air programs staff of the Regional Office to ensure that
the States develop and submit a comprehensive and
approvable plan.  We are  working with your staff to develop
the necessary guidance and follow-up programs which will
assist your office and the State to carry out this very
difficult but important part of the overall air program.
                          278

-------
Attachment
cc:   Air § Hazardous Division Directors
      Air Branch Chiefs
                          279

-------
     Criteria for Approval  of 1979 State Implementation Plan  Revisions
                       for  Non-Attainment Areas

Purpose

     The purpose of this document is to define the criteria by which
State Implementation Plan (SIP) revisions for non-attainment  areas
required by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 (the Act)  will  be
approved.  These revisions  are to be submitted to EPA by January 1,  1979.

Categories of SIP Revisions

     SIP revisions submitted by January 1, 1979 can be divided into
two categories:

     1.  Those which provide for attainment of the Primary  Ambient
Air Quality Standards (primary standards) for all criteria  pollutants
on or before December 31, 1982.

     2.  Those which provide for attainment of the primary  standards
for sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, and particulate matter on or before
December 31, 1982 but show  that despite the implementation  of all
reasonable transportation and stationary source emission control measures
attainment of the primary standards for carbon monoxide and/or oxidants
cannot be achieved until after this date.  In these cases,  the revisions
must demonstrate attainment as expeditiously as practicable but no  later
than December 31, 1987.

     In order for an adequate SIP revision to fall into the second
category, the State has an  affirmative responsibility to demonstrate
to the satisfaction of EPA  that attainment of the primary carbon
monoxide and/or oxidants standards is not possible in an area prior
to December 31, 1982.

     It should be noted that SIP revisions of either category should
also provide for attainment of Secondary Ambient Air Quality  Standards
(secondary standards) as expeditiously as practicable although there is
no specific deadline contained in the Act.

General Requirements of All 1979 SIP Revisions

     Each 1979 SIP revision must contain the following:

     1.  A definition of the geographic areas for which control
strategies have been or will be developed.  Consideration should be
given to the practical benefits of defining areas which correspond
whenever possible to those substate districts established pursuant
to Part  IV, Attachment A of OMB Circular No. A-95.
                                    280

-------
     2.   An accurate, comprehensive, and current (1977 calendar year)
inventory of existing emissions.

     3.   A determination of the level of control needed to demonstrate
attainment by 1982 (including growth).  This demonstration should be
made by the application of modeling techniques as set forth in EPA's
Guideline on Air Quality Models.  For oxidants, any legitimate modeling
technique (e.g., those referenced in "Use, Limitation and Technical
Basis of Procedures for Quantifying Relationships Between Photochemical
Oxidants and Precursors."  EPA 450/2-77-021a.  November 1977) can be
used.  Consideration of background and transport for oxidants should
generally be in accordance with the procedures documented in "Procedures
for Quantifying Relationships Between Photochemical  Oxidants and
Precursors."  In developing photochemical oxidant control strategies
for a particular area, states may assume at a minimum that the standard
will be attained in adjacent states.

     If a state can demonstrate that the level of control necessary for
attainment of the primary standards for carbon monoxide and/or oxidant
is not possible by 1982 despite the application of all reasonable
measures, an extension past 1982 (but not beyond 1987T is authorized.

     4.   Adoption in legally enforceable form! of all measures necessary
to provide for attainment by the prescribed date or, where adoption of
all such measures by 1979 is not possible, (e.g., certain transportation
control measures, and certain measures to control the oxides of nitrogen
and total suspended particulate) a schedule for expeditious development,
adoption, submittal, and implementation of these measures.   The
situations in which adoption of measures may be scheduled after 1979
are discussed in the pollutant specific sections of this document.   Each
schedule must provide for implementation of all reasonably available
control measures as expeditiously as practicable.  During the period
prior to attainment, these measures must be implemented rapidly enough
to provide at a minimum for reasonable further progress (see discussion
     'Written evidence that the State, the general  purpose local
government or governments, or a regional  agency designated by general
purpose local governments for such purpose, have adopted by statute,
regulation, ordinance or other legally enforceable  document, the
necessary requirements and schedules and  timetables for compliance,
and are committed to implement and enforce the appropriate elements
of the plan.  The relevant organizations  shall provide evidence that
the legally enforceable attainment measures and the "criteria,
standards and implementing procedures necessary for effectively guiding
and controlling major decisions as to where growth  shall and shall  not
take pl$ce," prepared by State and local  governments in compliance  with
Section 701 of the Housing Act of 1954, as amended, are fully coordinated
in the attainment and maintenance of the  NAAQS.
                                  281

-------
below).  Each schedule will be considered part of the applicable
implementation plan and thus will  represent a commitment on the part
of the State to meet the key milestones set forth in the submitted
schedule.

     5.   Emission reduction estimates for each adopted or scheduled
control measure or for related groups of control  measures where
estimates for individual measures  are impractical.   It is recognized
that reduction estimates may change as measures are more fully
analyzed and implemented.  As such estimates change, appropriate
responses will be required to insure that the plan remains adequate
to provide for attainment and for  reasonable further progress.

     6.   Provision for reasonable further progress toward attainment
of the primary and secondary standards in the period prior to the
prescribed date for attainment.   Reasonable further progress is defined
as annual incremental reductions in total emissions (emissions from
new as well as existing sources) to provide for attainment by the
prescribed date.  The plan shall provide for substantial reductions in
the early years with regular reductions thereafter.

     Reasonable further progress will be determined for each area
by dividing the total emission reductions required to attain the appli-
cable standard by the number of years between 1979 and the date pro-
jected for attainment (not later than 1987).  This is represented
graphically by a straight line drawn from the emissions inventory sub-
mitted in 1979 to the allowable emissions on the attainment date.
However, EPA recognizes that some  measures cannot result in immediate
emission reduction.  Therefore,  if a State can show that some lag in
emissions reduction is necessary,  a SIP will be acceptable even though
reductions sufficient to produce decreases at the "straight-line rate"
are not achieved for a year or two after 1979.  This lag in achieving
the "straight-line rate" for emissions reduction is to be accepted
only to accommodate the time required for compliance with the first set
of regulations adopted on or before January 1, 1979, if immediate
compliance is not possible.  It does not authorize delays in adoption
of control requirements.

     The requirement to demonstrate reasonable further progress will,
in most areas designated non-attainment for oxidant or carbon monoxide,
necessitate a continuous, phased implementation of transportation
control measures.  In areas where  attainment of all primary ambient
standards by 1982 is not possible  EPA will not accept mere reliance on
the Federal Motor Vehicle Control  Program by itself as a demonstration
of reasonable further progress.
                                 282

-------
     In determining "reasonable further progress", those emission
reductions obtained from compliance between August 7, 1977, and
December 31, 1979, with (1) SIP revisions that have been submitted
after August 7, 1977, and (2) regulations which were approved by the
Agency prior to the enactment of the 1977 Clean Air Amendments, can
be treated as having been achieved during 1979.  There should be an
assurance, however, that these are real emission reductions and not
just "paper" ones.

     7.   An identification and quantification of an emissions growth
increment which will be allowed to result from the construction and
operation of major new or modified stationary sources within the area
for which the plan has been developed.   Alternatively, an emissions
offset regulation can be adopted to provide for major new source growth.

     The growth rates established by states for mobile sources and new
minor stationary sources should also be specified, and in combination
with the growth associated with major new or modified stationary sources
will be accepted so long as they do not jeopardize the reasonable further
progress test and attainment by the prescribed date. However, the growth
rate identified in the SIP must be consistent with the growth rates used
(or implied by) the other planning programs in the area (e.g., FWPCA
Section 208 [201], HUD Section 701, FHWA Section 134). A system for
monitoring the emission growth rates from major and minor new stationary
sources and from transportation sources and assuring that they do not
exceed the specified amounts must also be provided for in the revision.

     8.   Provision for annual reporting on the progress toward meeting
the schedules summarized in (4) above as well as growth of mobile
sources, minor new stationary sources,  major new or modified stationary
sources, and reduction in emissions from existing sources to provide for
reasonable further progress as in (6) above.  This should include an
updated emission inventory.

     9.   A requirement that permits be issued for the construction and
operation of new or modified major sources in accordance with Section
173 and 110(a)(2)(D).

    10.   An identification of and commitment to the financial and
manpower resources necessary to carry out the plan.  The commitment
should be made at the highest executive level having responsiblity for
SIP or that portion of it and having authority to hire new employees.
This commitment should include written evidence that the State, the
general purpose local government or governments, and all state, local or
regional agencies have included appropriate provision in their respective
budgets and intend to continue to do so in future years for which budgets
have not yet been finalized, to the extent necessary.
                                     283

-------
    11.   Evidence of public, local  government,  and state legislative
involvement and consultation.  It shall  also include an identification
and brief analysis of the air quality,  health,  welfare, economic,
energy, and social effect:, of the plan  revisions and of the alternatives
considered by the SMte, s»^ r< summary  of the public comment on such
    12.   Evidence that the SIP was adopted by the state after reasonable
notice and public hearing.

Additional Requirements for Carbon Monoxide and Oxidant SIP Revisions
which Provide for Attainment of the Primary Standards Later than 1982

     For those SIP revisions which demonstrate that attainment of the
primary standards for carbon monoxide and/or oxidants is not possible
in an area prior to December 31, 1982 despite the implementation of all
reasonable emission control measures the following items must be
included in the January 1, 1979 submission in addition to allthe
general requir_e_m_ejrts_Vi_sted above:

     1.   A program which requires prior to issuance of any permit for
construction or modification of a major emitting facility an analysis
of alternative sites, sizes, production processes, and environmental
control techniques for such proposed source which demonstrates that
benefits of the proposed source significantly outweigh the environmental
and social cost imposed as a result of its location, construction, or
modification.

     2.   An inspection/maintenance program or a schedule endorsed by
and committed to by the Governor for the development, adoption, and
implementation of such a program as expeditiously as practicable.
Where the necessary legal authority does not currently exist, it must
be obtained by June 30, 1979.  Limited exceptions to the requirement
to obtain legal authority by June 30, 1979 may be possible if the state
can demonstrate that (a) there was insufficient opportunity to conduct
necessary technical analyses and/or (b) the legislature has had no
opportunity to consider any necessary enabling legislation for inspection/
maintenance between enactment of the 1977 Amendements to the Act and
June 30, 1979.  In addition, where a legislature has adequate opportunity
to adopt enabling legislation before January 1, 1979, the Regional
Administrator should require submission of such legal authority by
January 1, 1979.  In no case can the schedule submitted provide for
obtaining legal authority later than July 1, 1980.
                                284

-------
     Actual implementation of the inspection/maintenance program must
proceed as expeditiously as practicable.  EPA considers two and one half
years from the time of legislative adoption to be the maximum time
required to implement a centralized inspection/maintenance program and
one and one half years to implement a decentralized program.  In no case
may implementation of the orograr, i,p. , man'Jc-tory ins!)ect,io'-i and
>,;ar;di.iv.j repair of failed .ehicies oe delayed beyond 1982 in the case
of a centralized program (either state lanes or contractor lanes) or
beyond 1981 in the case of a decentralized (private garage) system.

     3.   A commitment by the responsible government official or
officials to establish, expand, or improve public transportation
measures to meet basic transportation needs as expeditiously as is
practicable.

     4.   A commitment to use insofar as is necessary Federal grants,
state or local funds, or any combination of such grants and funds as
may be consistent with the terms of the legislation providing such
grants and funds, for the purpose of establishing, expanding or
improving public transportation measures to meet basic transportation
needs.

     Note that HUD has prepared guidelines for local development codes
and ordinances to provide special requirements for areas which for
significant periods of time may exceed the primary standards.  These
guidelines specify criteria for new construction operation of buildings
which minimize pollutant concentrations to ensure a healthy indoor and
outdoor environment.  States are encouraged to adopt such measures as
part of the SIP.

Pollutant Specific Requirements

                            Sulfur Dioxide

     Specifically, with regard to item (4) of the General Requirements,
the January 1979 plan revisions dealing with sulfur dioxide must contain
all the necessary emission limitations and legally enforceable procedures
to provide for attainment by no later than December 31, 1982 (i.e.,
schedules for the development, adoption, and submittal of regulations
will not be acceptable).
                                285

-------
                      Nitrogen Oxides

     For NOX, the January 1979 plan must contain all the necessary
emission limitations and the legally enforceable procedures, or as a
minimum, the appropriate schedules to adopt and submit the emission
limitations and legally enforceable procedures which provide for
implementation so that standards will be attained by no later than
December 31, 1982.   EPA is currently evaluating the need ^or a short,
term N02 standard and expects to promulgate such a standard during
1978.  If such a standard for air quality is promulgated, a new and
separate SIP revision will be required for this pollutant.

                    Particulate Matter

     The January 1979 plan revisions dealing with particulate matter
must contain all the necessary emission limitations and legally enforce-
able procedures for traditional sources.  These emission limitations and
enforceable procedures must provide for the control of fugitive
emissions, where necessary, as well as stack emissions from these
stationary sources.  Where control of non-traditional sources (e.g.,
urban fugitive dust, resuspension, construction, etc.) is necessary for
attainment, the plan shall contain an assessment of the impact of these
sources and a commitment on the part of the state to adopt appropriate
control measures.  This commitment shall take the form of a schedule to
develop, submit, and implement the legally enforceable procedures, and
programs for controlling non-traditional particulate matter sources.
These schedules must include milestones for evaluating progress and
provide for attainment of the primary standards by no later than
December 31, 1982, and attainment of the secondary standards as expe-
ditiously as practicable.  States should initiate the necessary studies
and demonstration projects for controlling the non-traditional sources
as soon as possible.

                Carbon Monoxide and Oxidant

An adequate SIP for oxidant is one which provides for sufficient
control of volatile organic compounds (VOC) from stationary and mobile
sources to provide for attainment of the oxidant standard.  Accordingly,
the 1979 plan revision must set forth the necessary emission limitations
and schedules to obtain sufficient control of VOC emissions in all non-
attainment areas.  They must be directed toward reducing the peak
concentrations within the major urbanized areas to demonstrate attainment
as expeditiously as practicable but in no case later than December 31, 1987.
This should also solve the rural oxidant problem by minimizing VOC
emissions and more importantly oxidants that may be transported from
urban to rural areas.  The 1979 submission must represent a comprehensive
strategy or plan for each non-attainment area; plan submissions that
address only selected portions of non-attainment are not adequate.
                               286

-------
     For the purpose of oxidant plan development, major urban areas are
those with an urbanized population of 200,000 or greater (U.S. Bureau
of Census, 1970).  A certain degree of flexibility will be allowed in
defining the specific boundaries of the urban area..  However, the areas
must be large enough to cover the entire urbanized? area and adjacent
fringe areas of development.  For non-attainment urban areas, the highest
pollutant concentration for the entire area must be used in determining
the necessary level of control.  Additionally, uniform modeling tech-
niques must be used throughout the non-attainment urban area.  These
requirements apply to interstate as well as intrastate areas.

     Adequate plans must provide for the adoption of reasonably
available control measures for stationary and mobile sources.

     For stationary sources, the 1979 oxidant plan submissions for
major urban areas must include, as a minimum, legally enforceable
regulations to reflect the application of reasonably available control
technology (RACTp to those stationary sources for which EPA has
published a Control Techniques Guideline (CTG) by January 1978, and
provide for the adoption and submittal of additional legally enforce-
able RACT regulations on an annual basis beginning in January 1980, for
those CTGs that have been published by January of the proceeding year.

     For rural non-attainment areas, the Ox plan must provide the
necessary legally enforceable procedures for the control of large HC
sources (more than 100 ton/year potential emissions) for which EPA
has issued a CTG by January 1978, and to adopt and submit additional
legally enforceable procedures on an annual basis beginning in
January 1980, after publication of subsequent CTGs as set forth above.

     For mobile sources in urbanized area (population 200,000) SIPs
must provide for expeditious implementation of reasonably available
control measures.  Each of the measures for which EPA will  publish
information documents during 1978 is a reasonably available control
measure.  These measures are listed on the following page:
     2As defined by the U.S. Bureau of Census, urbanized area generally
include core cities plus any closely settled suburban areas.

     3while it is recognized that RACT will  be determined on  a case-by-
case basis, the criteria for SIP approval  rely heavily upon the
information contained in the CTG.  Deviations from the use of the CTG
must be adequately documented.
                                 287

-------
     1.    To be published by February 1978

          a.   inspection/maintenance
          b.   vapor recovery
          c.   improved public  transit
          d.   exclusive bus and  carpool  lanes
          e.   area wide carpool  programs

     2.    To be published by August 1978

          a.   private car restrictions
          b.   long range transit improvements
          c.   on street parking  controls
          d.   park and ride and  fringe parking  lots
          e.   pedestrian malls
          f.   employer programs  to encourage car and  van  pooling,
               mass transit, bicycling and  walking
          g.   bicycle lanes and  storage  facilities
          h.   staggered work hours
          i.   road pricing to  discourage single occupancy auto  trips
          j.   controls on extended vehicle idling
          k.   traffic flow improvements
          1.   alternative fuels  or engines and  other  fleet
               vehicle controls
          m.   other than light duty vehicle retrofit
          n.   extreme cold start emission  reduction programs

     The above measures (either individually or  combined  into  packages
of measures) should be analyzed promptly  and thoroughly and scheduled
for expeditious implementation.  EPA recognizes  that not  all analyses
of every measure can be completed by January 1979 and, where necessary,
schedules may provide for the completion  of analyses after January  1,
1979 as discussed below.  (If analysis after January 1979  demonstrates
that certain measures would be unnecessary  or ineffective, a decision
not to implement such measures  may be justifiable. However, decisions
not to implement measures will  have to be carefully reviewed to  avoid
broad rejections of measures based on conclusory assertions of
infeasibility.)

     As described previously, annual incremental reductions in total
emissions must occur in order to  achieve  reasonable further progress
during the period prior to attainment of  the standards.  Therefore,
not all transportation measure implementation activities  should  wait
until the comprehensive analyses  of control measures are  completed.
Demonstration studies are important and  should  accompany  or precede
                                 288

-------
full scale implementation of the comprehensive strategy.  It is EPA's
policy that each area will be required to schedule a representative
selection of reasonable transportation measures (as listed above) for
implementation at least on a pilot or demonstration basis prior to the
end of 1980.

     Every effort must be made to integrate the air quality related
transportation plan and implementation required by the Clean Air Act
into planning and programming procedures administered by DOT.  EPA will
publish "Transportation Planning Guidelines" which will, if followed
carefully, insure that an adequate transportation planning process
exists.

     EPA recognizes that the planning and implementation of very
extensive air quality related transportation measures can be a complicated
and lengthy process, and in areas with severe carbon monoxide or oxidant
problems, completion of some of the adopted measures may extend beyond
1982.  Implementation of even these very extensive transportation
measures, however, must be initiated before December 31, 1982.

     In the case of plan revisions that make the requisite showing to
justify an extension of the date for attainment, the portion of the 1979
plan submittal for transportation measures must:

     1.   Contain procedures and criteria adopted into the SIP by which
it can be determined whether the outputs of the DOT Transportation
planning process conform to the SIP.

     2.   Provide for the expeditious implementation of currently
planned reasonable transportation control measures.  This includes
reasonable but unimplemented transportation measures in existing SIPs
and transportation controls with demonstrable air quality benefits
developed as part of the transportation process funded by DOT.

     3.   Present a program for evaluating a range of alternative
packages of transportation options that includes, as a minimum, those
measures listed above for which EPA will develop information documents.
The analyses must identify a package of transportation control measures
to attain the emission reduction target ascribed to it in the SIP.

     4.   Provide for the evaluation of long range (post-1982) trans-
portation and growth policies.   Alternative growth policies and/or
development patterns must be examined to determine the potential for
modifying total travel demand.   One of the growth alternatives evaluated
should be that prepared in response to Section 701 of the Housing Act of
1954, as amended.
                                 289

-------
     5.   Include a schedule for analysis and adoption of transportation
control measures as expeditiously as practicable.  The comprehensive
analysis of alternatives (item 2 above) must be completed by July 1980
unless the designated planning agency can demonstrate that analysis
of individual components (e.g., long range transit improvements) may
require additional time.  Adopted measures must be implemented as
expeditiously as practicable and on a continuous schedule that demonstrates
reasonable further progress from 1979 to the attainment date.  Deter-
minations of the reasonableness of a schedule will be based on the
nature of the existing or planned transportation system and the com-
plexity of implementation of an individual measure.

     Additional Carbon Monoxide and Oxidant Monitoring Requirements

     It is EPA's policy to require that all SIPs which provide for
attainment of the oxidant standard after December 31, 1982, must con-
tain commitments to implement a complete oxidant monitoring program in
major urbanized areas in order to adequately characterize the nature
and extent of the problem and to measure the effectiveness of the
control strategy for oxidants.  The 1979 plan submittal must provide
for a schedule to conduct such CO monitoring as necessary to correct
any deficiencies as identified by the Regional Office.

     SIPs for Unclassified Areas Redesignated Non-Attainment

     With respect to unclassified areas which are later found to be
non-attainment areas the state will be required to submit a plan
within nine months of the non-attainment determination.  During plan
development, the state will be required to implement the offset policy
for that area.  However, it should be noted that in many cases, because
of previous plan revisions or adoption of previous control regulations,
the baseline for offsets will be more restrictive and thus offsets may
be more difficult to obtain.  For oxidants, state-wide regulatory
development (for at least all sources greater than 100 tons/year),
however, would permit the state to utilize the regulations developed
for the entire state as the applicable plan for the newly designated
non-attainment area.  This would normally constitute an approvable SIP
per the above criteria and could essentially accommodate the proposed
growth within the previously submitted state plan and not require
offsets once the area is designated as non-attainment.
                   . GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1978 -7kO -26V US'* REGION NO. 4
                               290

-------
EPA 450/2-77-005   Control of Fluoride Emissions from Existing Phosphate
                   Fertilizer Plants:  Final Guideline Document.
                   EPA:  OAQPS 1977.

EPA 450/2-77-007A  Standards Support and Environmental Impact Statement:
                   Vol. 1 - Proposed Standards of Performance for Lime
                   Manufacturing Plants.  EPA:  OAQPS 1977.

EPA 450/2-^7-008   Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing
                   Stationary Sources:  Vol. II - Surface Coating of
                   Cans, Coils, Paper, Fabric, Automobiles and Light
                   Duty Trucks.  EPA:  OAQPS 1977.

EPA 450/2-77-017A  Standards Support and Environmental Impact Statement:
                   Vol. 1 - Proposed Standards of Performance for
                   Stationary Gas Turbines.  EPA:  OAQPS 1977.

EPA 450/2-77-019   Final Guideline Document:  control of Sulfuric Acid
                   Mist Emissions from Existing Sulfuric Acid Production
                   Units.  EPA:  OAQPS 1977.

EPA 450/2-77-022   Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Solvent
                   Metal Cleaning.

EPA 450/2-77-025   Control of Refinery Vacuum Producing Systems - Waste-
                   water Separators:  Process Unit Turnarounds.

EPA 450/2-77-026   Control of Hydrocarbons from Tank Truck Gasoline
                   Loading Terminals

EPA 450/2-77-032   Control of Volatile Organic Emissions - Surface Coating
                   Vol. III.

EPA 450/2-77-033   Control of Volatile Organic Emissions - Magnetic Wire
                   Vol. 4

EPA 450/3-73-003A  Emissions Control in the Grain and Feed Industry, Vol.  1,
                   Engineering and Cost Study.  12/73.  Midwest Research
                   Inst. 1973.

EPA 450/3-73-003B  Emissions Control in the Grain and Feed Industry.
                   Vol. 2.  Emission Inventory.  9/74.  Midwest Research
                   Inst.  1974.

EPA 450/3-73-004A  Air Pollution Control in the Primary Aluminum Industry.
                   Vol. 1 of 2 (Sections 1 through 10).  7/73.  Singmaster
                   and Breyer.  1973.
                                    165

-------
EPA 450/3-73-004B  Air Pollution Control in the Primary Aluminum Industry.
                   Vol. 2 of 2 (appendices).  7/73.

EPA 450/3-74-002   Evaluation of the Controllability of Power Plants
                   Having a Significant Impact on Air Quality Standards.
                   2/74.

EPA 450/3-74-015   Factors Affecting Ability to Retrofit Flue Gas
                   Deaulfurization Systems.  12/73.  Radian Corp.  1973.

EPA 450/3-74-036A  Investigation of Fugitive Dust:  Vol. I - Sources,
                   Emissions, and Control.  PEDCo Env. Specialists.
                   1974.

EPA 450/3-74-036B  Investigation of Fugitive Dust:  Vol. II - Control
                   Strategy and Regulatory Approach.  PEDCo Env.
                   Specialists.  1974.

EPA 450/3-74-060   Air Pollution Control Technology and Costs - Seven
                   Selected Emission Factors.  12/74,  Indust. Gas
                   Cleaning Inst.  1974.

EPA 450/3-74-063   Particulate Emission Control Systems for Oil-Fired
                   Boilers.  12/74.  Geomet. 1975

EPA 450/3-75-046A  A Study of Vapor Control Methods for Gasoline
                   Marketing Operations.  Vol. 1 - Industry Sruvey
                   and Control Techniques.  4/75.  Radian Corp.  1975.

EPA 450/3-75-046B  A Study of Vapor Control Methods for Gasoline
                   Marketing Operations.  Vol. 2 - Appendix.  4/75.
                   Radian Corp.  1975.

EPA 450/3-75-047   Comparison of Flue Gas Desulfurization Coal Liquefaction
                   and Coal Gasification for Use at Coal-Fired Power Plants.
                   Kellogg MS Co. 1975.

EPA 450/3-76-005   Control of Particulate Matter from Oil Burners and
                   Boilers.  Aerotherm Corp.  1976.

EPA 450/3-76-013   Cost of Retrofitting Coke Oven Particulate Controls.
                   Vulcan Cincinnati.  1974.

EPA 450/3-76-036   Evaluation of Methods for Measuring and Controlling
                   Hydrocarbon Emissions from Petroleum Storage Tanks.
                   Battelle Memorial Inst.  1976.

EPA 450/3-76-038A  Background Information on Hydrocarbon Emissions from
                   Marine Terminal Operations:  Vol. I - Discussion.
                   Radian Corp. 1976.
                                     166

-------
EPA 450/3-76-038B  Background Information on Hydrocarbon Emissions from
                   Marine Terminal Operations:  Volume II - Appendices
                   Radian Corp.  1976.
EPA 450/3-76-042


EPA 450/3-77-010
Economic Impact of Stage II Vapor Recovery Regulations:
Working Memoranda.  Little Ad.  1976.

Technical Guidance for Control of Industrial Process
Fugitive Particulate Emissions.  PEDCo Env. Specialists.
1977.
EPA 450/3-77-026   Atmospheric Emissions from Offshore Oil and Gas
                   Development and Production.  Energy Resources Co.
                   1977.
EPA 450/3-77-046
Screening Study to Determine Need for SO  and Hydro-
carbon NSPS for FCC Regenerators.       X
                                   167

-------
        Public Participation
and Intergovernmental Consultation
                 169

-------
     The presentation on public participation and Intergovernmental
consultation at the actual workshops did not Include the use of
visual material or written text.   The presentation covered material
that was still under development and will be the subject of forth-
coming regulations.  Readers are advised to consult those regula-
tions when they appear for a fuller treatment of the material.
Therefore, no visual or text materials on public participation
and intergovernmental consultation are presented here.

     The discussion on public participation and Intergovernmental
consultation covered the following section of the Clean A1r Act:
121, 172(b)(l) and (9), 174, and 175.
                                170

-------
Reasonable Further Progress
            171

-------
 REASONABLE FURTHER PROGRESS (RFP)

           AND

    NEW SOURCE REVIEW (NSR)
• MECHANISMS TO ENSURE ATTAINMENT

• FEEDBACK TO AVOID SANCTIONS
 RFP
      • 2 Part Process
          Schedule development
          Yearly Tracking

      • Important Role
          Adjustments to Strategy and NSR
 NSR
      • Instantaneous RFP

      • Additional Cleanup

      • New Technology
              enable
         Further
           Progress
 i   i    i	i	 i  ^^g_...i    i  V
-\	r-
                172

-------
  RFP
  PART D REQUIREMENTS
         171(a)    DEFINITION
              •  Annual Incremental Reductions
              •  Substantial Early Reductions
                           —Regular Thereafter
              •  Provides for Attainment
         172(b)(3)  PLAN REQUIREMENT
              •  Require RFP Including RACT
         173 (I) NSR Permits
              •  Consistent With RFP
              IMPORTANCE OF RFP
IF PROBLEMS IDENTIFIED:
    • NEW RFP SCHEDULE
    • NEW ATTAINMENT DEMONSTRATION
    • AMENDED NONATTAINMENT DESIGNATION
    • El ADJUSTMENTS
           IMPORTANCE OF RFP
 IF PROBLEMS IDENTIFIED.      cont.
     • ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
     • INCREASED ENFORCEMENT
     • NSR STRATEGY AMENDED
     • GROWTH SANCTIONS IMPOSED
                          173

-------
RFPSCHEDULES
      USED FOR TRACKING El CHANGES
GENERAL :
      PRIMARY STANDARDS - AEAP
      SECONDARY STANDARDS - REASONABLE TIME
      SHORT-TERM VIOLATIONS - SELECTIVE El
               (TSP, S02 - ONLY)
      POST'82 SIP's - RACM, FMVCP
             RFP SCHEDULES
                  LINEAR PRESUMPTION
                       Simpliest Design
                       Early Reductions
                       Not Rollback
                       1982 Attainment
                       1979 Submittal - Initially
   1979  80
                         83
                       Exceptions  to Linear
                 Case - by - case determinations
                                 -RA and State
                         More resource intensive
    1979
                             174

-------
                          Exceptions  to  Linear
                    Case - by - case determinations
                                      -RA and State
                             More resource intensive
                             • Secondary NAAQS


                             • Special cases
          POST '82 SIP'S / AGGREGATE RFP
    Cl
   •77
   El
NAAQS
        Aro/Mlnor
•Aggregate Schedule
 Mobile - FMVCP, RACM
 Major/Stationary -
         RACT until 1983
 Area/minor - Linear
   l»7t SO  SI  «2  S3  «4  SS  (6   S7  M
            POST '82 SIP'S / AGGREGATE RFP
      El
     '77
 Ł
 i-
  • Aggregate Schedule
   Mobile - FMVCP, RACM
   Major/Stationary -
           RACT until 1983
   Area/minor - Linear
     »S7t SO  SI  S2  S3  S4  SS  SS  S7
                               175

-------
       POST  '82 SIP'S / AGGREGATE RFP
                       •Aggregate Schedule
                        Mobile - FMVCP, RACM
                        Major/Stationary -
                                 RACT until 1983
                        Area/minor - Linear
1»T9 *0   tl  S2
                                   «T  M
        POST  '82 SIP'S / AGGREGATE RFP
                        •Aggregate Schedule
                         Mobile -  FMVCP, RACM
                         Major/Stationary -
                                  RACT until 1983
                         Area/minor - Linear
 1979 to   tl  S2  «3  §4   IS  ••  (7  M
  RFP  AND  SECONDARY NAAQS
                [•RMT 0» LINEA» UNTIL 1913

                             •IEUONULE TIME - LMEII

                                 •60»%3TSP CUIIELINE

                             • SKOIT-TEIM - SELECTIVE El

                           NON-ITTIINMENT HSR C1NIINUES
                            176

-------
   RFP AND SECONDARY NAAQS
                 [HUD! OR LINEAR UNTIL 1913
                              •REASONAIIE TIME - LINEAR
                                  •IO'%>TSP GUIDELINE
                              • SHORT-TERM - SELECTIVE El
                            NON ATTAINMENT NSR CDNTINUES
1979  10    II    12    13    14
IE    87
      RFP AND SECONDARY NAAQS
                     IACT 01 LINEAR UNTIL 1913
                                •REASONABLE TIME - LINEAR
                                    •80"%3TSP GUIDELINE
                                 SNORT-TERM - SELECTIVE El
                            • NON-ATTAINMENT NSR CONTINUES
 1979   II    II   12   13   14   15   16    17
   IFF SINNAir HUE
                     TIM if IFP
CASE
1982 ATTAINMENT

1979 to 1983
LINEAR (MIN )
EPA- approve) RfP
1983 TO ATTAINMENT
NA

                              177

-------
IFF1 SiMNtlY UILE
                TIM if IFF seiliilt
CASE
1982 ATTAINMENT


POST '82 SIPs
(oxidant/CO)



197» to 1983
LINEAR (MIN )
untoM dctwtod,
EPA.«pf>rov«JRFP
AGGREGATE SCHEDULE
MOBILE - FMVCP, RACM
MAJOR STATIONARV -
RACT (mm )
MINOR AREA -LINEAR
1963 TO ATTAINMENT
NA


MOBILE -FMVCT. OTHER
MAJOR STATIONARY - OTHER
MINOR AREA - LINEAR


IFP SIHMIIT HUE
               TIM if IFP
CASE
1982 ATTAINMENT

POST-82SIPI
Io
S€CONDARV NAAOS
(TSP/S02)
1179 mm
LINEAR (MIN 1
EPA •M>ro«IRFP
AOOREGATE SCHEDULE
MOBILE - FMVCP. RACM
MAJOR STATIONARY -
RACT litim 1
MINOR AREA - LINEAR
LINEAR OR RACT
1983 TO ATTAINMENT
NA

MOBILE - FMVCP, OTHER
MAJOR STATIONARV - OTHER
MINOR AREA - LINEAR
REASONABLE TIME
- LINEAR
          RFP TRACKING
      3 MECHANISMS
      •annual emission trends
      •Ad trends - qualitative
      •NSR instantaneous
                         178

-------
       ACTUAL EMISSIONS - MANDATORY REPORTING

          ACTUAL E. i REQUIRED

            1979 CONTROL STRATEGY

            LINKED TO AQ TRENDS
           RFP EMISSION TRACKING
  f I 77 . :
  KtollT'
     El
   HUMS
      1171
 II
II
12
          RFP EMISSION TRACKING
                     • ACTUAL EMISSIONS
                     • MANDATORY TRACKING AREAWIDE TRACKING
  ,„  ,                                 • TOTAL EMISSIONS
•M-.I T^            -REDUCTIONS AS OCCUR
                                   •GROWTH AS OCCURS
                                   • RFP MILESTONES
                            RFP     -REDUCTIONS
                            schedule    S|NCE AUGUST1977
    1979
90
II
 12
13
                               179

-------
      RFP EMISSION TRACKING

                • iiuimt [iissnis
                 UIWI1IH |UK. I
                 OMItlll IUCIIII imiMill il
                      (F Mil. "Ill 5 111
                                                RFP EMISSION TRACKIN6

                                                            • mini uinnn
                                                            • IIIIIIIIII III |llll nilnli. ilr(ill)
                                                            > indicium im
                                                            • mum iiinm
                                                                  hliclUii ii imi
                                                 TRACKING RFP
                                            Specific Source Example




itiitii
tiRilinci
f
un n

in sir
[lllllllillS



Siurci
H«|liUCt
W/ ClIllllS
• i r~
n 11 ii
f 	
Simce Units
Opinliit tiws
f .
12 13
   MSB TPV    760 TPV
   1000 T? v    1000 Try

   MM H>V    MM TPY
NC      NC    200 TPV   200 TPV   -JkCTUAt IMIOIIM

2SO TTIf   NC    DC       220 TPV   -*UOW*tlt EMISSIONS

W      NC    MT TPV   in TPV   -MAXIMUM MISSIONS
      Annual  Report
                                              1 -~_-Kinii«ni
                                                             RFP Schedult
                                              1979  1980  1981  1982  1983
SUMMARY FOR YEAR 1931
MANBITOir
TOTAL
RFP
Milestone
1979

1930

1981

Actual
Emissions
1979

1980

1981

4. '
•*f
Allowable
Emissions
I979||980|I9S1



Maximum
Emissions
1979

I9SI1

1981

Growth
>1977
1979

1980

1981

                                                180

-------
1
1
•
1

1

1
1
1
1
1




1
1


1





1
1
•
1
1




AIK DUALITY TRI:NDS
Qualitative check -
only Kl trends mciininKful 1
No special reporting •
40 ( I'R Part 51 already 1
1
All nonattainment monitors


PROILEMS: t^*,,™
Inadtquitt ,. ^\
EmlMlon . . - is^
••auctions
i)n ii ii i: ii




PROILEMS: f^^c,,,
^X^ ifp
Emission " - ~ ^Ssv.
••Aietleiii "IS
f Illllllllf
nn ii ii ii u
UNI
t**r AQ Tr«ltf>
II ^v
IMS ~
tin H u n u
181

-------
         PROBLEMS:
_/J
   uus
                 AIR MUTT
                                 Inadequate    ^
                                   Emission  uit*t
                                 Reductions
                                                                  W
                                                  mi  10   n
                    Poor AQ Trends
 [I
mm
                       Poor Maximum
                      Emission Trend

                                    fl
                                  •IMS
   It?)   II
                                                  iw   10
                             RESOLUTION OF RFP PROBLEMS
                         ENFORCEMENT PROBLEMS
                         EXCESSIVE GROWTH
                         CONTROL EQUIPMENT LAG
                                                   CORRECTIVE MEASURES
       POOR AO TREND
                                                El ADJUSTMENTS
                                                INCREASED ENFORCEMENT
                                                AMEND NONATTAINMENT DESIGN,
                                                STRICTER NSR POLICY
                                                 182

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
 I
I
                          REASONABLE  FURTHER PROGRESS

 1.  General  Intent

      Both  reasonable  further  progress  (RFP) and new source review  (NSR)
 are intended to  play  essential roles in ensuring that the NAAQS will be
 met on  time.  They  are  feedback mechanisms designed to  identify possi-
 ble errors made  in  developing the control strategy or in selecting
 the area and sources  of concern.  The  language from Part D of the new
 Amendments sets  forth the RFP requirement which was not present in
 the previous 1970 Clean Air Act as amended.

      RFP is  essentially a two-part process in which a schedule is first
 developed  (typically  linear)  and then  a yearly tracking exercise is
 performed.   The  schedule  is intended only as a guideline but failure
 to meet the  designated  milestones must be explained and could well
 result  in  adjustments to:  the control strategy, the geographic bound-
 aries of the designated non-attainment area, or the approach taken to
 review  new sources.   An annual report  for RFP is to be  submitted by
 the State.   This report is intended  to be a brief but effective exer-
 cise  in (1)  tracking  the  emission reductions accomplished and (2)
 verifying  that these  decreases, taking into account growth, are consis-
 tent with  the RFP goal  of attainment.

 2.  Reasonable Further  Progress - Part D Requirements

     Section 171 (1)  defines  the term  "reasonable further progress" as
 annual  incremental  reductions in emissions of the applicable air pol-
 lutant  (including substantial reductions in the early years following
 approval or  promulgation  of plan provisions under Part  D and Section
 110(a)(2)(I)  and regular  reductions  thereafter) which are sufficient
 in the  judgment  of  the  Administrator,  to provide for attainment of the
 applicable national ambient air quality standard by the date required
 in Section 172(a).

     Section 172(b)(3)  states that the "non-attainment" SIP submittal
 shall require, in the interim, reasonable further progress (as defined
.above)  including such reduction in emissions from existing sources in
 the area as  may  be  obtained through  the adoption, at a minimum, of
 reasonably available  control  technology.

     Finally, one option  under Section 173 to allow new major construc-
 tion requires that  total  allowable emissions (SIP at new source applica-
 tion) will decrease so  as  to  represent reasonable further progress.
                                 183

-------
3.  Importance of RFP

     Before discussing how the RFP schedules are to be developed, 1t
is proper to reemphasize that RFP is an important requirement for SIPs
in non-attainment areas.  The significance of the RFP requirement
logically increases as the uncertainties associated with the attainment
demonstration increase.   If problems with meeting the RFP requirement
are identified, then one of several actions may be needed.  The precise
choice of corrective measures taken will be left to the State subject
to the approval of the Regional Administrator.  It should be noted that
the last measure cited below is what RFP seeks to avoid.  Only after
all other options are discarded should the need to impose sanctions be
seriously considered.

     List of possible corrective measures:

            a.  new RFP schedule
            b.  new attainment demonstration
            c.  amended non-attainment designation
            d.  emission inventory adjustment
            e.  additional reductions required
            f.  increased enforcement
            g.  NSR strategy amended
            h.  growth sanctions imposed

4.  Development of RFP Schedules

     The purpose of an RFP schedule is to verify that the emission
reductions obtained are being accomplished at a reasonable and effi-
cient rate so that attainment by the prescribed time will take place.
Where only violations of the annual primary NAAQS are Involved then
RFP is intended to represent the application of good controls as
expeditiously as practicable (AEAP).  RFP schedules to correct
violations of the secondary standards are again intended to depict
an AEAP timetable but with the connotation of "a reasonable time."
Where attainment of the oxidant or carbon monoxide NAAQS can not be
accomplished by 1982, then an RFP schedule reflecting application of
reasonably available control measures will be acceptable as long as
attainment is accomplished by the agreed upon date (not to exceed
1987).  Finally, the proceeding general statements also apply to
short-term NAAQS violations except that a selective emissions inven-
tory with respect to source inclusion may be tracked in accordance
with RFP.

     For the majority of cases, EPA expects that RFP schedules will
be linear in nature.  Figure #1 illustrates the simple design of a
linear RFP schedule which starts from the 1977 emissions inventory
                                184

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
  I
  I
  I
  I
  I
  I
and ends before 1983* at the emissions Inventory predicted as being
adequate to demonstrate attainment.  No additional resources are
typically required to develop such linear timetables.

     A linear RFP schedule 1s thought to be completely within the
Intent of the Section 171 definition.  That 1s, such a line would
effect substantial reductions 1n the early going and not put off
accomplishing most of the required reductions until the last year(s).
A linear schedule 1s also thought to be a stringent timetable to
accomplish emission reductions 1n light of the lag time In the real
world for Installing control technology.  1977 emissions Inventory
starting point 1s consistent with EPA's Intent to acknowledge all
reductions accomplished since the August 7, 1977, date of enactment
1n accomplishing RFP.  This position is intended to assist the States
in meeting the aspect of the RFP requirement that calls for substan-
tial progress 1n the early years.  A linear RFP schedule should not
be in any way confused with the similarly shaped linear rollback
technique.  RFP schedules do not relate to the amount of controls
needed but rather to the rate that the necessary emission reductions
are to be accomplished.  Typically, a linear RFP will refer to the
rate that controls determined necessary through non-linear techniques
(such as air quality dispersion modeling) must be Installed.

     In terms of answering the 1979 plan requirement to show RFP
the submission of a linear RFP schedule will be acceptable even
if a linear timetable would be even initially thought to be
inappropriate.  Unless the State on its own chooses to submit a detailed
nonlinear RFP, a linear schedule for 1982 attainment SIPs will be accept-
able to EPA.  Such a schedule is thought to reflect a reasonable rate of
progress considering the relatively short timeframe allotted for attain-
ment (maximum of 4 to 5 years).  To routinely require a detailed RFP may
direct critical resources from accomplishing the actual attainment.
Only in certain cases where the controls necessary for attainment cannot
be reasonably applied as quickly as required by a linear RFP would it be
in the best Interest of the State to develop and submit a "less-than-
Hnear" RFP schedule.

     The linear assumption is initially acceptable for all 1979 plan
submlttals.  Of course, some of the plans particularly those attaining
standards after 1982 may have to amend their schedules over the year
following the 1979 submittal 1n order to make RFP more meaningful.
Where the linear assumption is thought to be inappropriate, the State
*EPA, of course, encourages states to demonstrate attainment before
 1983 and to submit corresponding RFPs.
                                 185

-------
must submit an acceptable alternative RFP schedule to the Regional
Administrator.  Such nonlinear schedules should be developed over the
year following the 1979 plan submission.  It 1s acknowledged that
developing such RFP's 1s more resource Intensive and should be attempted
only when absolutely necessary.  Table #1 summarizes the type of RFP
schedules that are expected.

     A non-linear RFP will typically be developed 1n the case of
carbon monoxide or oxidant plans which fail  to attain by 1982 but
do so not later than 1987.  Herein, the aggregate nature of the
emission inventory must be considered.  Figure #2 shows that indi-
vidual RFP schedules for each general component of the 1977 emissions
inventory (i.e., mobile, major stationary, and minor/area sources)
must be developed.  For post 1982 oxidant and CO SIPs, reductions
from mobile sources until 1983 are expected to follow as a minimum
a schedule consistent with the Federal Motor Vehicle Control Program
(FMVCP)and the application of RACM.  Beyond 1982 until attainment,
the reductions from mobile sources will be reflect the imposition of
other measures (as necessary) as well as the continuing cleanup
accomplished by the FMVCP.  Major stationary sources correspondingly
must be controlled until 1982 at least as effectively as they would
under an RFP schedule exhibiting the application of RACT.  After
1982 and until attainment (no later than 1987) the schedule for
reductions will reflect the application of other control measures.
A linear assumption can be made for the portion of the RFP schedule
beyond 1982.  Finally, a linear assumption is appropriate throughout
the RFP schedule for controlling minor and area (other than mobile)
source growth.

     Specific non-linear RFP milestones may also be necessary 1n the
case of secondary NAAQS violations.  Figures #3 and 4 illustrate the
case where both the primary and secondary standards are violated.
In general, only where a RACM-based RFP would not demonstrate attain-
ment of at least the primary NAAQS by 1982 would a linear RFP be
chosen in preference.  Since both RACM RFP's Identified in Figures
#3 and #4 meet this criteria, they would be chosen in preference to
the linear presumption.  The RFP schedule after 1982 until attainment
is governed by the reasonable time assumption.  For at least initial
planning purposes, linear reductions over time can be assumed to be
reasonable until attainment.

     As was the case of 1972 SIP submissions, the 60 ug/m3 TSP
guideline is to generally be used as a standard in assessing RFP.
Also, it should be noted that the non-attainment review for new
sources will continue in full effect until the secondary standards
are met.  This includes the possibility of major new source sanctions
when RFP for these standards is not being met.
                                    186

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

  U
                           FIGURE 1
                      RFP SCHEDULES
          El.
         '77
  El
NAAQS
                     NAAQS
             	1-
          1979   80
                 81
82
83
                              187

-------
                                 TABLE  1
      RFP SUMMARY TABLE
                                  Type of RFP  schedule
      CASE
    1979 to 1983
    1983 TO ATTAINMENT
1982 ATTAINMENT
 POST '82 SIPs
 (oxidant/CO)
SECONDARY NAAQS
   (TSP/S02)
LINEAR (MIN.)
unless detailed,
EPA-approved RFP

AGGREGATE SCHEDULE
MOBILE - FMVCP, RACM
MAJOR STATIONARY -
    RACT (min.)
MINOR AREA-LINEAR


LINEAR OR RACT
        NA
MOBILE - FMVCP, OTHER
MAJOR  STATIONARY - OTHER
MINOR AREA-LINEAR
   REASONABLE TIME
      -LINEAR
                                      188

-------
                   FIGURE 2
        POST '82 SIP'S  /  AGGREGATE  RFP
                        •Aggregate Schedule
                        Mobile - FMVCP, RACM
                        Major/Stationary -
                                 RACT until 1983
                        Area/minor  - Linear
            "^/or/Station
1979 80   81  82   83  84  85  86  87  88
                     189

-------
                        FIGURE 3
        RFP AND SECONDARY NAAQS
CO
                       liiiar prcsinptin
       primary NAAQS
       secondary NAAQS
                       H
•1	1
     1979  80   SI   82   83   84   85   86   17
                         190

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                   FIGURE 4
   RFP AND SECONDARY NAAQS
               RACT RFP
                  liiear pnsiiptiii
  primary NAAQS
  secondary NAAQS

               —I—I—I—I—
1979   90   91   92  93   94   95   96   97
                    191

-------
5.  RFP Tracking

     RFP is to be tracked primarily by a yearly assesCi7:ent of the net
reductions to actual emissions (including growth) that have taken
place.  A summary of these reductions will be submitted as an annual
report (Table #3).  RFP as reported in terms of actual emission reduc-
tions must be interpreted in context with actual air quality improve-
ments.  Although not formally required in the annual report, emission
reductions should be tracked with the results from quarterly air quality
reports.  NSR v/ill perform an instantaneous check on RFP.  The specific
results of NSR will not be a formal part of the annual report but will
be sublet to insjj"':t'i
-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
creditable toward meeting RFP; (6) total  actual  TRY emissions are
generally to be reported unless a specific non-linear RFP schedule
has been developed (then tracking of the specific emission inventory
components may be required); and (7) the net yearly reduction ( or
even increase) in actual emissions is not itself critical for any
one year as long as the RFP schedule is met and attainment is not
jeopardized (good reduction years can therefore compensate for ones
of less cleanup).

     There is also a competing need to confirm that actual emissions
will not increase to levels so as to prevent attainment and/or main-
tenance of the ambient standards.  Allowable emissions are defined as
the most emissions a source can emit and still ccnfrom to the most
stringent of the following;  (1) an applicable NSPS, (2) an applicable
SIP limit; and (3) any enforceable permit condition including those
restricting hours of operation and utilization of production capacity.
The typical analysis for controls needed in 1979 assumes that the 1977
actual emissions from large point sources will not increase appreciably
due to voluntary increases in hours of operation and utilization of
production capacity not otherwise constrained by enforceable permit
conditions.  That is, many sources in the present SIP's do not have
Ibs/hour or TPY emission limits and their emissions can be greatly
influenced by voluntary changes in the capacity usage and hours operated.
This means sources without constrained capacity usage or hours of
operation (enforceable by EPA) must be assumed to operate at full
capacity for the entire year.

     The only requirement therefore with respect to RFP and allowable
emissions is that this inventory be reduced at or below the emissions
inventory used to demonstrate attainment by the prescribed time (typi-
cally 1982 or 1987).  Conceivably sanctions could still be imposed
in those areas who reach their attainment goal but cannot guarantee
that it will be maintained.

     The yearly tracking of allowable emissions is optional with respect
to ensuring RFP.  For those States who wish to do so (presumably to
better ensure that allowable emissions will be at or below those
showing attainment) should keep the following in mind:  (1) allowable
emissions are to be tracked on a cumulative total TPY basis throughout
the entire designated non-attainment area (only in the case of short-
term violations for S0? and/or TSP would deviations with respect to
source inclusion be acceptable); (2) reductions in allowable emissions
occur as enforceable regulations are adopted into the SIP (consequently
one expects that allowable emissions will take a large initial drop
in 1979 as several general  regulations are incorporated into the SIP--
fluctuations thereafter will occur as  specific enforceable permit
                                193

-------
conditions are negotiated); (3) the 1977 allowable emissions inventory
should be the starting point for tracking allowable emissions--all
cleanup since August 7, 1977,1s creditable (where Ibs/ton, Ibs/MBTU,
or Ibs/gal type limits are apparent, an estimate of the maximum emis-
sions allowed under the SIP should be made as required in the 1979
control strategy demonstration); (4) major point source growth is
assumed to Increase allowable emissions as it is approved (correspond-
ingly, offsets legally tied to the construction of a major source are
also assumed to occur at the same time); and (5) allowable emissions
from minor stationary, area, and mobile sources are assumed to be the
same as actual emissions.

     A third type of emissions inventory is also important with respect
to making RFP.  Maximum emissions, are the most emissions that a source
could emit considering in place controls and enforceable permit condi-
tions tions restricting a source's hours of operation and use of
production capacity.  Thus, maximum emissions would differ from allow-
able ones only to the extent a source is out of compliance with an
effective emission limit and/or permit condition.  The optional  yearly
tracking of maximum emissions therefore is a valuable enforcement tool
to assess how much real progress has been made toward attainment.  The
difference between the attainment emissions inventory and maximum
emissions at any point in time represents the real non-attainment
driving force.  Consequently, maximum emissions should equal to be less
than allowable emissions at attainment (assuming full compliance).

     As mentioned, the tracking of maximum emissions is optional in
terms of ensuring that RFP 1s being accomplished.  For those States
who wish to do so then the following criteria should be followed:
(1)  maximum emissions are to be tracked on a TPY areawide basis
throughout the designated non-attainment area (with same exceptions
as noted under "actual" emissions); (2) maximum emissions are reduced
as existing sources install new controls or comply with new permit
conditions restricting the hours of operation or use of production
capacity; and (3) maximum emissions are assumed to increase as major
proposed construction is approved (as in the case of allowable emis-
sions, offsets legaly tied to the construction of a major source are
also assumed to occur at the same time).

     Figures #5, #6, and #7 show the concept of tracking of various
types of areawide emissions from a graphic standpoint.  Figure #8 and
Table #2 have been included to illustrate how new source approvals are
taken into account in determining if RFP is met.  Figure #9 is included
to clarify when certain emission level changes are creditable toward
RFP.  This figure uses a single source non-attainment problem to illus-
trate how and when emission reductions are applicable.

     The annual report (shown as Table #3) must contain a summary
of how total actual emissions have been reduced relative to the
                                194

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
(9
Z
tf)
tf)
                Figure 5
                        (Adi) SNOISSIN3
                 195

-------
               Figure 6
C5
(A
tf)
u

0.
u.
                        09
                                        CX9
                        (Adi)  SNOISSIH3
                        196

-------

                         Figure 7
O
O  *a ,_
tf)
tf)
      -1^—^
     i «oi    I
                      (Adll SMOISSIH3
                    197

-------
                             Figure 8
S
DC
a.
u.
cc
                CD
                00
                                  ir
                                        4
                                s s
                                ° j; a
                                *"
             4
                                       §
       O
       in
o
CM
                                                              ,01 *\dJ.)  SNOISSIIAI3
            (cOL>
-------
  I
  I
  I
  I
  I
  I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
I
                         TABLE #2

                       RFP AND GROWTH

                                        MAXIMUM      ACTUAL     ALLOWABLE
                                       EMISSIONS    EMISSIONS   EMISSIONS
YEAR          ACTION                     (TPY)        (TRY)       (TPY)

1975                                    50,000       40,000      50,000
         #1 Approval (w/o offsets)     + 5,000        —       + 5,000
1976                                    55,000       40,000      55,000
         #2 Approval (w/o offsets)     + 2,500        —       + 2,500
         6% Increase in capacity         -—        + 3,000
1977                                    57,500       43,000      57,500
         #3 Shutdown                   - 2,500      - 2,500     - 2,500
         6% Decrease In capacity         —        - 2,850
1978                                    55,000       38,000      55,000
         #5 Approval w/#4 offsets
         6% Increase in capacity         ---        + 2,850
1979                                    55,000       40,850      55,000
         #7 Approval w/#6 offsets
         RFP cleanup                   -11,000      - 9,020     -36,500
1980                                    44,000       31,830      18,500
         RFP cleanup                   -10,000      - 8,200
         4% Increase in capacity         —        + 1,060
         #1 Operation at 15% approval  - 4,250      +   750     - 4,250
1981                                    29,750       25,460      14,250
         RFP cleanup                   - 8,000      - 7,000
         10% Decrease in capacity        ~-        - 1,350
         #2 Operation at 15% approval  - 2,125      +   375     - 2,125
         #4 Offsets occur                —        - 2,500
         #6 Offsets (beyond attainment
            occur)                       ---        - 2,500
1982                                    19,625       12,465      12,125
         RFP cleanup                   - 7,500      - 5,625
         #5 Operation at 15% approval  - 2.125      +   300     - 2,125
         5% Decrease in capacity         —        -   300
1983                                    10,000        6,840      10,000
         #7 Operation                    —        + 2,500
         5% Increase in capacity         —            300       —
1984                                    10,000        9,640      10,00

aA 10,000 TPY ET is assumed to show attainment
bUntil 1979 maximum emissions are assumed to equal allowable ones (i.e., SIP
 limits coincide with maximum source emissions and they are fully complied with)
cAll cleanup performed to accomplish RFP is identified in the 1979 plan sub-
 mission and is expressed in terms of allowable emissions
dAllowable emission reduction for RFP are translated into actual emission
 reductions by the following:

   Actual Emissions    -   Allowable emissions  -  Total    =  Change to
   Before Cleanup            before cleanup       Cleanup     Actual  Emissions


                                199

-------
                 Figure 9
                              cv»
(Adi) SNOISSIW3
                                     (A
                                   5 UJ Uj


                                   * ffl 5

                                   -J < 3
O CM CM
CM CM CM

                                   U U U
                                   z z z
                                   g§g
                                   |Łl

                                    So p
                                    o o
                                   l> T- r-
             200

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
     (Adi)  suoissjui]
Growth
>1977
Maximum
Emissions
*
Allowable
Emissions
*
I
00
en
r*.
en
I
00
r— •
ii
«n
en









                o>
CO
CO
                            €0
                            0>
                            III
                            O
                            u.
»


t+
•M
O

Q





\\
to
Ł
•3.2
3 (/) #

-------
applicable RFP milestones.   Only where special  non-linear RFP's
are applicable will Table #3 be more specific than reporting total
actual emissions (i.e., mobile, major stationary, and minor/area).
Although not formally required, a State might also report or at least keep
track of how maximum and allowable emissions have changed over the  same
time period.

     Section 171(1) defines RFP in terms of annual emission reduc-
tions and does not mention changes in air quality directly.  It is
our position that air quality changes should be taken into account,
at least qualitatively, in determining if RFP is being accomplished.
That is, the intent of reviewing air quality changes with the associ-
ated emission reductions is to ensure that the reductions accomplished
are meaningful in terms of actual air quality improvement.

     No special reporting of air quality data is necessary on the part
of the State since 40 CFR Part 51 already requires quarterly reporting
(45 days thereafter) to be submitted to EPA.  Only non-attainment
monitors in the designated area should be considered in qualitatively
assessing RFP.

6.  Problems and[Adjustments

     It is to be expected that the annual report for RFP or the air
quality trends data will identify from time to time the existence
of some control strategy or implementation problems.  In fact, this
is precisely the intended function of RFP.  That is, the RFP report
attempts to identify problems so that they can be resolved without
jeopardizing attainment by the prescribed date.

     Figure #11 illustrates three types of problems that may well occur.
The fir   of these problems is simply failing to obtain sufficient
actual emission reductions to meet the specific RFP milestone.  Here
we are talking about deviations of more than 5% from the defined RFP
schedule.  Such a problem could be the result of excessive growth
(major and/or minor area growth), enforcement problems, or the lag
time to install control equipment.

     The second problem identified is poor air quality improvement
despite the accomplishing of all the emission reductions called for
under RFP.  Conceivably, this problem could be caused by the persis-
tence of unusual meteorological conditions,  overestimating the
value for cleaning up certain emissions sources (bad emission factors),
or the omission of key sources from the inventory altogether.  The
latter more specifically refers to the lack of control on key sources
which have not been included in the initial emissions inventory
developed for the non-attainment area.
                                 202

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
     The third and final problem identified by Figure #10 is the
inability for maximum emissions to decline at an acceptable rate
notwithstanding that actual emissions have been reduced in accordance
with the RFP schedule.  This problem will likely be noticed by only
those States who track trends in maximum emissions.  The problem may
occur due to delays in converting SIP allowable emission limits which
far exceed what a source could physically emit to more realistic emis-
sion rates or the failure to constrain the operating hours and/or
capacity utilization of key sources as appropriate.

     In general, no sanction penalties will be imposed when problems
such as those mentioned are identified if a justification is presented
which demonstrates that attainment by the prescribed date is not
jeopardized.  However, in many cases some additional corrective action(s)
may be necessary.  Table #4 provides a summary of problem types, their
possible causes, and candidate measures for addressing them.
                                  203

-------
                          Figure 10
                                     I?
                                     E Ł
      •2 o  e
Us
                          tf)
                                     o e
                                    O.J
• •

                     o
                     o
                    a.
                        204
                                             exs

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
  I
  I
  I
                                   TABLE  4
                           RESOLUTION OF RFP PROBLEMS
      PROBLEMS


INADEQUATE EMISSION
   REDUCTIONS
         :AUSES
POOR AQ TREND
POOR MAXIMUM
EMISSION TREND
ENFORCEMENT PROBLEMS
EXCESSIVE GROWTH
CONTROL EQUIPMENT LAG
KEY SOURCES UNCONTROLLED
METEOROLOGICAL VARIATIONS
SLOW TPY CONVERSION
SLOW SIP TIGHTENING
                                      205
   CORRECTIVE MEASURES


ADDITIONAL MEASURES
INCREASED ENFORCEMENT
NEW RFPSCHEDULE
NEW ATTAINMENT DEMONSTRATION
STRICTER NSR POLICY
El ADJUSTMENTS
INCREASED ENFORCEMENT
AMEND NONATTAINMENT DESIGNATE
STRICTER NSR POLICY
INCREASED ENFORCEMENT
STRICTER NSR POLICY
ACCELERATED SIP TIGHTENING

-------
Procedural Requirements
           207

-------
      PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS


• PERIODIC PROGRESS REPORTS

• RULES, REGULATIONS, AND SCHEDULES

• COMPLIANCE SCHEDULES

• RESOURCES REQUIRED

• MISCELLANEOUS PART 51 REQUIREMENTS
         PERIODIC PROGRESS REPORTS
  REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS  APPLICABLE  TO
  ALL AREAS

  SUMMARY OF 1979 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS

  SCHEDULES FOR DEVELOPMENT OF MEASURES —
  RECOMMENDED MILESTONES

  I/M SCHEDULE
            REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
            APPLICABLE TO ALL AREAS

Air Quality Data

Emission Data ~""\
Plan Enforcement \
X
Substantive Revisions f
Plan Prescribed Action!/
(Milestones) _/
Enforcement Orden, and
Other State Actions
EXISTING
Quarterly


Semi— Annually

PROPOSED
Before 1/81
Quarterly
After 1/81
Selected stations-Quarterly
All stations'Annuatly

Annually

Within 60 days
of issuance or adoption
                        208

-------
  I
  I
  I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
POLLUTANT
S02
No,
Paniculate
Matter
0,
ATTAINMENT
DATE
1982
1982
1982
1982/1987
CO ' 1982/1987
1979 SUBMITTAL
REGS
Yei
Yes
Yes
Traditional
Sourcetincludes
fugitive)
Yes
Stationary Source
(IOCTGI
Yes
Stationary Sources
SCHEDULES
No
Yes
Yes
Non-Traditional
Yes
1 later CTG's issued
after Jan. 1978
2. I/M
3 TCM
4 other measures
Yes
1. I/M
2 TCM
3 other measures
        SCHEDULE FOR DEVELOPMENT OF MEASURES
                            NOT APPLICABLE TO

                            SO,
APPLICABLE TO

NOX

TSP (Non-traditional      TSP (Traditional Sources)
        sources)

Ox / HC( I/M, TCMs, other) 0X/HC (stationary sources
                        1st lOCTGs)

CO( I/M, TCMs, other)      CO (stationary sources)

        RECOMMENDED MILESTONES


      -  Evaluate Alternative Measures
      —  Select Alternative Measures
      -  Hold Public Hearing
      -  Adopt Regulations and/or Measures
      —  Submit Regulations and/or Measures
        to EPA
                 I /M SCHEDULE
 1.   INITIATION OF PUBLIC INFORMATION PROGRAM.
 2.   DECISION ON TYPE OF SYSTEM TO BE IMPLEMENTED.
 3.   DEVELOPMENT AND ISSUANCE OF R FPs.
 4.   AWARD TO CONTRACTOR(S).
 5.   INITIATION OF CONSTRUCTION OF FACILITIES
 6.   COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION OF FACII m ES.
 7.   COMPLETION OF EQUIPMENT PURCHASE.
 8.   ADOPTION OF QUALITY CONTROL PROCEDURES AND
     GUIDELINES.
 9.   ADOPTION OF CUTPOINTS.
10.   INITIATION OF HIRING AND TRAINING OF INSPECTORS
     OR LICENSING OF GARAGES.
11.   INITIATION OF PILOT PROGRAM.
12.   MECHANICS TRAINING AND/OR INFORMATION
     PROGRAM.
13.   INITIATION OF MANDATORY MAINTENANCE.
14.   INITIATION OF MORE STRINGENT PHASES OF THE
     PROGRAM (IF APPLICABLE).
                                  209

-------
         RULES, REGULATIONS, AND SCHEDULES
REQUIREMENTS

  •  § 172 (b) (8), (10)
  0 SIP CRITERIA MEMO

APPLICABLE DEFINITIONS

  • EMISSION LIMITATIONS
  • SCHEDULES AND TIMETABLES OF COMPLIANCE
       RULES, REGULATIONS, AND SCHEDULES
 PLAN PROVISIONS

   • "WRITTEN EVIDENCE" OF ADOPTION OF RULES,
      REGULATIONS, AND SCHEDULES
   • "COMMITMENTS" TO ENFORCE PLAN PROVIS-
      IONS
   • "LEGALLY ENFORCEABLE PROCEDURES"
      OTHER THAN EMISSION LIMITATIONS
   • SANCTIONS FOR FAILURE TO MEET A SCHED-
      ULE OR "COMMITMENT"
  I.  Two Options for Nonattainment SIP Revisions

        • Submit Future Effective Regulations and
               Schedule of Compliance

        • Submit Immediately Effective Regulations and
               Provide for Compliance Schedules in
               form of:

                  * Variances; or
                  * Delayed Compliance Orders
                              210

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
    RESOURCES REQUIRED ( § 172(b) (7)



   REQUIREMENT   ( §172(b)(7)

   SUGGESTED FORMAT

   "COMMITMENT" OF RESOURCES
        RESOURCE ESTIMATES 6Y FUNCTION
             A 95 Cleai

              House
Trans agencies  Other

 (MPO s)   agencit
MISCELLANEOUS PART 51 REQUIREMENTS

• PUBLIC HEARINGS (§ 51.4)


• SUBMISSION OF PLANS ( § 51.5)


• SOURCE SURVEILLANCE (§ 51.19)


• RULES AND REGULATIONS ( § 51.22)
               211

-------
                    PERIODIC PROGRESS REPORTS
     Under the Act and the SIP criteria memorandum, the 1979 SIP
revision need not contain all  the legally enforceable  measures
called for by a control strategy for all cases.   A previous  dis-
cussion indicated that certain plan revisions required adopted
measures and other revisions need only contain schedules for adop-
tion of measures.  This discussion will expand on this requirement.
Where schedules are submitted, however, the State must annually
report on the progress made in achieving the milestones set  forth
in those schedules.  Also the State must demonstrate in its  annual
report that "reasonable further progress" has been made 1n  reducing
emissions 1n the nonattainment area; a discussion of what consti-
tutes "reasonably further progress" has also been presented  pre-
viously.  Failure to meet the milestones in a revision for a non-
attainment area or failure to achieve reasonable further progress
in reducing emissions can result in the imposition of  sanctions
concerning growth of major sources and Federal grant monies.
                                212

-------
   I
   I
   I
  I
  I
  I
  I
  I
  I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
                      REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
                      APPLICABLE TO ALL AREAS
I. A1r Quality

A. After 1/81
   1.  NAMS (SAROAD format)
   2.  SLAMS (summary  format)


B. Before 1/81
   All air quality data -
   SAROAD format

II. Emissions

   Source sizes covered:

   —PM,SOX,HC,NOX—100
     T/Y actual
   -CO—100 T/Y actual
   —CO—1000 T/Y actual
                            Existing Reporting
                          quarterly  (45
                          days  after period)

                          semi-annually  (45
                          days  after period)
                              ditto
                              ditto
                               (NA)
   Emission points  within  facility  covered:
                                 ditto
                                  (NA)
                                 ditto
—PM.SOx.HC.NOx—25
  T/Y actual
—CO—250 T/Y actual
—CO—25 T/Y actual

Format:

—PM,SOx,CO,HC,NOx—NEDS

Sources  covered:
   —Those that achieve compliance
   --New or modified sources  approved  or
     that have begun operation
   —Those that cease operation
                                               Reporting to
                                               be Proposed
                                               Quarterly (90
                                               days after
                                               period)
                                               Annually, calen-
                                               dar year (6 mos.
                                               after period)
Annually, calen-
dar year (6 mos.
after period)
   ditto
    (NA)
   ditto
   ditto
   ditto
    (NA)
                              213

-------
REPORTING REQUIREMENTS  APPLICABLE TO ALL AREAS  (cont'd)
III.  Plan Enforcement
Existing Reporting

  semi-annually
  --Achievement of Increments
    of progress 1n compliance
    schedules
  --Enforcement actions
  Area sources—% 1n  compliance
IV.   Substantive Revisions

V-   Enforcement Orders  and
     Othcristate Actions
VI.  PIan-prescribed Actions
     Including;

  —Obtaining resources
  —Adopting new laws or
    regulations
  --Conducting studies
  —Initiating or expanding
    programs
     ditto
  within 60 days of
  issuance or adop-
  tion
  semi-annually
Reporting to
be Proposed

 Annually
 Annually
 within 60 days
 of issuance or
 adopti on
 Annually
                               214

-------
1
1
1








SUMMARY OF 1979 SUBMISSION REQUIREMENTS


Attainment 1979 Submittal
1
"

1
1

1
1
I

1

1

1

1
1
1
1

1
Pollutant Date Regs.
S02 1982 Yes
NOX 1982 Yes
TSP 1982 Yes
Traditional
Source (Includes
Fugitive)
Ox 1982/1987 Yes
Stationary
Source (10 CTG)



CO 1982/1987 Yes

Stationary
Sources





215

Schedules
No
Yes
Yes
Non-Traditional

Yes
1. Later CTGs issued
after Jan. 1978
2. I/M
3. TCM
4. Other measures
Yes

1. I/M
2. TCM
3. Other measures







-------
           THE VEHICLE INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE  SCHEDULE
     Congress called for a "specific schedule  of  implementation"
for inspection/maintenance.   As  a part  of the  schedules  for  imple-
mentation then, the specific goals listed below will  have to be
included.  Those that are dependent on  the type of  system chosen
(state-run centralized, contractor centralized, or  garage-based)
are denoted by an asterisk(*).

     1.  Initiation (or continuation) of public information  pro-
gram including publicizing the inspection maintenance  program in
the media, meeting and speaking  with affected  interest groups,
etc.

     2.  Decision on type of system to  be implemented.

     3.  Development and issuance of RFPs.*

     4.  Award to contractors).*

     5.  Initiation of construction of  facilities.*

     6.  Completion of construction of  facilities.*

     7.  Completion of equipment purchase.

     8.  Adoption of quality control procedures and guidelines,
including emission analyzer requirements.

     9.  Adoption of cutpoints.

    10.  Initiation of hiring and training of  Inspectors .or
licensing of garages.*

    11.  Initiation of pilot program (voluntary maintenance)
with either voluntary or mandatory inspection.

    12.  Mechanics training and/or information program.

    13.  Initiation of mandatory maintenance by initiating regis-
tration prohibition for non-complying vehicles or similarly
effective enforcement mechanism.

    14.  Initiation of more stringent phases of the program  (if
applicable).

     Schedules should be accompanied by a statement as to the
stringency planned plus a brief  description of the  degree of
mechanic training intended.
                               216

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                 RULES, REGULATIONS AND SCHEDULES
                        (S
I.   REQUIREMENTS

     A.  Clean A1r Act

     S 172(b)(8):  "The plan provisions... shall... (8)  contain
emission limitations, schedules of compliance  and such other meas-
ures as may be necessary to meet the requirements of this  sub-
section..."

     S 172(b)(10):  "The plan provision. ..shall. ..(10) Include
written evidence that the State, the general purpose local  govern-
ment or governments, or a regional agency designated by general
purpose local governments for such purpose, have  adopted by
statute, regulation, ordinance, or other legally  enforceable docu-
ment, the necessary requirements and schedules and timetables for
compliance, and are committed to Implement and enforce the appro-
priate elements of the plan..."

II.  APPLICABLE DEFINITIONS

     A.  The terms "emission limitation"  and "emission standard"
mean a requirement established by the State or the Administrator
which limits the quantity, rate, or concentration of emissions of
air pollutants on a continuous basis, including any requirement
relating to the operation or maintenance of a  source to assure con-
tinuous emission reduction.  (S 302(k) of the  Clean Air Act.)

     B.  The term "schedule and timetable of compliance" means a
schedule of required measures including an enforceable sequence
of actions or operations leading to compliance with an emission
limitation, other limitation, prohibition, or  standard.  (S 302(p)
of the Clean A1r Act.)
                               217

-------
          WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF ADOPTION AND COMMITMENTS
       BY STATES, LOCAL GOVERNMENTS, AND REGIONAL AGENCIES
     Section 110(a)(3)(D) and 110(c)(5)(B) of the Clean A1r Act
require that plans with post-1982 attainment dates under section
172(b), and plans where bridge tolls were  eliminated under section
110(c)(5)(A)f shall-

     for the purpose of 1roplementat1ng...[the] comprehensive
     public transportation measures [referred to in section
     110(c)(5)(B)(ii|], include requirements to use (Insofar
     as is necessary) Federal grants, State or local funds.
     or any combination of such grants and funds as may be
     consistent with the terms of the legislation providing
     such grants and funds.  [Emphasis added.]

     Sections 172(b)(7) and (10) provide that the plan revisions
required for nonattainment areas shall--

          (7)  Identify and commit the financial and man-
     power resources necessary to carry out the plan pro-
     visions required by this subsection; [Emphasis added.]

and shall--

          (10)  include written evidence that the State,
     the general purpose local government or governments,
     or a regional agency designated by general purpose
     local governments for such purpose, have adopted by
     statute, regulation, ordinance, or other legally
     enforceable document, t h ene ces s ary req ui rements an d
     schedules and timetables for cpmpllance, ahcl"are com-
     mitted to Implement and enforce thVappropriate ele-
     ments of the plan; lEmphasis added.]

     A.  WHAT CONSTITUTES WRITTEN EVIDENCE THAT REQUIREMENTS AND
SCHEDULES AND TIMETABLES FOR COMPLIANCE HAVE BEEN ADOPTED?

     Section 172(b)(10) provides that each requirement or schedule
and timetable for compliance must be adopted by the State or a
local government or regional agency, by means of statutes,  regula-
tions, ordinances, or other legally enforceable documents.

     The Governor should Include copies of all such documents with
his SIP subnvittal, and he should certify (]} that each of the
included documents has been duly adopted by^ the State, local
government, or regional agency; (2.) that adoption of these  docu-
ments constitutes adoption of all of the requirements and schedules
                                218

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
and timetables for compliance provided for 1n the SIP;  and(Ł)
that the State, local governments, and regional  agencies had
legal authority to adopt the requirements and schedules and time-
tables for compliance set forth In the documents.

     B.  WHAT CONSTITUTES WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF A  COMMITMENT TO
IMPLEMENT AND ENFORCE A PLAN PROVISION, AND WHAT CONSTITUTES A
REQUIREMENT AND COMMITMENT TO USE RESOURCES TO CARRY OUT THOSE
PROVISIONS?

     Under sections 110(a)(3)(D), 110(c)(5)(B),  and 172(b)(7) and
(10), each State must Include with Its SIP subnrfttal written
evidence that the State and any  local governments or regional
agencies responsible for carrying out plan elements are committed
to Implementing and enforcing those elements, and must  1n addi-
tion include requirements and commitments for the use of identified
resources to carry out those plan elements.

     The State, local governments, and regional  agencies respon-
sible for carrying out any elements of the SIP should each execute
an enforceable document containing the following:

     1.  a certification that the resources identified  in the SIP
submission for carrying out the elements of the  SIP for which the
State, local government, or regional agency is responsible, are,
in the judgment of the officer or officers signing the  document,
adequate to implement and enforce those elements of the SIP;

     2.  a statement that the State, local government,  or regional
agency enters into a commitment (enforceable to  the extent allowed
under enforcement provisions of the Clean Air Act and applicable
State law) to do the following: (.a) implement and enforce the
plan elements for which the StateT local government, or regional
agency is responsible under the SIP; (bj use, insofar as necessary,
the resources identified 1n the SIP for carrying out those SIP
elements; and (c) on the schedule specified 1n the SIP, apply for
resources and legislative authority that are not yet available  to
the State, local government, or regional agency; and

     3.  a certification that the officer or officers signing the
document are authorized to execute 1t on behalf  of the  State,
local government, or regional agency.  Ordinarily, the  Governor,
Mayor, or other chief executive officer should be one of the
signatories.

In some instances, a State, local government, or regional agency
may be responsible under a SIP for controlling pollution generated
by use of property or facilities owned or operated by the State or
Its subdiv1sions--for example, a town responsible for paving roads
                              219

-------
to control  dust, or a state responsible  for instituting  transpor-
tation controls to reduce emissions  on public highways.   In  such
instances,  the cormritment made under paragraph 2 will  constitute
the legally enforceable "requirement" or "schedule  and timetable
for compliance" called for by section 172(b)(10) of the  Act.

     Copies of all of these documents should be included with  the
SIP submittals, and the Governor should  include a statement  certi-
fying that  each has been duly executed,  and that the signatories
had legal authority to enter into the commitments and agreements
set forth in the documents.
                                220

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                      ENFORCEABILITY OF SIPs

       PREPARED BY DIVISION OF STATIONARY SOURCE ENFORCEMENT
     In determining whether a SIP is enforceable,  the  emission
limiting and other regulatory parts of each plan will  be reviewed
for clarity and specificity.  EPA will consider in this  review  such
questions as whether emission limitations and other controlling
terms are well defined; whether it is clear who is being regulated
and whether the dates on which actions are required to be taken are
clearly stated.

SIP REVISION REQUIREMENTS - TEST METHODS

     Many State implementation plans (SIPs) as originally submitted
did not adequately prescribe the test methods which would be  used
when determining compliance with the emission limitations adopted
by the States.  Compliance determinations and enforcement proceed-
ings made apparent that this weakness existed in some  SIPs.   To
correct this deficiency, EPA promulgated in S 52.12(c) a require-
ment which states that,

          "(S)ources subject to plan provisions which  do not
     specify a test procedure and sources subject  to provi-
     sions promulgated by the Administrator will be tested by
     means of the appropriate procedures and methods prescribed
     in Part 60 of this chapter, unless otherwise  specified in
     this Part."

     This does not solve all the problems which arise  when a  State
fails to designate a specific test method.   A source category could
be regulated under a SIP for which none of the procedures and
methods promulgated in Part 60 would be appropriate.

     Another problem which has arisen, deals with  the  specificity
of the emission limitation.  While a certain regulation  may apply
to a specific source category or group of categories (process
weight), it is often difficult to ascertain the scope  of the
requirement.  For example, does the emission limit apply only to the
stack emissions, or are the fugitive emissions and stack emissions
combined in order to determine compliance?  A specific emission
limit and test method that applies to it will help to  clarify how
compliance is to be determined.
                                221

-------
     For these reasons, 1t 1s  essential  that when  developing emis-
sion limitations, each requirement  must  specify the  appropriate test
method and how compliance 1s to be  determined.  Since so much SIP
analysis depends on an accurate Interpretation of  the emission limi-
tation and Its associated test method, 1t  is extremely  Important
that a clear understanding of  both  be realized.

     Test methods which are included with  SIPs should be evaluated
to determine their accuracy and consistency.  States are encouraged
to use EPA reference methods whenever possible.

     Another option which States should  be encouraged to pursue is
the utilization of continuous  monitors as  the reference or  compli-
ance test method.  It is EPA's Intent to require,  in addition to
the four source categories now covered in  appendix P, additional
sources to install continuous  monitors.  Attainment  and maintenance
of NAAQS require that sources  continuously operate their control
equipment in a satisfactory manner.   To  maintain such compliance,
an effective way to Insure this would be to utilize  continuous
monitors as the compliance method thus providing continuous  com-
pliance data which can be used 1n an appropriate enforcement action.

     Where technically feasible, the SIP revision  must  Include the
following for each emission limitation in  the SIP  that  is expressed
as a limit on mass per unit of time or production  or on mass con-
centration; these criteria do  not apply  where the  control measure
does not specify this kind of  limit:

     1.  A specifically designated  method  for each emission  limita-
tion on mass per unit of time  or production or on  mass  concentra-
tion.  The test method cannot  be left to the discretion of  the
enforcing authority on a case-by-case basis.

     2.  Sufficient specificity in  the regulation  to define which
emission points are and are not included (e.g., whether an  emis-
sion limitation for a process  applies only to the  stack emissions
or to both stack and fugitive  emissions).

     3.  Sufficient description of  the applicable  test  methods to
evaluate the accuracy of the methods, analyze the  associated emis-
sion limit and thus assess the stringency  of the emission limit
and Its Impact on attainment.   States that use Part  60  methods and
procedures need not submit additional documentation.

     4.  The establishment of  conversion factors or  other parameters
and the monitoring of these parameters,  which will be used  to trans-
form test data into units of the applicable standard.

     5.  The procedures that will be used  to conduct the test
(e.g., does a test consist of  the average  of three one-hour runs?).
                                 222

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
                      COMPLIANCE SCHEDULES
     1.  Each plan must contain legally enforceable compliance sche-
dules setting forth dates by which all sources or categories of
sources must be 1n compliance with an applicable requirement of the
plan.  Each compliance schedule must contain Increments of progress
as defined 1n S 51.1(q) except as provided 1n 4 below.

     2.  Compliance schedules as defined in S 51.1(q)  shall be sub-
mitted with the plan and shall provide for final compliance as
expedltlously as practicable but 1n no case shall extend beyond
the attainment date of the plan.

     3.  Each compliance schedule of 6 months or less  1n duration
from the date of Its adoption must contain at least the following
Increments.

         a.  Date of initiation of a contract or activity
     which will result 1n final compliance.

         b.  Date of final compliance with the emission
     limitation.

     4.  Generally States are encouraged to negotiate  Individual
compliance schedules for sources subject to categorical schedules
submitted with the plan.
                               223

-------
            DSSE GUIDANCE FOR NONATTAINMENT  WORKSHOPS

           RULES, REGULATIONS AND COMPLIANCE SCHEDULES
     A State may submit either future  effective  or  immediately
effective regulations as part of its n on attainment  plan  revision.
Regardless of the type of regulations  submitted, the plan must
include "emissions limitations, schedules,  and timetables for com-
pliance with such limitations" to satisfy the requirements of S 110
(a)(2)(B) of the Act.  The term "schedule and timetable  for  com-
pliance" is defined at S 302(p) of the Act.  These  schedules and
timetables must set forth increments of progress, indicating the
steps the source must take to achieve  final  compliance with the
regulations.  (See 40 CFR S 5l.l(q) for minimum  increments of
progress.)

     Appropriate schedules of compliance may be  submitted in several
forms.  If the State adopts future effective regulations, schedules
must be incorporated directly into the plan.  If the State submits
immediately effective regulations, schedules may be submitted at a
later date in the form of variances, delayed compliance  orders, or
categorical schedules amending the SIP.  Future  effective regula-
tions provide significant advantages and EPA recommends  the adop-
tion of this procedure.

     A.  Future Effective Regulations

     Future effective regulations must be accompanied by schedules
of compliance at the time of submittal.  These schedules will be-
come part of the SIP upon approval, making  all sources subject to
enforceable schedules Immediately. This im»diate  incorporation
of the schedule into the SIP provides  a bef^lt  to  the source.  If
the source adheres to the terms of the schedule  it  will  be in
compliance with the regulations, and will not be subject to civil
or criminal action, or administrative  noncompliance penalties under
S 120 of the Act.  This is the only option  that  provides such pro-
tection from penalties to complying sources.

     Future effective regulations may  also  benefit  the State by
allowing it to conserve its resources.  Specifically, future effec-
tive regulations allow the State to develop the  required schedules
without having to resort to time consuming  enforcement proceedings.
Additionally, the State has the option of submitting compliance
                                224

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
schedules that have been developed either on  a  source  specific or
categorical basis.  EPA encourages the States to develop source
specific schedules to the greatest extent possible.  Source spe-
cific schedules enhance the enforceabillty of the plan by  reducing
broad regulations to terms specifically designed for particular
sources.  Source specific schedules do, however, require a greater
expenditure of resources by the State.   For this reason, the State
might choose to submit categorical schedules  to a certain  extent
and to modify the categorical schedules for Individual sources as
necessary later.

     B.  Immediately Effective Regulations

     The second approach a State may follow 1n  submitting  Its non-
attainment plan revision would be to make Its regulations  Immediate-
ly effective.  Immediately effective regulations require the source
to comply at once and may be enforced both judicially  and  adminis-
tratively (Including imposition of penalties) at once.  Ordinarily,
a source is not actually expected to comply at  once and the State
will desire to Include appropriate schedules  1n the SIP to protect
the source from enforcement action until  it 1s  able to achieve
expeditious final compliance.  Schedules  may  be submitted  in the
form of variances which become part of the SIP  under S 110(a)(3),
in the form of a delayed compliance order, under § 113(d)  of the
Act, or as categorical schedules amending the original requirement.
Each of these results 1n several disadvantages, both to the indi-
vidual source and to the State.

     Because the regulations will be effective  immediately, many
sources will be out of compliance as soon as  the nonattalnment plan
revision 1s approved.  Any such source that 1s  not 1n  compliance
with these regulations will be subject to noncompHance penalties
as provided by S 120 and civil  or criminal  action as set forth 1n
S 113(b) and (c).  Section 120 penalties  are  mandatory and must be
assessed against any major source 1n violation  after mid-1979.

     If the State chooses to formulate a  compliance schedule 1n the
form of a variance submitted sometime after approval of the under-
lying immediately effective emission limit, it  will protect the
source from enforcement action and noncompHance penalties to a
limited degree.   Any variance submitted pursuant to S  110(a)(3)
of the Act will  become part of the SIP upon approval.  Thus, a
source in compliance with the schedule contained in the variance
will not be subject either to enforcement,action or noncompHance
penalties.  NoncompHance penalties must  be assessed, however, for
                               225

-------
any period prior to approval  of the variance  since  the  source will
be violating the SIP during this time.   For each  source to be
Issued a separate variance could take a year  or more.   Sources would
be subject to substantial  noncompliance penalties,  1n addition to
the possibility of other enforcement action,  until  their  variances
are effective.

     The protection against penalties provided by a State Issued
Delayed Compliance Order (DCO)  1s even more limited.  Compliance
with the terms of a State  DCO will Insulate the source  from  other
enforcement action but 1t  will  not ordinarily protect the source
from noncompliance penalties.  Delayed compliance orders  are addi-
tions to the SIP which place  a  violator on  a  remedial compliance
schedule.  They do not modify the underlying  SIP  provisions.  Be-
cause the underlying SIP provisions are preserved,  a source  will
be subject to noncompliance penalties after mid-1979, even if 1t
is operating pursuant to a DCO  that extends beyond  that date.  In
such an instance, the only grounds for Immunity from S  120 would be
if the source obtains an exemption in accordance  with S 120(a)(2)
(B) or (C).

     A State may develop schedules for particular sources through
resort to judicial action. A source complying with the court
imposed schedule would remain subject to the  noncompliance penalty
provisions of § 120 for violation of the underlying immediately
effective regulation.  Further, unless the  court's  decree 1s sub-
mitted as a SIP revision,  the source would  not be Insulated  from
other enforcement action.

     Immediately effective regulations may  also be  disadvantageous
to the State.  Schedules submitted for sources subject  to immediate-
ly effective regulations normally are source  specific and require
observance of certain procedural requirements, not  only at the State
level, but also 1n the EPA approval process.  Development of sche-
dules through judicial action could take even longer.   Where sche-
dules are developed at the same time as the underlying  emission
limit and are submitted as part of the initial requirement,  notice,
comment and opportunity for hearing can be  provided simultaneously
on the emission limit and  the schedule or schedules implementing it.

II.  Status of Existing Regulations

     A State which submits revised more stringent emission limits
as part of Us nonattalnment  SIP generally  may not  revoke pre-
existing emission limits applicable to the  affected sources  unless
1t also requires that all  sources continue  to meet  Interim emis-
sions limitations at least as stringent as  the emission limitations
contained 1n the pre-existing regulations.   In most cases, a
                               226

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
source may not be allowed to operate without controls, or under less
stringent controls, while 1t 1s moving towards compliance with the
new regulations.  A plan that does not continue existing control
requirements normally would fall to provide for reasonable further
progress towards attainment of the air quality standards as required
by the Act.  New requirements Imposed by the plan revisions should
normally be treated as being 1n addition to, rather than 1n lieu
of, those Imposed by existing regulations.   In such cases failure
of the source to meet applicable pre-existing standards will lead
to appropriate enforcement action, Including assessment of appro-
priate noncompHance penalties under S 120 of the Act.

     There 1s one major exception to this rule.  If the new regula-
tions are "Inconsistent" with those currently in effect, the State
may (and should), to the extent necessary, exempt the source from
the pre-existing regulations.  To obtain an exemption, a source
should be required to demonstrate that it cannot physically meet the
new requirements and continue to comply with the pre-existing
requirement.  Only the period during which such physical Impossi-
bility exists may be covered by an exemption.  For example, 1n the
design and contract phases of a new compliance schedule, there
should normally be no exemption from the pre-existing emission limit.

     If the State expects to grant such exemptions 1t should esta-
blish an appropriate procedure as part of its nonattainment plan
revision.  The procedure must guarantee that no exemption shall be
granted unless the new regulations require controls totally 1mcom-
patlble with those established by the old regulations.  Furthermore,
the review procedures established must be sufficiently stringent
to ensure that any exemption granted will not jeopardize the
reasonable further progress required by the Act.   Requests for
exemptions must be reviewed and, if approved, submitted individually
as SIP revisions so that every exemption will be drawn as narrowly
as possible.

     EPA will approve exemptions 1n such cases only 1f the new
regulations are Inconsistent with the old ones for the source
Involved.  Thus, a source that previously was uncontrolled because
1t failed to comply with the pre-existing limit applicable to 1t
may not claim that the regulations are inconsistent.  Similarly,
a source that will meet Its new emissions limitation by Installing
additional equipment or "fine-tuning" equipment already 1n place
should not be granted an exemption except for any limited period
of time during which the existing equipment truly cannot be operated
while construction or "fine-tuning" is 1n process.  Even a source
that must eventually shut down Its existing controls will not be
eligible for an exemption if it can continue to operate those
                                227

-------
controls while the new equipment 1s Installed.   Only when  the  con-
struction or Installation of the new equipment  can  no  longer proceed
while existing controls remain 1n operation may an  exemption be
granted.

     The State should determine on a source by  source  basis  the
extent to which the new regulations are Inconsistent.   Sources
subject to the same requirements may have different physical charac-
teristics and may be able to Install new equipment  more expedltlously
or keep existing equipment operational  for a longer period of  time.
Any exemptions granted should take Into account such differences.
Additionally, 1t may be proper for the  State to repair Interim
control measures 1n certain Instances,  even though  an  exemption  1s
granted.
                                228

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                  NONATTAINMENT PLAN REVISIONS

              MALFUNCTION AND EXEMPTION PROVISIONS
     Several of the existing State ir'nlernertation plans (STp) prc-
 . .dc i.  an uJtGf',«it1c ei.i* s.jlon 11 iri Ballon t/empt'ion during periods
of excess emissions due to start-up, shutdown, or malfunction.
Generally, EPA agrees that the Imposition of a penalty for sudden
and unavoidable malfunctions caused by circumstances entirely be-
yond the control of the owner and/or operator 1s not appropriate
under certain conditions.  However, since the SIPs must provide
for attainment and maintenance of the national ambient air quality
standards, SIP provisions on malfunctions must be narrowly drawn.
(SIPs may, of course, onrit any provision on malfunctions.)

I.   AUTOMATIC EXEMPTION APPROACH

     If a nonattainment plan revision contains a malfunction pro-
vision, 1t cannot be the type that provides for automatic exemp-
tion where a malfunction is alleged by a source.   Automatic
exemptions might aggravate air quality so as to result in not pro-
viding for attainment of the ambient air quality standards as
required by Section 172 of the Clean Air Act, as amended.  Addi-
tional grounds for disapproving a SIP that includes the automatic
exemption approach are discussed in more detail  at 42 FR 58171
(November 8, 1977) and 42 FR 21372 (April 27, 1977).  As a result,
EPA will disapprove any nonattainment plan revision that provides
for an automatic exemption in those Instances where a source claims
excess emissions were caused by start-up, shutdown, or malfunction.

II.  ENFORCEMENT DISCRETION APPROACH-SIP EMISSION LIMITATION
ADEQUATE TO ATTAIN AMBIENT STANDARDS

     EPA could approve nonattainment plan submittals which incor-
porate the "enforcement discretion approach."  Such plans could
Include a requirement that places the burden on  the source of
demonstrating to the appropriate State agency's  satisfaction that
the excess emissions though constituting a violation were due to
an unavoidable malfunction.  For nonattainment plan revisions that
provide for attainment of the ambient air quality standards for a
pollutant by 1982, any malfunction provisions must provide for
the commencement of a proceeding to notify the source of its viola-
tion and to determine whether enforcement action should be under-
taken for any period of excess emissions, whether due to malfunc-
tions or otherwise.  (The term "excess emission"  means air emis-
sion rate which exceeds any applicable emission  limitation.)
                               229

-------
     Commencement of such a proceeding could be by Issuance  of a
notice of violation (or some equivalent State mechanism)  with  the
source being provided the opportunity to establish that the  viola-
tion was due to an unavoidable malfunction.   The malfunction pro-
vision should provide that the burden is entirely upon the source
to establish that the excess emissions resulted from a true  mal-
function.  (A malfunction is defined as a sudden and unavoidable
breakdown of process or air pollution control equipment.)

     Based on Information submitted by the source, the State
must determine whether additional  enforcement action is necessary.
The following factors must, at a minimum, be considered:

     1.  The air pollution control equipment, process equipment,
or processes were at all times maintained and operated, to the
maximum extent practicable, in a manner consistent with good
practice for minimizing emissions;

     2.  Repairs were made in an expeditious fashion when the
operator knew or should have known that applicable emission
limitations were being exceeded.  Off-shift labor and overtime
must have been utilized to insure  that such repairs were  made
as expeditlously as possible;

     3.  The amount and duration  of the excess emissions (includ-
ing any bypass) were minimized to  the maximum extent practicable
during periods of such emissions;

     4.  All possible steps were taken to minimize the impact  of
the excess emissions on ambient air quality; and

     5.  The excess emissions are  not part of a recurring pattern
indicative of Inadequate design, operation, or maintenance.

The malfunction provision must provide that only if the State
determines that each of these criteria are satisfied, no  additional
course of action could reasonably  have been expected of the  owner
or operator.  In such situations,  the malfunction provision  could
provide that the State would not follow the initial notice of  vio-
lation with any further enforcement action.

III. SOURCE DEMONSTRATION APPROACH--RACT LIMITATION NOT ADEQUATE
TO ATTAIN AMBIENT STANDARDS

     Section 172 requires that those nonattainment submittals  for
photochemical oxldants and carbon  monoxide that will not  be  able
to demonstrate attainment by December 31, 1982, must provide for
Implementation of all reasonably available control measures  (RACT).
                               230

-------
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
I
I
I
I
In a recent Federal court decision (Marathon Oil  Co.  y.  EPA,
	F.2d	(9th Cir., November 21, 1977) [a decision  on  malfunction
provisions in certain water pollution requirements]), the court
distinguishes requirements that are technology based  (e.g., non-
attainment plans based on RACT rather than attainment of ambient
standards) from requirements that are health based (e.g., SIP emis-
sion limitations for attainment of the ambient standards).   The
enforcement discretion approach could be approved in  RACT SIPs 1f
modified as set forth below.  A State may choose, however,  as
part of the RACT submittal not to provide a malfunction  provision
(i.e., Section 116).  An acceptable malfunction provision for
per.iods of excess emissions could require a source exceeding
applicable emission limitations to report the five categories of
information set forth 1n II above.  The source could  be  given the
opportunity to demonstrate that the excess emissions  resulted from
an unavoidable breakdown of process or control equipment, or from
unavoidable production problems.  Until such information is evalua-
ted by the State, issuance of a notice of violation (or  some
equivalent State mechanism) wbuld not be required. An approvable
malfunction provision should specify that if the source  does not
sustain its burden of proof to the State's satisfaction, the
excess emissions are a SIP violation and appropriate  enforcement
proceedings will be initiated by the State.   If the source  is
able to demonstrate that the malfunction was genuinely unavoidable,
it will not constitute a violation of the emission limitation.

     It should be understood that if over a period of time, appli-
cation of either the enforcement discretion approach  or  the source
demonstration approach does not significantly curtail malfunctions
to the extent that they are the cause of ambient  violations, the
malfunction portion of the SIP will either have to be further
revised by the State or EPA will have to disapprove the  SIP.

IV.  PHASING IN AND OUT OF EQUIPMENT, ROUTINE MAINTENANCE,  BYPASS
PROVISIONS, AND PRODUCTION PROCESS EXCESS EMISSIONS

     Any activity or event which can be foreseen  and  avoided, or
planned falls outside of the definition of sudden and unavoidable
breakdown of equipment.  For example, a sudden breakdown which
could have avoided by better maintenance procedures is not  a mal-
function.  In such cases, the control agency must enforce for
violations of the emission limitation.   Two such  common  events are
phasing in and out of equipment, and routine maintenance.

     Phasing in and out of process equipment is part  of  the normal
operation of a source and should be accounted for 1n  the design
and implementation of the operating procedure for the process and
control equipment.  Accordingly, it is reasonable to  expect that
careful planning will  eliminate violations of emission limitations
                               231

-------
during such periods.   If excess  emissions  should  occur  during
routine phasing in and out  of such  equipment,  the excess emis-
sions will  not be considered as  having resulted from  a  malfunc-
tion unless the source can  demonstrate that  such  emissions were
actually caused by a sudden and  unforeseeable  breakdown in the
equipment.

     Routine maintenance is a predictable  event,  which  can be
scheduled at the discretion of the  operator, and  which  can there-
fore be made to coincide with maintenance  on production equipment,
or other source shutdowns.   Most sources have  the ability to
build and maintain inventory upon which the  source  can  draw during
periods of shutdown for routine  maintenance.   Consequently, no
excess emissions may be allowed  for periods  of routine  maintenance.

     It is recognized that  in certain circumstances,  it is neces-
sary to bypass control equipment to avoid  endangering life or
sustaining severe property  damage.   Such bypassing  will not be con-
sidered a violation of a RACT SIP under the  source  demonstration
approach if the source sustains  its burden of  proof in  the excess
emissions report, but will  be considered a violation  of the attain-
ment SIP under the enforcement discretion  approach.

     In addition to malfunctions, it is recognized  that excess
emissions may occasionally  occur during normal production pro-
cesses, even when the control equipment is well designed, operated
and maintained.  If the source can  demonstrate, in  its  required
excess emissions report, that it was operating the  plant according
to the above malfunction criteria,  and that  it was  scheduling
operations to preclude fluctuations, but that  the emission limita-
tion was nevertheless violated for production  reasons beyond the
control of the source, the  excess emissions  will  not  be considered
a violation of the RACT SIP under the source demonstration
approach, but will be considered a violation of the attainment SIP
under the enforcement discretion approach.
                               232

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
                 IDENTIFICATION OF  RESOURCES

                             (§  172(b)(7))


                     —RECOMMENDED  FORMAT--


                       (Found  in  40  CFR  51)
ArpKNDix R.—Agency functions for air quality innintrnnncc area plans fur Ilir,	
                 AQMA in 1hc State of	. for *7ic year	
                         State air pol- Local air pol-  Tniplrinenta-           Transpor-  Other (water
 Control measures   Agencies'     Jution      lution     tion plan re-  Planning   tation   control, pub-
                           control      control    view agencies  agendas  ngencic.1   lie works,
                           agencies    ngoncies    (A-95, 3-C)                       etc.)
                             TTJND ESTIMATES BY TUNCTIOH
Measure n	
Measure b	
    Total funds'..
                               If AN-TIAB I8TIMATIS BY rONCTIOM
Measure »..
Measure n..
Measure m..

     Total.
 i Specific agencies should be Identified In a narrative attachment.
 > Report funds In thousands of dollars.
                                          233

-------
            MISCELLANEOUS PART  51  REQUIREMENTS—SUMMARY
     1.   S 51.4  Public hearings  (also required under S 172(b)
(1))—Before a State submits  the  plan, a  compliance schedule or
a plan revision to EPA, it  must hold  a public  hearing on the plan,
schedule, or revision.   The State must also  give proper public
notice for the hearing  at least 30 days prior  to the hearing.
Although this section specifies formal requirements for the
notice and holding of public  hearings, a  State can obtain EPA
approval to use alternative procedures that  EPA deems adequate.

     2.   S 51.5  Submission of plans; preliminary review of plans--
The State must submit at least five copies of  the plan revision
to the appropriate Regional Office.

     3.   S 51.19  Source surveillance—The plan must provide for
monitoring the status of compliance with  any rules and regulations
that constitute the control strategy.  As a  minimum, the plan must
provide ~

         --Procedures for requiring owners or  operators of sources
     to maintain records of emissions and report periodically to
     the States;

         --Periodic testing and inspection of  sources;

         --A system of  detection  of violations of rules and regu-
      itwns through enforcement  of a visible  emission limitation
     and for investigating compliants;

         --Procedures for obtaining and maintaining data on
     emissions reductions achieved through transportation control
     measures; and

         --Procedures to require  sources  to  Install and use emis-
     sion monitoring devices.

     4.   S 51.22  Rules and regulations—The State must adopt all
rules and regulations necessary  for attainment and maintenance of
the national standard.   The plan  must contain  copies of all such
rules and regulations.
                                234

-------
New Source Review
        235

-------
     NSR
        * COMPLEMENTARY DRIVING FORCE
             ADDITIONAL CLEAN UP
             NEW TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT

        * CONSISTENT WITH RFP

        * INSTANTANEOUS "WATCHDOG"
             RFP AND ATTAINMENT
PART D NSR REQUIREMENTS

1979 PLAN MUST:
       1. ATTAIN ON TIME - AVOIDS SANCTIONS
       2. IDENTIFY ALLOWABLE GROWTH
       3. CONTAIN NSR REGULATIONS
          *LAER (as defined)
          *STATEWIDE COMPLIANCE
          *2 OPTIONS -- case-by-case offsets
                      accomodative SIP
          *SIP CARRIED OUT
POST '82 ATTAINMENT
       4. CONTAIN NSR EVALUATION PROGRAM
                   236

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
REGULATORY NSR REQUIREMENTS


        APPLICABILITY


      * Major Sources - 100 TPY Potential
           July 1,1979 Preconstruction
      * Entire Nonattainment (case by case exception) Area
      * Date of Application
      * Late Designations
      * External Sources
        REGULATORY NSR REQUIREMENTS
    LOWEST ALLOWABLE EMISSION RATE  (LAER)

                * 171 Definition
                * Best SIP
                * In Practice
                * NSPS Minimum
            LAER

            BEST SIP

              CONSIDER


                  * PROMULGATIONS
                  * APPROVED REGULATIONS
                  *"ON BOOKS" - NOT IN EFFECT
                  * BACT REGS - NOT IN ABSTRACT
                  * VISIBLE OR EQUIPMENT STANDARDS

            ACHIEVABILITY "-TECHNICALLY FEASIBLE
                            237

-------
    LAER

    IN PRACTICE
          * LIMITED TECHNOLOGY TRANSFER
                Same gas strearryfacilities

          *OTHER DETERMINATIONS
                Constant Changes
                National Clearing House
                State Reporting
STATEWIDE COMPLIANCE


     if COMPLIANCE BY APPROVAL

     * APPLICABILITY

        Existing SIP Limits

      *MAJOR EXISTING SOURCES
    NEW SOURCE REVIEW OPTIONS
  case-by-case
     offsets
accomodative
     SIP
                        238

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
CASE - BY - CASE OFFSETS

       MORE RESTRICTIVE IR

       OFFSET MINOR/MAJOR

       CONSISTENT RFP/ATTAINMENT

       APPLICABLE El
 CASE-BY-CASE OFFSETS


       * SOURCE OPERATION


       *TPY BASIS

       * ACTUAL EMISSIONS (Historical)

       * EXCEPTION
          • Short Term - SO2 and TSP
            Ibs/hr basis
          •NET A Q BENEFIT
                               ACCOMODATIVE SIP


                  PROGRAM OFFSET - GROWTH ALLOWANCE SYSTEM


                   *SIZABLE INITIAL DEPOSIT
                          Below 1977 El
                          Beyond Attainment


                   ^IMPLEMENTATION
                          Running Account
                          Actual TPY Basis
                          Debit New Source Approvals
                          Credit Reductions As Occur
                          Overrun - Option A
                                          239

-------
NSR Growth Allowance Option
     1979      80      81
 NSR Growth Allowance Option
     1979      80      81
    NSR Growth Allowance Option
     77
   t/i
  .a
                  RFP
        1'79      BO     ai     82      U
                       240

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
                       New Source Review 1n 1979 SIPs
1.  General Intent
     The role of RFP in nonattainment area SIPs has already been
discussed.  NSR will also carry on a very important function which
will complement and perhaps facilitate the cleanup of existing sources.
It will likely be the principal mechanism in many areas by which
advances in control technology are made and new opportunities to
control existing sources are identified.  NSR will also provide an
instantaneous check on RFP.  That is, the reductions obtained to
offset new source growth must be consistent with the RFP schedule and
the overall attainment requirement.

2.  New Source Review - Part D Requirements

     Section 172 identifies several.1979 plan requirements for non-
attainment areas which are related to growth and NSR.  Section 172(a)(l)
states that SIP demonstrating attainment by the prescribed date is a
prerequisite to approving major construction after July 1, 1979.1
Section 172(b)(5) requires such 1979 plans to expressly identify and
quantify the emissions allowed for the operation and construction of major
sources in the area.  Section 172(b)(6) calls for the development of an
appropriate permit system for new major sources.  (The details of this
permit system are spelled out in more detail below in the Section 173
requirements.)  Finally, Section 172 (b)(ll)(A) requires that the 1979
plan develop a special new source evaluation program when attainment
beyond 1982 (not to exceed 1987) is allowed for photochemical oxidants
or carbon monoxide violations.  This special program is to weigh the
benefits ,and analyze the alternatives to approving this source rela-
tive to the need for attaining the oxidant and carbon monoxide NAAQSs
as expeditiously as practicable.

     Section 173 outlines the details of the NSR system called for in
172(b)(6).  Section 173(1) identifies the two options for approving
major construction without jeopardizing attainment.  Section 173(1)(A)
states that by new source operation total allowable emissions from
existing sources, new minor sources, and the proposed source are less
than those allowed under the SIP at the time of new source application
so as to be consistent with RFP,  Section 173(1)(B) alternatively allows
ISection 110(a)(2)(I) further states that this sanction is only applicable
 to those sources/facilities which cause or contribute (emphasis added)
 to the relevant ambient violation.
                                241

-------
approval of major construction if it would not cause or contribute  to
violating the Section 173(b)(5)  allowance for growth.   Section  173  also
requires that major construction in a non-attainment area must  meet the
lowest achieveable emission rate (LAER),  all  other major sources  under
common ownership within the State must be in  compliance with  the  appli-
cable SIP, and the State must otherwise be carrying out the applicable
SIP.  Section 171(3)  defines the term "lowest achieveable emission  rate"
for any source as that rate of emissions  which reflects:

     (A)  the most stringent emission limitation  which  is contained in
the implementation plan of any State for  such class or  category of  source,
unless the owner or operator of the proposed  source demonstrates  that
such limitations are  not achievable, or

     (B) the most stringent emission limitation which is achieved in
practice by such class or category of source, whichever is more stringent.

     In no event shall the application of this term permit a  proposed
new or modified source to emit any pollutant  in excess  of the amount
allowable under applicable new source standard of performance.

    3.  Comprehensive NSR System

    In general, EPA will not require submittals of comprehensive  NSR
packages as part of the 1979 SIP package.   By a comprehensive precon-
struction review, we  mean a streamlined integration of  all applicable
air permit requirements including those for the Prevention of Signifi-
cant Deterioration (PSD), Standards of Performance for  New Stationary
Sources (NSPS), review for New Sources of Hazardous Air Pollutants
(NESHAP), and the 40  CFR 51.18 review against the ambient standards.
Comprehensive NSR rulemaking is  not likely to be  completed in the near
future, but Figure #1 has been included to provide those who  wish to
develop NSR regulations in the interim with EPA's best  estimate to  a
comprehensive one-air permit NSR system.   Only regulations requiring
(1) LAER, (2) Statewide compliance, (3) alternative site evaluation
within post-1982 attainment areas, and (4) NSR rules that maintain  RFP
will be required in the January 1, 1979,  submittal.  However, such  regu-
lations must be developed in conformance  with the existing 40 CFR 51.18
requirements (i.e., mandatory public comment  period and ability to  require
sufficient information from sources to determine  their  approvability).

     Figure #1 shows  that all new and modified sources  except those
specifically exempted will undergo at least some  type of NSR.  Minor
sources (less than 100 TPY potential emissions) are identified  under
an initial engineering analysis  (Box #A)  and  receive only an  analysis
to verify their anticipated compliance with the applicable SIP  emis-
sion limits.  Minor sources which will comply with such limits  can,
therefore, be granted construction approval without further delay.
                                 242

-------
                                                   PD
243

-------
     Major sources (100 TRY and more of increased potential  emissions)
must face a more detailed analysis.   Box #B is primarily a geographic
area screen ("107" area designations unless new air quality monitoring
data required under Section "165" shows ambient violation(s)).  Jh1s
test essentially determines if the major source construction must
apply LAER, BACT, or simply meet the applicable SIP.   The specifics
of what applicable limit(s) the source must meet are identified under
the group of boxes labeled Emission Limitation Analysis.  As mentioned
in the next section, a source can opt to demonstrate his lack of impact
to a nonattainment problem and avoid the automatic LAER requirement.
This 1s thought to be the exception, however, and the geographic
applicability screen will 1n most cases define the type of emission
limitation that is appropriate for a major source.

     Assuming that "potential" continues to be defined in terms of a
source's uncontrolled emissions, EPA is considering the possibilities
for not requiring analysis for certain major sources who after con-
trol would not have an emission rate of concern.  Such a screen
(identified by #C) might consist of an emission cutoff (perhaps 50 TPY)
and a requirement for the source to use a good engineering practice
stack height (as appropriate).  An alternative type of screening
approach is to use a standard and conservative air quality screening
model.  Sources below a certain specified air quality Impact would receive
an expedited review and perhaps even be exempted from further analysis.
All "exempted" sources regardless of the screening technique employed
would then face only an abbreviated public participation requirement  (e.g.,
30 days public comment) before gaining approval to construct.

     For those major sources not qualifying for such exemptions (or
all major sources if the exemptions are not allowed), an ambient air
quality impact analysis would be necessary.  Herein the ambient review
requirements of PSD have been incorporated with those of 51.18 to
safeguard the ambient standards and increments.  The ambient review
requirements pertinent to identified non-attainment areas are discussed
later.

     After a source has undergone the air quality review, it must be
subjected to considerable public participation.  A 30-day comment is
expected to be the normal occurrence, although an opportunity for
public hearings and extended public comment would be afforded.   In no
event will the entire review process delay construction by more than
one year after a completed application has been received.

     It should be emphasized that the preceding discussion is only
presented for the benefit of those wishing to develop their Part D regu-
lations in advance of the forthcoming comprehensive NSR regulations.
                                 244

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
     4.   Applicability of Nonattainment NSR Requirements

     In  general, all  major construction proposed after July 1, 1979, for
any portion of a non-attainment area will  be assumed to be subject to
the full NSR requirements under Part D.  Major construction means any
new source or modification which would increase the potential  for emis-
sion release by 100 TRY or more, regardless of reductions achieved
elsewhere.

     The NSR preconstruction requirements identified in Part D are to
be implemented until  the designated nonattainment area actually realizes
the attainment mandate.  This applies to violations of both the primary and
secondary standards.   These requirements are generally not applicable retro-
actively to recent major construction approvals issued before July 1,
1979.  Such approvals were likely governed by EPA's Interpretative
Ruling (offset policy) and were to have been taken into account in demon-
strating attainment.

     All NSR requirements are presumed applicable for the entire
designated nonattainment area.  This is consistent with the concept of
areawide tracking of RFP.  However, if a proposed source can make a
firm demonstration that it would not cause or contribute to a non-
attainment problem then such source could be exempt from the NSR re-
quirements and the RFP accounting procedures.  This demonstration may
consist of a monitoring study to show that the proposed location or
modification site is in a clean portion of the designated non-attainment
area and a modeling study to show that the proposed construction would
not impact on adjacent portions of the designated non-attainment area.

     A slightly different NSR procedure is appropriate for those areas
of proposed construction which are later identified as being non-attainment.
That is, the preconstruction review under regulations for the prevention
of significant deterioration (PSD) will typically require preconstruction
monitoring data from prospective major sources.  The data from these and
other monitors (either existing or newly established by the State) can
lead to the further identification of non-attainment areas not classified
as such in 1978.  After the formal non-attainment designation is made,
States have up to nine months to develop appropriate attainment plans
including the NSR requirements of Part D.   However, until the time that
a plan is approved, EPA's Interpretative Ruling of December 21, 1976,
(as amended) is to be applied in the review of new sources.

     Finally, EPA's Interpretative Ruling would apply to external con-
struction that significantly impacts the non-attainment problem.  Such
external construction must be major, be proposed for areas outside the
geographic boundaries of the designated non-attainment areas, and impact
significantly through transport on the adjacent non-attainment area.
If offsets for such a source are secured from the designated non-
attainment area, they will not also count toward making RFP.
                                245

-------
5.  LAER Guidance

     As mentioned, Section 171(3) defines LAER in terms of the "best
SIP" limit or "best in practice" control that is achievable by the
source undergoing review -- not to be less stringent than an applicable
NSPS.  Some guidance will now be given as to what regulations are to
be considered as being the "best SIP" and what"in practice"control
experiences are transferable for the proposed construction.

     "Best SIP" means that limit of the highest stringency that the
source is capable of meeting considering all plan limits "on the books."
That is, if a plan has extraordinary regulatory measures incorporated
into its SIP designed to preclude a certain source type from ever
constructing, these need not define LAER.  In addition, plans with best
available control technology (BACT) requirements are not applicable in
the abstract.  Only where specific limits exist within these regulations
or where a BACT-type regulation has been implemented for a similar source
would this type of regulation  be applicable.  EPA promulgated require-
ments are, of course, part of the applicable SIP.  Finally, "equipment
standards" can substitute for emission limitations where the latter
has typically not been prescribed.  Note that the limits need only to
have been prescribed for a source and existing in a SIP to be eligible
for consideration.  However, if a limit has not yet been tested through
source operation, "achievability" may be more difficult to prove.

     "In practice" means controls that have been demonstrated for that
exact source type or one of similar general function with extreme
similarities of gas stream, economics, etc.  This interpretation
does not preclude use of "control technology transfer."  However,
EPA feels that the need to offset new source emissions consistent with
RFP will often persuade sources to voluntarily advance the "state-of-
the art" for control technology.  Thus, control transfer is not likely
to be needed in most cases.

     Considerable comment has been raised as to the need for an effective
national clearinghouse to promote consistent LAER determinations and to
provide a quick reference vehicle as to what represents good control of
a specific source type.   Most feel that such a system is necessary to
keep the NSR community advised of the continual advances in regulations
and field determinations that govern future LAER decisions.  OAQPS already
has a limited operation to provide this service on technology determina-
tions including BACT and RACT as well as LAER.  EPA is considering the
possibilities for expanding this function primarily through contractor
services.  Such expansion would consist of a concentrated effort to estab-
lish an initial bank of information on many source types (including a
compilation of recent field determinations, applicable SIP regulations,
and general information obtained from the literature and industry on
state-of-the-art controls) and arrange to update the bank on a continual
basis.  Such a data bank would serve to advise those desiring information
concerning other LAER determinations and would help overcome the diffi-
cult problems of deciding when controls are achieveable (technically
feasible).  In order to help maintain an up-to-date clearinghouse,


                                246

-------
assistance will be needed from State and local agencies regarding their
LAER decisions.  In addition to maintaining such a system, OAQPS would
be available to assist States in making unique determinations where
available information is inadequate.  Comments are welcome on such an
idea, especially those with ideas for best procuring the necessary
information on an initial basis and a regular basis thereafter.

     6.  Statewide Compliance

     Section 173(3) requires that all other major sources (100 TRY
potential) owned or operated in the same State by the applicant are in
compliance with the applicable emission limits and standards under
the Act.  In responding to this requirement, EPA intends that reviewing
agency ensure that major sources under common ownership or operation
control with the proposed one in the same State be in compliance (or on
enforceable schedules) with all established SIP limits at the time of
new source approval.  There is no need to establish limits beyond those
necessary to ensure attainment.

     7.  NSR Regulatory Options

     Section 173(1) outlines two options for accommodating major source
growth in SIPs without jeopardizing the attainment mandate.   Section
173(1)(A) allows a form of offset policy to be conducted on a case-by-
case basis.  In general, this offset regulation is decidedly more re-
strictive than is EPA's present Interpretative Ruling.  In addition
to subjecting sources on the basis of their increased emission potential,
new major sources are required to offset not only their emissions but
also those of the minor point sources which have come into the area
since 1979 (which have not already been offset).   More importantly, the
decrease in allowable emissions that Section 173(1)(A) calls for must
be consistent with RFP.   This effectively changes the baseline for off-
sets from the stated SIP at the time of application to the attainment
SIP since RFP can in no way jeopardize attainment.

     In implementing the Section 173(1)(A)  option, a reviewing authority
must therefore keep the following criteria  in mind.   He must verify
that: (1) the proposed reductions are not otherwise needed to provide for
or maintain attainment; (2) the offsets would be transacted on a TPY
actual basis;  (3) the offsetting reductions will be accomplished on
or before the time of new source operation; (4) the reductions come
from sources in the emissions inventory used for approved control
 This  is consistent with how RFP is  primarily tracked and will  require
 the establishment of new enforceable TPY limits  on  the reducing sources.
 An exception to this is  when only short-term violations  of  the  TSP  or
 SOg standards are at stake.   Then maximum emissions on a Ibs/hour basis
 should be used together  with a new air quality benefit criteria.  Note
 that in the general case of TPY transactions does not have  a net  air
 quality benefit constraint.   However, a reviewing authority would be
 ill-advised to approve new sources that worsen air  quality  trends since
 making RFP and attainment status are linked with air quality trends.

                               247

-------
         2
strategy;  and (5) the amount of the proposed reductions  is  sufficient
to offset both the emissions reductions directly associated  with the
proposed source construction and those emissions attributed  to minor
point sources that have come into the area since the last RFP milestone
was met.

     Utilization of the case-by-case offsets NSR option will not affect
the shape of the RFP schedule as the next NSR option does.   However, the
permitting of new major growth in a non-attainment area does complicate
the tracking procedures for RFP.  In general, when satisfactory offsets
under "173" are obtained, emission tracking will not be affected until the
new sources come into operation or the offsetting reductions actually occur.
This is true since no actual emissions would have occurred,  nor would the
SIP have allowed any net increase in emissions to occur.   Figure 2 and
Table 1 have been included to illustrate how new source approvals are to
be taken into account when tracking RFP.  It should be noted that when
RFP is not being met, sanctions could be imposed that would  override the
permitting authority of systems developed under Section 173(1)(A) or
Section 173(1)(B).

     A second option open to the States for allowing major construction is
described under Section 173(1)(B).  A growth allowance system can be set
up and major sources can be.approved so long as they would not exceed the
available growth allowance.

     Several requirements are inherent to implementing this  program
accomodation of new sources:  (1) there must be a sizable amount of reduc-
tions accomplished by the time of system operation (note  that reductions
from 1977 to 1979 can be used toward the establishment of an initial growth
account); (2) the reductions in the account must all be beyond those needed
for attainment; (3) no major growth can be permitted beyond  that acconmo-
datedcWithin the growth allowance available at the time of source applica-
tion;  (4) reductions as accomplished are eligible for addition to the
growth allowance, whereas new sources as approved reduce  the amount of
allowance available for approving future new sources; (5) the available
growth allowance is consumed or augmented on an actual TPY basis; and
(6) no further major construction approvals can be issued when RFP is not
otherwise met.

     Many States which elect to operate the growth allowance system may
also wish to plan for a specific amount (or even type) of growth over
a certain period of time.  A good mechanism for doing so  is  shown in Figure 3.
Herein the dotted line shows the timely aquisition of additional reductions
from existing sources (beyond attainment) so as to allow  for a specified
o
 Conceivably, the reviewing agency could accept offsets from non-
 inventoried sources overlooked in the 1977 emissions inventory, but as
 a minimum these offsets must be discounted in value by the overall
 percent control needed for attainment.

 It should be noted that EPA, if forced to promulgate a plan, will typi-
 cally not set up such an allowance.
5
 Consequently, the plan should allow for the approval of new major sources
 to continue under the case-by-case offset option previously discussed.

                                248

-------
                         TABLE #1

                       RFP AND GROWTH

                                        MAXIMUM      ACTUAL     ALLOWABLE
                                       EMISSIONS    EMISSIONS   EMISSIONS
YEAR          ACTION                     (TPY)         (TPY)       (TPY)

1975                                    50,000        40,000      50,000
         #1 Approval (w/o offsets)     + 5,000         —       + 5,000
1976                                    55,000        40,000      55,000
         #2 Approval (w/o offsets)     + 2,500         —       + 2,500
         6% Increase 1n capacity         ---        + 3,000
1977                                    57,500        43,000      57,500
         #3 Shutdown                   - 2,500       - 2,500     - 2,500
         6% Decrease 1n capacity         —        - 2,850
1978                                    55,000        38,000      55,000
         #5 Approval w/#4 offsets
         6% Increase in capacity         —        + 2,850
1979                                    55,000        40,850      55,000
         #7 Approval w/#6 offsets        —          —
         RFP cleanup                   -11,000       - 9,020     -36,500
1980                                    44,000        31,830      18,500
         RFP cleanup                   -10,000       - 8,200
         4% Increase in capacity         —        + 1,060
         #1 Operation at 15% approval  - 4,250       +   750     - 4,250
1981                                    29,750        25,460      14,250
         RFP cleanup                   - 8,000       - 7,000
         10% Decrease in capacity        -—        - 1,350
         #2 Operation at 15% approval  - 2,125       +   375     - 2,125
         #4 Offsets occur                —        - 2,500
         #6 Offsets (beyond attainment
            occur)                       —        - 2,500
1982                                    19,625        12,465      12,125
         RFP cleanup                   - 7,500       - 5,625
         #5 Operation at 15% approval  - 2.125       +   300     - 2,125
         5% Decrease in capacity         —        -   300       —
1983                                    10,000         6,840      10,000
         #7 Operation                    -—        + 2,500
         5% Increase in capacity         —            300       —
1984                                    10,000         9,640      10,00
aA 10,000 TPY El is assumed to show attainment
bUntil 1979 maximum emissions are assumed to equal  allowable  ones  (i.e.,  SIP
 limits coincide with maximum source emissions and  they are fully  complied with)
cAll cleanup performed to accomplish RFP is  identified in  the 1979 plan sub-
 mission and is expressed in terms of allowable emissions.
dAllowable emission reduction for RFP are translated into  actual emission
 reductions by the following.


        Actual  Emissions     -  Allowable emissions   -  Total    =  Change to
        Before  Cleanup            before cleanup        Cleanup     Actual Emissions

                               249

-------
                                     Figure 2
•o
is
Q.
               10
               00
                                  a
                                 O 3
                                       0
       O     O
       in     
                                                             ,OL>
-------
                Figure 3
NSR Growth Allowance Option
                RFP
     1979
83
                  251

-------
amount of desired growth.  Note that the RFP schedule itself does not
change when a growth allowance scheme is built in.   The milestones of
the RFP schedule must still be met, but now in terms of total actual
emissions from existing and new sources.  Tracking  of new source emis-
sions will proceed as described under the case-by-case NSR option.

8.  NSR Program for Post 1982 SIPs

     Where the 1979 plans fail to demonstrate attainment by 1982 (but
no later than 1987), a special NSR requirement applies.  Pursuant to
Section 172(b)(ll)(A), a preconstruction program must be established
to weigh the benefits of new sources relative to their social and
economic impacts.  Included in this analysis is to  be an evaluaton of
the alternative sites, controls, and source processes that are available
and reasonable.  Although the 1979 plan must contain this special NSR
evaluation program, EPA believes that the reasons for approving or disap-
proving the source under this requirement can best  be decided by the
reviewing authority.  Thus, as long as attainment by the extended dead-
line is not jeopardized, EPA will in most cases defer to the State's
judgment.
                                252

-------
Miscellaneous Topics
       253

-------
                      MISCELLANEOUS TOPICS

     The actual  workshops  that  were given from February 28 through
March 10 and the previous  edition  of this compilation covered a
number of miscellaneous topic*  concerning requirements for SIP
revisions not directly associated  with  the nonattainment area
plans.  The topics were—
     —Tall stacks,
     —Permit fees,
     —Assurance of plan adequacy, (SIP dependency  on clean fuels)
     —State board composition,
     — Interstate pollution,
     —Public notification,
     —Maintenance of pay,
     —A1r pollution episode  reporting, and
     —Prevention of significant deterioration.
     These requirements are 1n  the formative  stages  as compared
to the other material presented at the workshop  and thus contain
a number of Issues that have  not yet been resolved.  EPA wanted
to provide preliminary Ideas  concerning those topics and obtain
reactions to them.  Material  on these topics  have been deleted
from this edition of this  compilation and from the  videotape of
the workshop.  EPA will 1n the  future circulate additional guidance
on these topics.
                               254

-------
        Summary of
Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977
               255

-------
             Summary of the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977

                                 Title I

                                 Part A

Section 103 -  Training is amended to prevent EPA from charging air
     pollution control agencies for training and to provide for accelera-
     tion of training efforts.

Section 105 -  Grants_ is amended to provide each State with a minimum of
     1/?% of the total grant funds appropriated annually;  to  prevent the
     loss of grant funds if a general, non-selective reduction 1n expendi-
     tures is made in a State budget; and to prevent disapproval, revoca-
     tion, or reduction of funds without prior notice and  an  opportunity
     for public hearing in the affected State.

Section 107 -  Air Quality Control Regions is amended by adding new
     subsections which require each State to submit to EPA within 120
     days a list identifying the status of each AQCR with  respect to
     compliance with NAAQS.  It further requires EPA to promulgate such
     lists 60 days later with whatever modifications EPA deems necessary.
     Provision is made for revision of the 11st and for redesIgnation of
     AQCR's within the State.

Section 108 -  Air Quality Criteria and Control Techniques is amended to
     require EPA to consider cost of installation and operation, energy
     requirements, emission reduction benefits, and environmental Impact
     of emission control technology in the preparation of  control techniques
     documents.  EPA is further required to revise and reissue criteria
     relating to short-term NO? concentrations within six  months.  EPA
     must also publish within T80 days information on procedures for
     reducing pollutant emissions - including inspection and  maintenance,
     vapor controls, public transit and carpool programs,  on-street
     parking control, and retrofit of heavy duty vehicles  - and must
     assess the relative effectiveness and the energy and  economic
     impact of these measures.

Section 109 -  National Ambient Air Quality Standards is amended to
     require EPA to establish an independent scientific committee to
     review air quality criteria and the NAAQS not later than December 31,
     1980 (and at subsequent intervals not exceeding five years) and
     recommend revisions in the criteria and standards as  may be appro-
     priate.  EPA must also promulgate a short-term primary standard for
     N02  (less than 3 hour) within one year.
                                      256

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Section 110 -  Implementation Plans  is  amended:

     1.   To require SIP's to include permit  programs  to  prevent signifi-
          cant deterioration and non-attainment  of  standards  and also  to
          include air quality maintenance  requirements.

     2.   To prohibit EPA from requiring indirect source  review programs,
          except with respect to Federally funded projects.   Such existing
          programs,  however, may remain in effect at the  discretion  of
          the States.  It also authorizes  Governors of States to tempor-
          arily suspend SIP regulations which restrict on-street parking.

     3.   To restrict land use regulations to those needed to assure
          attainment and maintenance of NAAQS and prevent significant
          deterioration of air quality.

     4.   To require the owners and  operators of major stationary sources
          to pay any fees required to obtain  a permit.

     5.   To authorize EPA to delegate  enforcement  authority  to local
          governments for plans promulgated by EPA.

     6.   To allow revision, upon a  Governor's request, of strategies
          requiring tolls on bridges located  entirely  in  one  city with
          alternate strategies providing for  equivalent emission reductions
          to be submitted to EPA within one year.

     7.   To allow suspension of SIP requirements (not to exceed four
          months) for fuel burning sources if necessitated by an energy
          or economic emergency.

Section 111 -  Standards of Performance for New  Stationary Sources is
     amended to require the best system of continuous  emission reduction
     on new or modified fossil fuel  fired  steam  generators regardless  of
     fuel  quality.  EPA must promulgate a  complete  list of major station-
     ary source categories within one year and standards  of performance
     for the entire list no later than  four years thereafter.  Before
     promulgating a list or standards,  EPA must  consult with  the States.
     The Governor of a State has authority to petition to compel the
     Administrator to issue new source  performance  standards  for Indus-
     tries which have not yet been covered by such  standards, to revise
     priorities for standard setting, to issue revised standards when
     better technology becomes adequtely demonstrated, or to  Issue
     standards for unregulated hazardous pollutants.   If  an emission
     standard is not feasible, EPA may  prescribe a  design, equipment,
     work practice,  or operational standard.   EPA promulgations for
     designated pollutants under Section lll(d)  must consider the
                                      257

-------
     remaining useful  life of such sources.   Stationary sources  owned
     and operated by the Federal  government  are  no  longer exempt from
     State enforcement.   A source owner may  apply for  a waiver to use
     innovative continuous emission control  technology.  A waiver may
     not extend beyond seven years after the date granted or four years
     after operation is commenced.

Section 112 -  National  Emission  Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
     is amended to allow EPA to prescribe a  design, equipment, work
     practice, or operational standard to protect public health  from
     hazardous materials where an emission standard is not feasible.

Section 113 -  Enforcement is amended:

     1.   To allow EPA to issue orders prohibiting  construction  or
          modification of major stationary sources  in  non-attainment
          areas and to authorize  the courts  to impose  civil penalties  of
          up to $25,000 per day for violations of the  Act.

     2.   To authorize a State (or EPA after 30  days notice) to  issue
          enforcement orders which extend beyond the date specified for
          attainment of the NAAQS.  Such orders  shall  require compliance
          as expeditiously as practicable, but no later than July 1,
          1979, unless the order  establishes a delayed compliance penalty.
          Orders are limited to not more than a  three  year delay, except
          in cases of innovative  technology  (five years), coal conversion
          extension, or smelter orders.  The State  retains primary
          responsibility for enforcement. The issuance of a delayed
          compliance order serves as a notice for purposes of noncompllance
          penalties if the affected source does  not comply by the applicable
          date.  A source receiving an order must comply with all interim
          requirements which the  Administrator deems reasonable  and
          practicable.  The Administrator may revoke an order if he
          determines that the conditions upon which the order was based
          no longer exists or that the source is in violation of interim
          requirements.  Where a  source wishes to comply by replacing
          the facility, terminating operations or completely changing
          the production process  it may receive an  extension requiring
          no interim steps before final compliance  if it agrees  to post
          a bond or surety equal  to the cost of compliance had the owner
          decided to comply by installing control equipment.

     3.   To incorporate the provisions of former Section 119 (Energy-
          related Authority) for sources which cannot meet SIP requirements
          because of a coal conversion order and to provide an extension
          in compliance orders to December 31, 1980.  Additional authority
                                       258

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
          is available for extensions up to December  31,  1985.   Sources
          ordered to convert can begin to burn  coal only  when they can
          do so without causing or contributing to  concentrations  of any
          pollutant in excess Of primary air quality  standards  and in
          compliance with the applicable SIP.

Section 114 -  Inspections is amended to require the  Administrator to
     give reasonable notice to the States prior to  carrying out an
     entry, inspection or monitoring, when the  Administrator intends to
     check on compliance with a standard adoped by  the  State and approved
     by the Administrator.  The Administrator must  also inform the State
     of the purpose for his action but the Administrator's  failure to
     comply will  not be a defense in an enforcement action; nor would it
     make evidence obtained in violation of this provision  Inadmissible.

Section 115 -  International Air Pollution is added to  allow the Adminis-
     trator to trigger a revision of an SIP under Section 110(a)(2)(H)
     upon the petition of an international agency or  the  Secretary of
     State if he finds that emissions originating in  a  State endanger
     the health or welfare of persons in a foreign  country, provided
     said country has given the U.S. the same rights.

Section 118 -  Control of Pollution from Federal  Facilities is  added to
     require Federal facilities to comply with  all  applicable State and
     local substantive and procedural (i.e., permit requirements)  air
     pollution requirements.  Suits brought under the Section may  be
     removed to Federal court, and no judicial  review of  an EPA action
     in State courts 1s authorized.  Exemptions may be  granted  by  the
     President in the interest of national defense.

Section 119 -  Primary Nonferrous Smelter Orders is added to authorize
     the use of supplementary control strategies on a temporary basis
     for existing nonferrous smelters.  Existing nonferrous smelters may
     be granted up to two extensions (not exceeding five  years  each) for
     the use of intermittent control systems if the Administrator  finds
     that Imposition of continuous emission controls  would  result  in a
     cessation of smelter operations.  During the first five year  extension,
     a smelter using supplemental controls on the date  of enactment need
     not employ additional continuous controls.  In addition, public
     hearings are not required before issuance  of the extension, except
     in certain circumstances.  Prior to granting the second five  year
     extension, there must be notice and a public hearing to determine
     whether ultimate emission limitations are  reasonably available.

Section 120 -  Non-compliance Penalty is added  to require the States or
     the Administrator to assess and collect non-compliance penalties.
                                       259

-------
     Using the variables set forth in the Amendment,  the non-compliance
     penalty would be calculated on the basis  of the  costs a non-complying
     source avoids by delaying compliance.   Specifically, the calculation
     of the non-compliance penalty must consider the  capital costs  of
     compliance and debt service over a normal  amortization period  not
     to exceed ten years, operation and maintenance costs foregone, and
     any additional economic value of a delay.   In essence, the penalty
     would reflect financial savings realized  by the  firm as a result of
     non-compliance with the law.

Section 121 -  Consultation is added to require a State to consult  with
     a local government prior to adoption of SIP requirements or enforce-
     ment provisions which would affect that local government.  The
     consultation must be done in accordance with regulations promulgated
     by EPA.

Section 122 -  Unregulated Pollutants is added to require the Administrator
     to determine within one year (two years for radioactive pollutants)
     whether or not emissions of radioactive pollutants, cadmium, arsenic
     and polycyclic organic matter may endanger public health and,  if
     so, to list the substance in accordance with Section 108(a)(l)
     (Criteria Pollutant), 112(b)(l) (NESHAPS), or lll(b)(l)(A) (NSPS).
     For radioactive pollutants, the Administrator must coordinate  with
     the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.  EPA is further directed to
     study the effects of these unregulated pollutants and, in particular,
     the formation of sulfates.

Section 123 -  Stack Heights is added to specify that the amount of
     emission reduction required under the SIP shall  not be affected in
     any way by stack heights that exceed good engineering practice (not
     to exceed two and one-half times the height of the source) or  by
     any other dispersion technique, Including Intermittent or supplemental
     controls that vary with atmospheric conditions.   Exempt from this
     provision are stack heights or dispersion techniques 1n use before
     the date of the 1970 Clean Air Act Amendments.  Also, for Federally-
     owned coal-fired steam electric generating units in operation
     before July 1, 1957, the entire stack height may be taken Into
     account if its construction contract was  awarded before February 8,
     1974.  The Administrator must within six months promulgate regulations
     to carry out  these provisions.

Section 124 -  Assurance of Adequacy of State Plans is added to require
     that, not later than one year after enactment, each State review
     its SIP relating to major fuel burning sources to determine the
     extent to which its plan  is dependent upon petroleum products,
     natural gas,  and coal  not locally available  and submit  its findings
     to the Administrator.  EPA must review these  submissions and require
     the SIP to be revised  if  the Act's requirements will not be met;
     the Governor  must  be consulted.
                                     260

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 I
 I
 I
 I
Section 125 -  Measures to Prevent Economic Disruption or Unemployment
     is added to prevent economic disruption by authorizing the President,
     the Administrator, or the Governor to require major fuel-burning
     stationary sources not in complaince with an implementation plan,
     or which are under a coal conversion order, to use local  or regional
     coal while still  complying with requirements necessary to assure
     compliance with the Clean Air Act.

Section 126 -  Interstate Pollution Abatement is added (partially as a
     replacement for Section 115) to prevent major sources in  one State
     from interfering with attainment and maintenance of air quality
     standards in another Stats,,  Notice rc.'.'st ha given to adjacent
     "' ' ''"r "" r  •    '""•-'"'•'j "'"-''   -  -	§•".'.- '>..,,<; in advoi ^6 air
     quality impact and such States or political subdivision may petition
     EPA that the source would cause interference.  EPA then has 60 days
     to respond and if a violation is discovered, EPA must proceed to
     abate the pollution as a violation of the host State's SIP.  A
     delayed compliance order would be available to a source unable to
     comply with the requirements of this provision after three years,
     with a delayed compliance penalty.

Section 127 -  Public Notification is added to require the States to
     include in their SIP's measures to notify the public of air pollution
     levels and to educate the public as to the hazards of such levels
     and measures which can be taken to improve air quality.  EPA may
     make grants to States and localities to implement this Section.

Section 128 -  State Boards is added to require each State to  include in
     its SIP, by August 7, 1978, requirements that any board which
     approves permits or enforcement orders must consist of a  majority
     of members who represent the public interest and do not derive a
     significant portion of their income from persons subject  to the
     board's actions.

                                 Part B

Sections 150-159 -  Ozone Protection is added to require EPA to study
     the cumulative effects of substances, practices and processes which
     may affect stratospheric ozone and to contract with the National
     Academy of Sciences to submit a report on this subject to Congress
     by Janaury 1, 1978.  Other Federal agencies are also required to
     participate in activities relating to research and monitoring with
     reports to EPA and Congress required by Janaury 1, 1978,  and
     biennially thereafter.  EPA must promulgate regulations if any
     substance, etc. may reasonably be anticipated to affect the strato-
     sphere and endanger public health or welfare and must report to
     Congress by January 1, 1978, (interim) and by January 1,  1980,
     (final) on regulatory progress.  States - and other political
                                        261

-------
     subdivisions - may regulate halocarbons  as  propel!ants in aerosol
     spray containers as they see fit but are preempted from regulating
     other aspects of ozone or agents causing stratospheric harm unless
     their regulations are identical  to Federal  regulations.

                                 Part C

Sections 160-169 -  Prevention of Significant Deterioration of Air
     Quality is added to establish tnree land classifications for allowable
     increases of TSP and SO, in areas where  air quality is cleane^ than
     required by ambient air*"quality standards.   All  clean air areas
     would initially be designated Class TI,  with the creation of
     certain areas which would receive the increased  protc-ciiOfi of
     Class I designation.  Class I would include all  international
     parks; national wilderness area; and national memorial parks larger
     than 5,000 acres; and each national park larger  than 6,000 acres 1n
     existence on August 7, 1977.  In addition,  the Federal land manager
     is required to review national monuments, national primitive areas
     and national preserves and recommend redesignation to Class I where
     appropriate to protect air quality-related  values.

     States, after consulting with the Federal land manager, could
     redesignate Class II lands to Class I or to the  less restrictive
     Class III.  National monuments, national primitive areas, national
     preserves, national wild and scenic rivers, national wildlife
     refuges, national lakeshores, national seashores, new national
     parks, national wilderness areas and any other new areas created in
     these categories after enactment could not be redesignated to Class
     III if the area in question is larger than 10,000 acres.

     Allowable increments of pollution above baseline concentration are
     set by statute for sulfur dioxide and particulates.  Within two
     years States must submit plans establishing increments or other
     means of preventing significant deterioration from nitrogen oxides,
     hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, and oxidants.  EPA must approve the
     plan within four months if it meets applicable requirements; other-
     wise, EPA must propose a plan for the rejected State within four
     months of the disapproval.  States may exempt certain emissions
     from coal conversions, natural gas curtailments, temporary construc-
     tion, and foreign sources from being counted against the increment.
     Permits would be required for construction of facilities falling
     into one of 28 source categories listed if the source has the
     potential to emit more than 100 tons per year of an air pollutant,
     and for any other source which could emit more than 250 tons per
     year.

     Specific  increments for S02 and particulates are as follows  (all
     numbers in micrograms per cubic meter): Class I S09--annual arithmetic
                                      262

-------
     mean, 2; 24-hour Hnaximum,  5;  three-hour maximum,  25;  Class  I
     particulates—annual  geometric mean,  5; 24-hours,  10;  Class  II
     S0?--annual, 20; 24-hour,  91;  three-hour;  512;  Class  II  particulates—
     annual, 19; 24-hour,  37;  Class III  S0?—annual, 40; 24-hour,  182;
     three-hour, 700; Class III particu1ates--annua1,  37;  24-hour, 75.
     In no case could pollutants exceed  ambient standards.

Section 169A - Visibility  Protection for Federal  Class  I Areas  is  added
     to prevent any future, or remedy any  existing,  impairment of  visibility
     in mandatory Class I  areas which result from man-made  air pollution.
     The Secretary of the  Interior  is to identify, within  six months,
     all mandatory Federal  Class I  areas where  visibility  is  an  important
     value of the area. The Administrator shall  within one year after
     the date of enactment, and after consultation with the Secretary of
     the Interior, promulgate  a list of  such areas to  receive visibility
     protection provided by this Section.

     The Administrator is  required  to report to Congress, within eighteen
     months, the results of a  study to:  (1) establish  methods for  deter-
     mining and measuring  visibility impairment;  (2) establish modeling
     techniques or other methods for determining  contribution of man-
     made air pollution to visibility impairment; (3)  report  on methods
     for controlling air pollution  which results  in  visibility impairment;
     (4) identify categories of sources  and types of air pollutants
     which may reasonably  be anticipated to cause or contribute  signifi-
     cantly to impairment  of visibility.

     Within 24 months the  Administrator  is required  to  promulgate  regula-
     tions to assure reasonable progress toward meeting the national
     goal.  The regulations shall  provide  guidelines to the States for
     the revisions of implementation plans taking into  account the
     recommendations of the report  to Congress  on techniques  and methods
     for implementing this Section.  Each  State will identify the  sources
     that impair visibility and fall within the requirements  of  this
     section.

     For sources which significantly impact upon  visibility in  Federal
     Class I areas, the States  must require the "best  available  retrofit
     technology," taking into  account the  cost  of compliance, energy
     impacts, existing controls at  the source,  etc., and establish the
     appropriate emission  limitation on  a  source-by-source  basis.  EPA
     will provide guidelines for "best available  retrofit  technology"
     for all power plants  over 750  megawatts.

                                 Part D

Sections 171-178 -  Plan Requirements for  Non-attainment Areas  is  added
     to specify the following  provisions:
                                         263

-------
1.   The existing EPA emissions offset policy remains  in  effect
     until  July 1, 1979, unless States qualify for a waiver.
     Requirements for a waiver include RACT for existing  sources,
     LAER for new sources,  and a demonstration that there will  be
     reductions in emissions equivalent to what would  be  achieved
     by EPA's offset ruling.

2.   SIP revisions are required for all  non-attainment areas  desig-
     nated under Section 107(d).

3.   After July 1, 1979, States must revise their SIP's to assure
     that areas will meet national  ambient air quality standards
     for all pollutants by December 31, 1982, or by December  31,
     1987, for photochemical oxidants or CO if the 1982 date
     cannot be met using all reasonably available measures.  A
     second plan revision must be submitted by July 1, 1982,  to
     require the implementation of enforceable measures to ensure
     attainment by 1987; such measures include a mandatory Inspec-
     tion and maintenance program.

4.   The SIP revision must specify the amount of new source growth
     which will be permitted; new sources must achieve the lowest
     achievable emission rate, reflecting the most stringent emission
     limitation which is contained 1n the SIP of any State for such
     class or category or source or the most stringent emission
     limitation which is achieved in practice, whichever  is more
     stringent.  SIP must require RACT for existing sources which
     will result in annual incremental reductions in emissions
     sufficient to attain the applicable NAAQS by the specified
     attainment date.  The SIP would also have to contain emission
     limitations, schedules and other measures to assure  compliance
     by the applicable dates.

5.   Within six months after enactment, for each AQCR which would
     not attain CO or photochemical oxidant standards by July 1,
     1979,  the State and elected officials of affected local  govern-
     ments must jointly determine which elements of the revised SIP
     will be planned and implemented by the State and which by the
     local  governments or regional agencies, or combination thereof.
     The locals  have six months from enactment to designate an
     organization of local  governments and get it certified by the
     State  to  carry out the planning; if no such designation is
     made within  the six months, the Governor shall designate an
     areawide  agency or a State agency to do the planning.  Preference
     is expressed for  local planning, and that the local  planning
     organization be  the agency handling areawide transportation
     planning  or air quality  planning, or both.  There also is a
     requirement for  coordiantion  and  interrelating air  quality
     planning  and transportation planning.
                                  264

-------
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
 I
     6.    EPA may make TOO percent grants  to  local  government  agencies
          with transportation or air quality  planning  responsibilities
          to pay for the cost of transportation  control  planning,  to
          supplement funding already available from Federal  programs.

     7.    There are sanctions for noncompliance  so  that  a  State would
          lose its highway funds (except for  transit,  safety,  or air
          quality related transportation projects)  where the Governor
          has not submitted a revision by  July 1, 1979,  or that reasonable
          efforts toward submitting such a SIP are  not being made;  this
          also applies to the 1982 SIP revision.  Where  the State  or
          local governments are not implementing a  SIP,  they cannot
          receive any grants under the Act.   There  is  a  requirement for
          Federal agencies not to take any action including making any
          grant that does not conform to an approved SIP,  nor  can  any
          transportation planning agency give approval to  anything which
          does not conform to the SIP.  Priority must  be given for
          programs with air quality transportation  consequences to the
          implementation of SIP's necessary to achieve and maintain air
          quality standards.

     8.    Non-attainment States may adopt  California car standards,
          provided that California and such States  adopt such  standards
          at least two years before the model year, in accordance  with
          EPA regulations.

     9.    Within nine months of enactment, EPA has  to  publish  guidance
          documents to assist States in implementing the requirements
          regarding lowest achievable emission rates;  these must be
          revised at least every two years.

                                Title II
Section 202 -  Establishment of Standards is amended  to  specify the
     following provisions:

     1.   Establishes interim automotive emission standards  and requires
          final standards by 1981  as shown in the following  table:

                     Automotive Emissions Standards
                              (grams/mile)

               1970 Act                       1977 Amendment

         1975(a)      1977(b)         1978-79     1980     1981

   HC     0.41          1.5             1.5       0.41      0.41
   CO     3.40         15.0            15.0       7.00     3.40(c)
   N0Ą    0.40          2.0             2.0       2.00     l.OO(d)
     J\

          (a) Originally mandated standards amended  in 1974  to
              become final  in 1978.
          (b) Interim standards as a result of extensions.
          (c) With possible two-year waiver to 7.0 gpm.
          (d) With 0.4 as a research goal.
                                        265

-------
    2.   Requires as a condition of certification of new motor vehicles
         or engines that the manufacturer establish to the satisfaction
         of the Administrator that emission control systems used will
         not cause or contribute to an unreasonable risk to public
         health, welfare or safety.

    3.   Requires auto manufacturers to develop cars which demonstrate
         the technology for 0.4 grams/mile NO  standard.
                                             A

    4.   Authorizes EPA to prescribe fill pipe standards for new motor
         vehicles to assure effective connection with certified vapor
         recovery systems.

    5.   Requires EPA to consider use of onboard hydrocarbon control
         technology on new vehicles to minimize the necessity for vapor
         recovery requirements, and to promulgate such standards 1f  It
         makes certain findings.  The provision authorizing the Secretary
         of Transportation to disapprove EPA regulations under this
         Section is deleted.

    6.   Requires the Administrator of EPA to revise for model year
         1978 the existing evaporative emission test procedures to
         measure hydrocarbon emissions for the vehicle as a whole.   If
         such a revision is not feasible by 1978 for heavy duty engines
         and vehicles, it may be delayed until it becomes feasible.

    7.   Requires EPA to develop emission regulations for heavy duty
         vehicles.  For the years 1979-1982 Interim standards for HC
         and CO are established with statutory HC and CO standards
         becoming effective in model year 1983.  The statutory NO
         standard becomes effective in model year 1985.  The statutory
         standards mandate a 9(3% reduction from baseline for HC and  CO
         and a 75% reduction from baseline for NO  .
                                                 n
    8.   Requires a nonconformance  penalty to be set at a level which
         1  "11 eliminate the competitive advantage, 1f any, for the
         manufacturer of a nonconforming heavy duty vehicle or engine.

     9.   Requires the achievement of statutory standards by motorcycles,
         but requires the Administrator to consider the need for achieving
         equivalency of emission reductions or emission standards
         between motorcycles and other new motor vehicles.  Thus motorcycles
         could adhere to the required percentage reductions for HC and
         CO but meet the same  emission standards in grams per mile of
         NO as automobiles.

Section 203 -   Prohibited Acts  is amended to  broaden the prohibition
     against removal or  tampering with emission controls to cover Indepen-
     dent auto  repair operations.

Section 205 -   Penalties  is  amended  to establish  a  civil penalty of
     $2,500 for any  tampering  by an  independent repair  operation.
                                     266

-------
Section 206 -  Testing and Certification is amended to allow the Adminis-
     trator to exempt vehicle manufacturers with projected annual  U.S.
     sales of 300 vehicles or less from the requirement for 50,000 mile
     certification testing of such vehicles.  Also suspended until  1981
     is the implementation of high altitude regulations.   Cars  produced
     in 1981-83 must meet standards based on percentage reduction no
     greater than those for all  cars based on high altitude emissions
     from 1970 model cars operating at high altitudes.  For 1984 and
     thereafter cars must meet statutory emission standards at  all
     altitudes.

Section 207 -  Compliance by Vehicles and Engines in Actual Use is
     amended to:

     1.   Set the 207(b) performance warranty at 24 months or 24,000
          miles.  During this warranty period, the vehicle manufacturer
          would be required to bring into compliance with emission
          standards, any car which failed an inspection and maintenance
          test.  The warranty could be invalidated only upon a  showing
          by the manufacturer that the owner did not perform the required
          maintenance or repair as set forth in the owner's manual  or
          abused the vehicle in its operation.  Requisite repairs and
          maintenance could be performed by an establishement (including
          an independent garage or service station) that uses parts
          certified in accordance with Section 207(a).  After the 24
          months or 24,000 mile warranty terminates, the performance
          warranty on the emission control system under Section 207(b)
          would require the repair or replacement only of an "emission
          control device" or "component designed for emission control."
          The vehicle manufacturer's warranty after 24,000 miles, thus,
          would be limited to the catalytic converter, thermal  reactor,
          or other component installed on or in a vehicle for the sake
          or primary purpose of reducing vehicle emissions and  would be
          invoked in the event of failure of the vehicle to meet emission
          standards at any time up to 60 months.  Such limitation does
          not apply to Section 207(a) warranties or to Section  207(c)
          recall actions.

     2.   Clarify that it is a prohibited act for new motor vehicle
          manufacturers to fail  to comply with the terms of a warranty
          required by this Act.

     3.   Require that the dealer furnish to the purchaser of any new
          vehicle a certificate that such vehicle conforms to the emission
          standards applicable to it.  This Section also requires that
          if at any time within the duration of the warranty period
          under Section 207(b) a motor vehicle fails an in-use  emission
          test such nonconformity shall be remedied by the manufacturer
                                          267

-------
          at the cost of the manufacturer.   Such in-use  emission test
          may be adopted by any State as part of its  SIP and may be
          applied for purposes of this Section at any time from immediately
          after sale to the end of the specified warranty period.

Section 209 -  State Standard is amended to:

     1.   Authorize the Administrator to grant the State of California a
          Section 209 waiver from Federal preeemption for a set of
          standards which he determines are in the aggregate as protective
          of public health and welfare as the Federal standards.

     2.   Specify  that whenever a parts certification program 1s promulgated
          by the Administrator, States and political  subdivisions will
          be preempted from adopting or enforcing any parts testing or
          certification program.  This provision does not apply to
          California if it has more stringent emission standards than
          Federal requirements.

Section 210 -  State Grants is clarified to allow reimbursement to
     States for money expended on inspection and maintenance programs
     prior to approval of the State grant.

Section 211 -  Regulation of Fuels is amended to ensure that no gasoline
     additives which have been introduced in recent years will impair
     the effectiveness of emission control systems, by calling for the
     removal (by September 15, 1978) of any additive Introduced into
     gasoline or increased 1n concentration after January 1, 1974, but
     prior to March 31, 1977.  The Administrator may waive this prohibi-
     tion on additives if he determines that an applicant has established
     that such a fuel or additive or a given concentration of such
     additive will not cause or contribute to a failure of the emission
     control device or system to meet the appropriate emission standard
     over its useful life.   If the Administrator finds that the additive
     or a given concentration of such additive will cause or contribute
     to the failure of an emission control device or system to meet the
     appropriate emission standards over its useful  life he shall prohibit
     such additive or restrict its concentration during the period from
     six months after enactment of September 15, 1978.  Because of the
     particular concern over the adverse effects of  MMT on the performance
     of emission control  systems, this  provision limits the maximum
     concentration of manganese  in a  gallon of gasoline to  .0625 grams
     after  November  30, 1977.  Without  a waiver  the  use of manganese  1n
     gasoline will  be prohibited as  of  September 15, 1978.  Also under
     this provision, various classes  of small refineries will, until  at
     least  October  1,  1982,  be exempt from any  lead  phasedown  regulation
     requiring  reductions in the  average lead content of  their total
     gasoline  pool  below  the levels  specified.   The  specified  levels
                                     268

-------
decline inversely with size of the refinery.   For the purposes of
this provision, a small refiner is defined as a refiner with a
total combined crude oil or bonafide feed stock capacity (as deter-
mined by the Administrator) of 137,000 barrels per day or less.  A
small refinery of a small refiner is defined  as only that fraction
of the capacity of a refinery with 50,000 barrels per day or less
crude oil or bonafide feed stock capacity (as determined by the
Administrator), which was in operation or for which a significant
portion of the construction had been completed as of October 1,
1976.  After October 1, 1982, the Administrator may promulgate
regulations reducing the average lead content of the total  gasoline
pool of small refineries below those levels prescribed in the
legislation.

Section 214 -  Study of Particulate Emissions from Motor Vehicles is
     added to require EPA to study and report to Congress on the effects
     of particulate emissions from mobile sources including fugitive
     dust (e.g., tire debris) on health and welfare.  The report must
     include recommended standards and/or control techniques.

Section 215 -  High Altitude Performance Adjustments is amended to
     provide that adjustments to automobiles  are not to be prohibited by
     Section 203(a) if they are performed in  accordance with manufacturer
     instructions which have been approved by the Administrator.  Such
     instructions shall insure an emission control performance for each
     pollutant which is at least equivalent to that wh^'ch would result
     if no adjustments had been made.  With regard to used automobiles,
     the baseline for determining equivalent  emission performance shall
     be an automobile which has been properly maintained and restored.
     High altitude adjustments are permitted  only in high altitude
     States.  Furthermore, after January 1, 1981, adjustments are
     permitted only in those high altitude States which have implemented
     inspection and maintenance programs in t.-eir non-attair  ,ient areas.

Section 226 -  Carbon Monoxide Intrusion into Su tained Use Vehicle* is
     added to require EPA together with DOT to report within one year on
     carbon monoxide levels inside sustained-use vehicles such as school
     buses, taxis, and police cruisers including the sources and means
     of control of such pollutants.

Section 231 -  Aricraft Emission Standards is amended to authorize the
     DOT to disapprove any aircraft emission standard promulgated by
     EPA if the standard would create a hazard to aircraft safety upon
     a finding by the Secretary of the Department of Transportation.

                                Title III
Section 302 -  Definitions is amended to include a series of meanings
     for new terms used throughout the Act including:
                                        269

-------
          -^^n^^-r-rLu^-:-^^=^^—-  The  Secretary of the  Department  which
          has authority over  any specific  Federal  land.

     2-    t'MLr_Sta^qnary_SŁu_rce_: Any stationary source  with  an annual
          potential  to emit 100  tons of any pollutant (same  for  major
          emitting facility).

     3-    Emission Limitation: The requirement that limits the quantity,
          rate or concentration  of emissions on a continuous basis.
               i-    ;„ l!f lt?Im.aJJ?Jt:  ^eans continuous  emission reduction,
          -  ',.'     -,  operation dnd maintenance,

;ectioi- 3G.>  -  Emergency Powers  is amended to authorize the Administrator
     to commence~a civTl action" in an emergency situation to protect
     public  health and require that suit must be brought within 24 hours
     of the  issuance of an order and the court must  uphold such order
     within  48 hours.  EPA must  consult with State and local governments
     in order to confirm the correctness of the information on which
     action  proposed to be taken is based and to ascertain the action
     which such authorities are  or will be taking.

Section 304  -  Citizen Suits is  amended to allow suits for failure to
     obtain  permits for construction of major facilities under Part C
     (Significant Deterioration) or Part D (Non-attainment) and to allow
     State and local authorities to bring suit against the Federal
     government and its agencies in relation to air  pollution control
     and abatement.

Section 305  -  Representation in Litigation is amended to direct the
     Department of Justice to use the memorandum of  understanding with
     EPA dated June 13, 1977, as the basis for Justice representing EPA
     in court.

Section 307  -  Administrative Procedures is amended  to establish, effective
     November 14, 1977, procedural guidelines for EPA rulemaking relating
     to standards, implementation plans, penalties,  etc.

Section 316 -  Sewage Treatment Plants is added to provide EPA with the
     authority to withhold or condition grant approvals for treatment
     plant construction if such plants do not comply with NSPS and
     NESHAPS requirements or if an increase in plant capacity may result
     in new source emissions (direct or indirect) not in conformance
     with provisions of the SIP.

Section 317 -  Economic Impact Assessment is added to direct EPA to
     prepare an economic impact assessment on various proposed regulations
     convering at least five points, but this is not a requirement
     creating any new rights in court other than a suit to complete an
     impact statement.
                                      270

-------
Section 318 -  Financial Disclosure - Conflicts  of Interest is added to
     cover potential conflicts of interest of EPA employees and members
     of the National Commission on Air Quality.   All  such persons must
     report annually any known financial  interest in  any person subject
     to the Act or who applies for or receives financial assistance
     under the Act.  The Commission membership must be equitably distributed
     and no more than one-third of the non-congressional members may be
     associated with persons subject to the Act.  Each EPA employee is
     prohibited from having financial interests  which would conflict
     with the official duties of the employee, and the Administrator is
     to issue regulations specifying what types  of financial interests
     would conflict with certain categories of positions.  Persons who
     have any official or contractual relationship to organizations
     party to litigation on air quality matters; or who lobby, educate
     or provide information on air quality matters could not be employees
     of EPA.

Section 319 -  Air Quality Monitoring is added to specify that EPA shall
     promulgate regulations establishing a standard air quality index
     for monitoring and reporting of air quality data by State and local
     governments.  It also requires the Administrator to supplement
     State and local monitoring stations with Federal stations where
     necessary.

Section 320 -  Standardized Air Quality Modeling is added to provide for
     periodic (minimum, every three years) conferences on air quality
     modeling, with the first by February 7, 1978.  The conferences are
     to include an appropriate technical staff of Federal, State, and
     local agencies.

Sections 321-322 -  Employment Effects -^Employee Protection are added
     to authorize EPA to conduct evaluations of plant closings and
     employment losses alledgedly resulting from administration or
     enforcement of the Act.  An employee or representative of an employee
     threatened with or adversely affected because of the Act, including
     from State or local requirements, may request EPA to conduct a full
     investigation, including subpoena and contempt authority.  No
     authority is given to modify or withdraw any requirement.  Also
     employees who are fired or discriminated against because they have
     testified or brought suit under the Act may apply to the Seceretary
     of Labor to review the case; the Seceretary can order reinstatement
     and may order compensatory damages.

Section 323 -  Na t i ona1 Commission on A ir Qua 1ity is added to establish
     a National Commission, comparable to those created for water quality
     and transportation, to study air quality.  The Commission shall be
     composed of eleven members.  The President is to appoint seven
     public members.
                                         271

-------
Sections 324-325 -  Vapor Recovery are added to require that the cost of
     vapor recovery equipment is to be borne by the retailer, who may
     pass it on to the consumer.  No station which is owned by an independent
     marketer and which has a monthly throughput of less than 50,000
     gallons may be required by EPA to install  vapor recovery equipment,
     but State and local governments may so require.  A three-year
     phase-in for independent marketers with stations with greater
     than 50,000 gallons per month throughput is provided, but
     State and local governments can require earlier effectiveness.

Section 325 -  Appropriations is added to provide for:

     1.   Seventy five million annually for transportation-related
          planning.

     2.   Four million annually for the public notification grants to
          States.

     3.   Two hundred million annually for all  other functions through
          fiscal year 1978-81.

     4.   One hundred fifty seven million for fiscal year 1978 to EPA
          for studies and reports.

     5.   One hundred twenty million for research, development and
          demonstration, for fiscal year 1978.

     6.   Seven and one-half million for training through fiscal year
          1981.

                                Title IV

Section 401 -  Basis of Administrative Standards amends Section 108 to
     establish as the basis for regulation emissions which in the Adminis-
     trator's judgment "cause or contribute to air pollution which may
     reasonably be anticipated to endanger public health or welfare."

Section 402 -  Interagency Cooperation on Prevention of Environmental
     Cancer, Heart and Lung Disease is added to require an interagency
     task force to be established within three months of enactment under
     EPA lead to include EPA; the National Cancer Institute; the National
     Heart, Lung and Blood Institute; the National  Institute of Occupa-
     tional Safety and Health; and the National Institute on Environmental
     Sciences.

Section 403 -  Studies  is added to specify the following study requirements:
                                      272

-------
     1.    The Administrator  is  required  to  study  and  report  to  Congress
          within  eighteen  months  on  the  health  hazards and means  of
          controlling  fine particulates.  The National Academy  of Sciences
          shall also participate  in  this  study.

     2.    The Administrator  is  required  to  conduct  a  study and  report  to
          Congress  no  later  than  January 1, 1979, on  the  public health
          and welfare  effects of  odorous  emissions, their sources,  and
          measures  available to control  such emissions.

     3.    The Administrator  is  required  to  publish  a  list of all  known
          chemical  contaminants resulting from  environmental  pollution
          which have been  found in human tissue within twelve months
          after enactment.  Within eighteen months, the Administrator
          shall publish  an explanation of the origin  of these chemicals.
          The Administrator  shall, also,  if  feasible,  conduct an epidemio-
          logical study  on the  relationship between levels of chemicals
          in the  environment and  in human tissue.

     4.    The Administrator  is  required  to  make an  analysis  of  the
          composition  of fine particulate matter  in the Gulf Coast
          Region  and other areas  and the contribution of  such substances
          to visibility  and  public health problems.

     5.    EPA,  the  Department of  Transportation,  and  the  Federal  Energy
          Administration are required to report annually  on  fuel  economy
          in relationship to emission standards.

Section 404 -   Railroad  Emission  Study is added to  require  the  Adminis-
     trator to  conduct a study and report to Congress on  the effect of
     pollutants emitted  from railroad locomotives and rolling stock on
     air quality and  the current  state of technology  for  controlling
     such emissions.

Section 405 -  Report  Concerning  Economic Approaches  to  Controlling
     Air Pollution  is  added  to require the  Administrator  and the  Counci1
     of Economic Advisors to jointly define and evaluate  economic measures
     which can  provide an incentive to greater  control  of air pollution.
     This report must  be submitted to Congress  not  later  than two years
     after enactment.   Within one year after enactment,  the Administrator
     must study and report to Congress on the efficacy  and  feasibility
     of establishing  a system of penalties  for  stationary sources on NO
     emissions.

Section 406 -  Effective Dates is added to  specify  that,  except as
     otherwise expressly provided, all States must  submit required SIP
     revisions  within  one year after enactment  or nine  months after the
     promulgation of necessary technical guidance by EPA.
                                         273

-------
I

I

I
                   Memorandum,
           "Criteria for Approval of 1979
                  SIP Revisions'9
                        275

-------
     UNITED STATES ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                    WASHINGTON, D.C. 20460
                    FE8 24 1978
                                                 OFFICE OF
                                           AIR AND WASTE MANAGEMENT
SUBJECT:   Criteria for Approval of

FROM:       The Administrator (A- 100)

TO:        Regional Administrators, I-X
                                       9  IP Revisions
      The attachment to this memo summarizes the elements
which a 1979 State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision
for a non-attainment area must contain in order to be
approved by EPA as meeting the requirements of Part D of
the Clean Air Act.

      In summary, the Act requires the demonstration of
attainment of the air quality standards (primary and
secondary) as expeditiously as practicable, but in the
case of national primary standards not later than
December 31, 1982.  However, for carbon monoxide (CO) and
oxidants (Ox) , if the State can demonstrate attainment
is not possible by 1982 despite the implementation, of all
reasonable stationary source and transportation control
measures, the Act provides for up to a five-year extension.
In those cases the plan revisions must demonstrate
attainment as expeditiously as practicable but no later
than December 31, 1987.  The extension is not automatic;
a demonstration of need must be made and the State must
fulfill the other statutory requirements.

     It is the intent of the Agency to establish reasonable
and achievable goals for SIP submissions and to take a firm
posture on the imposition of sanctions where the reasonable
goals are not achieved.  Accordingly, while the policy
requires a commitment to many specific strategies in the
1979 submissions (e.g., RACT on stationary sources, inspec-
tion/maintenance programs where attainment for carbon
monoxide or oxidants extends beyond 1982, other reasonable
transportation control measures, etc.) the memo also
requires (for carbon monoxide and oxidants) a commitment
to a continuing process.  This process must be one which
extensively involves the public as well as State and local
elected officials and which ambitiously pursues a wide
range of alternatives.
                           276

-------
     Since reliance on stationary controls and Federal
new car standards alone will not enable most areas with
oxidant and carbon monoxide problems to attain these
standards by 1982, each Regional Office will need to put
particular emphasis on additional measures to reduce
transportation system emissions.  The process committed
to in the 1979 plan submission must lead to the
expeditious selection and implementation of comprehensive
transportation control measures.  In judging the adequacy
of the 1979 plan submission for the transportation
sector, each Regional Administrator should ensure that
ambitious alternatives (as described in the draft
"Transportation Planning Guidelines" which have been
circulated) will be analyzed.

     The Department  of Transportation (DOT), Housing and
Urban Development (HUD) and EPA are seeking to integrate
the transportation/air quality planning and implementation
required by the Clean Air Act into existing planning and
programming procedures.  The air planning activities should
be included in the Unified Work Program required by DOT
and the adopted transportation measures should be included
in the Transportation Improvement Program required by DOT.
In complying with the Clean Air Act requirements, the Regions
should also keep in mind the requirements of the HUD-EPA
Agreement which provides for coordination of air quality
planning and planning assisted under the HUD Comprehensive
Planning Assistance (701) Program.  Integration of air
and transportation planning with comprehensive planning
which incorporates growth management concerns should improve
the effectiveness of air quality planning and could reduce
the need for enforcement measures in the future.

      States will be provided some discretion regarding
the amount of emissions growth to be accommodated within
the SIP.  EPA generally will not question the growth rates
desired by the State so long as reasonable further progress
is demonstrated and there is a demonstration of attainment
by the statutory deadline (1982 or 1987).  However, the
growth rate identified in the SIP must be consistent with
growth rates used (or implied by) other planning programs
in the area (e.g., FWPCA §208,  201,  HUD §701, FHWA
§134).
                          277

-------
     You should note that there are other SIP revisions
which are not discussed in the attachment but which are
required by the 1977 Amendments.  These include:

     1.  Section 128 (relating to State boards)

     2.  Section 126 (relating to interstate pollution)

     3.  Section 127 (relating to public notification)

     4.  Part C (relating to prevention of significant
                  deterioration)

     5.  Section 110(a)(2)(K) (relating to permit fees)

     6.  Section 123 (relating to stack heights for
           existing source in other than non-attainment
           areas)

     7.  Section 121 (relating to consultation)

     Although incorporation of these provisions is required
by the law, failure to achieve final approval by
July 1, 1979 does  not trigger the new source prohibition
of Section 110(a)(2)(I) .

     It is important to emphasize to the States that all
current SIP requirements  remain in effect despite the
development of the 1979 revisions.  Any suspension or
discontinuance of an existing SIP provision must be
submitted for EPA approval.  This should be done as part
of the revision submitted in January 1979.  Exceptions
to this procedure  may be  found in certain new provisions
of §110 relating to reduction of on-street parking, bridge
tolls, and other measures.

     The development of the January 1979 SIPs to meet the
minimum requirements of the Clean Air Act Amendments of
1977 is a complex  and demanding program.  It will require
the commitment of  significant resources on the part of the
air programs staff of the Regional Office to ensure that
the States develop and submit a comprehensive and
approvable plan.  We are  working with your staff to develop
the necessary guidance and follow-up programs which will
assist your office and the State to carry out this very
difficult but important part of the overall air program.
                          278

-------
Attachment
cc:   Air § Hazardous Division Directors
      Air Branch Chiefs
                          279

-------
     Criteria for Approval  of 1979 State Implementation Plan  Revisions
                       for  Non-Attainment Areas

Purpose

     The purpose of this document is to define the criteria by which
State Implementation Plan (SIP) revisions for non-attainment  areas
required by the Clean Air Act Amendments of 1977 (the Act)  will  be
approved.  These revisions  are to be submitted to EPA by January 1,  1979.

Categories of SIP Revisions

     SIP revisions submitted by January 1, 1979 can be divided into
two categories:

     1.  Those which provide for attainment of the Primary  Ambient
Air Quality Standards (primary standards) for all criteria  pollutants
on or before December 31, 1982.

     2.  Those which provide for attainment of the primary  standards
for sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, and particulate matter on or before
December 31, 1982 but show  that despite the implementation  of all
reasonable transportation and stationary source emission control measures
attainment of the primary standards for carbon monoxide and/or oxidants
cannot be achieved until after this date.  In these cases,  the revisions
must demonstrate attainment as expeditiously as practicable but no  later
than December 31, 1987.

     In order for an adequate SIP revision to fall into the second
category, the State has an  affirmative responsibility to demonstrate
to the satisfaction of EPA  that attainment of the primary carbon
monoxide and/or oxidants standards is not possible in an area prior
to December 31, 1982.

     It should be noted that SIP revisions of either category should
also provide for attainment of Secondary Ambient Air Quality  Standards
(secondary standards) as expeditiously as practicable although there is
no specific deadline contained in the Act.

General Requirements of All 1979 SIP Revisions

     Each 1979 SIP revision must contain the following:

     1.  A definition of the geographic areas for which control
strategies have been or will be developed.  Consideration should be
given to the practical benefits of defining areas which correspond
whenever possible to those substate districts established pursuant
to Part  IV, Attachment A of OMB Circular No. A-95.
                                    280

-------
     2.   An accurate, comprehensive, and current (1977 calendar year)
inventory of existing emissions.

     3.   A determination of the level of control needed to demonstrate
attainment by 1982 (including growth).  This demonstration should be
made by the application of modeling techniques as set forth in EPA's
Guideline on Air Quality Models.  For oxidants, any legitimate modeling
technique (e.g., those referenced in "Use, Limitation and Technical
Basis of Procedures for Quantifying Relationships Between Photochemical
Oxidants and Precursors."  EPA 450/2-77-021a.  November 1977) can be
used.  Consideration of background and transport for oxidants should
generally be in accordance with the procedures documented in "Procedures
for Quantifying Relationships Between Photochemical  Oxidants and
Precursors."  In developing photochemical oxidant control strategies
for a particular area, states may assume at a minimum that the standard
will be attained in adjacent states.

     If a state can demonstrate that the level of control necessary for
attainment of the primary standards for carbon monoxide and/or oxidant
is not possible by 1982 despite the application of all reasonable
measures, an extension past 1982 (but not beyond 1987T is authorized.

     4.   Adoption in legally enforceable form! of all measures necessary
to provide for attainment by the prescribed date or, where adoption of
all such measures by 1979 is not possible, (e.g., certain transportation
control measures, and certain measures to control the oxides of nitrogen
and total suspended particulate) a schedule for expeditious development,
adoption, submittal, and implementation of these measures.   The
situations in which adoption of measures may be scheduled after 1979
are discussed in the pollutant specific sections of this document.   Each
schedule must provide for implementation of all reasonably available
control measures as expeditiously as practicable.  During the period
prior to attainment, these measures must be implemented rapidly enough
to provide at a minimum for reasonable further progress (see discussion
     'Written evidence that the State, the general  purpose local
government or governments, or a regional  agency designated by general
purpose local governments for such purpose, have adopted by statute,
regulation, ordinance or other legally enforceable  document, the
necessary requirements and schedules and  timetables for compliance,
and are committed to implement and enforce the appropriate elements
of the plan.  The relevant organizations  shall provide evidence that
the legally enforceable attainment measures and the "criteria,
standards and implementing procedures necessary for effectively guiding
and controlling major decisions as to where growth  shall and shall  not
take pl$ce," prepared by State and local  governments in compliance  with
Section 701 of the Housing Act of 1954, as amended, are fully coordinated
in the attainment and maintenance of the  NAAQS.
                                  281

-------
below).  Each schedule will be considered part of the applicable
implementation plan and thus will  represent a commitment on the part
of the State to meet the key milestones set forth in the submitted
schedule.

     5.   Emission reduction estimates for each adopted or scheduled
control measure or for related groups of control  measures where
estimates for individual measures  are impractical.   It is recognized
that reduction estimates may change as measures are more fully
analyzed and implemented.  As such estimates change, appropriate
responses will be required to insure that the plan remains adequate
to provide for attainment and for  reasonable further progress.

     6.   Provision for reasonable further progress toward attainment
of the primary and secondary standards in the period prior to the
prescribed date for attainment.   Reasonable further progress is defined
as annual incremental reductions in total emissions (emissions from
new as well as existing sources) to provide for attainment by the
prescribed date.  The plan shall provide for substantial reductions in
the early years with regular reductions thereafter.

     Reasonable further progress will be determined for each area
by dividing the total emission reductions required to attain the appli-
cable standard by the number of years between 1979 and the date pro-
jected for attainment (not later than 1987).  This is represented
graphically by a straight line drawn from the emissions inventory sub-
mitted in 1979 to the allowable emissions on the attainment date.
However, EPA recognizes that some  measures cannot result in immediate
emission reduction.  Therefore,  if a State can show that some lag in
emissions reduction is necessary,  a SIP will be acceptable even though
reductions sufficient to produce decreases at the "straight-line rate"
are not achieved for a year or two after 1979.  This lag in achieving
the "straight-line rate" for emissions reduction is to be accepted
only to accommodate the time required for compliance with the first set
of regulations adopted on or before January 1, 1979, if immediate
compliance is not possible.  It does not authorize delays in adoption
of control requirements.

     The requirement to demonstrate reasonable further progress will,
in most areas designated non-attainment for oxidant or carbon monoxide,
necessitate a continuous, phased implementation of transportation
control measures.  In areas where  attainment of all primary ambient
standards by 1982 is not possible  EPA will not accept mere reliance on
the Federal Motor Vehicle Control  Program by itself as a demonstration
of reasonable further progress.
                                 282

-------
     In determining "reasonable further progress", those emission
reductions obtained from compliance between August 7, 1977, and
December 31, 1979, with (1) SIP revisions that have been submitted
after August 7, 1977, and (2) regulations which were approved by the
Agency prior to the enactment of the 1977 Clean Air Amendments, can
be treated as having been achieved during 1979.  There should be an
assurance, however, that these are real emission reductions and not
just "paper" ones.

     7.   An identification and quantification of an emissions growth
increment which will be allowed to result from the construction and
operation of major new or modified stationary sources within the area
for which the plan has been developed.   Alternatively, an emissions
offset regulation can be adopted to provide for major new source growth.

     The growth rates established by states for mobile sources and new
minor stationary sources should also be specified, and in combination
with the growth associated with major new or modified stationary sources
will be accepted so long as they do not jeopardize the reasonable further
progress test and attainment by the prescribed date. However, the growth
rate identified in the SIP must be consistent with the growth rates used
(or implied by) the other planning programs in the area (e.g., FWPCA
Section 208 [201], HUD Section 701, FHWA Section 134). A system for
monitoring the emission growth rates from major and minor new stationary
sources and from transportation sources and assuring that they do not
exceed the specified amounts must also be provided for in the revision.

     8.   Provision for annual reporting on the progress toward meeting
the schedules summarized in (4) above as well as growth of mobile
sources, minor new stationary sources,  major new or modified stationary
sources, and reduction in emissions from existing sources to provide for
reasonable further progress as in (6) above.  This should include an
updated emission inventory.

     9.   A requirement that permits be issued for the construction and
operation of new or modified major sources in accordance with Section
173 and 110(a)(2)(D).

    10.   An identification of and commitment to the financial and
manpower resources necessary to carry out the plan.  The commitment
should be made at the highest executive level having responsiblity for
SIP or that portion of it and having authority to hire new employees.
This commitment should include written evidence that the State, the
general purpose local government or governments, and all state, local or
regional agencies have included appropriate provision in their respective
budgets and intend to continue to do so in future years for which budgets
have not yet been finalized, to the extent necessary.
                                     283

-------
    11.   Evidence of public, local  government,  and state legislative
involvement and consultation.  It shall  also include an identification
and brief analysis of the air quality,  health,  welfare, economic,
energy, and social effect:, of the plan  revisions and of the alternatives
considered by the SMte, s»^ r< summary  of the public comment on such
    12.   Evidence that the SIP was adopted by the state after reasonable
notice and public hearing.

Additional Requirements for Carbon Monoxide and Oxidant SIP Revisions
which Provide for Attainment of the Primary Standards Later than 1982

     For those SIP revisions which demonstrate that attainment of the
primary standards for carbon monoxide and/or oxidants is not possible
in an area prior to December 31, 1982 despite the implementation of all
reasonable emission control measures the following items must be
included in the January 1, 1979 submission in addition to allthe
general requir_e_m_ejrts_Vi_sted above:

     1.   A program which requires prior to issuance of any permit for
construction or modification of a major emitting facility an analysis
of alternative sites, sizes, production processes, and environmental
control techniques for such proposed source which demonstrates that
benefits of the proposed source significantly outweigh the environmental
and social cost imposed as a result of its location, construction, or
modification.

     2.   An inspection/maintenance program or a schedule endorsed by
and committed to by the Governor for the development, adoption, and
implementation of such a program as expeditiously as practicable.
Where the necessary legal authority does not currently exist, it must
be obtained by June 30, 1979.  Limited exceptions to the requirement
to obtain legal authority by June 30, 1979 may be possible if the state
can demonstrate that (a) there was insufficient opportunity to conduct
necessary technical analyses and/or (b) the legislature has had no
opportunity to consider any necessary enabling legislation for inspection/
maintenance between enactment of the 1977 Amendements to the Act and
June 30, 1979.  In addition, where a legislature has adequate opportunity
to adopt enabling legislation before January 1, 1979, the Regional
Administrator should require submission of such legal authority by
January 1, 1979.  In no case can the schedule submitted provide for
obtaining legal authority later than July 1, 1980.
                                284

-------
     Actual implementation of the inspection/maintenance program must
proceed as expeditiously as practicable.  EPA considers two and one half
years from the time of legislative adoption to be the maximum time
required to implement a centralized inspection/maintenance program and
one and one half years to implement a decentralized program.  In no case
may implementation of the orograr, i,p. , man'Jc-tory ins!)ect,io'-i and
>,;ar;di.iv.j repair of failed .ehicies oe delayed beyond 1982 in the case
of a centralized program (either state lanes or contractor lanes) or
beyond 1981 in the case of a decentralized (private garage) system.

     3.   A commitment by the responsible government official or
officials to establish, expand, or improve public transportation
measures to meet basic transportation needs as expeditiously as is
practicable.

     4.   A commitment to use insofar as is necessary Federal grants,
state or local funds, or any combination of such grants and funds as
may be consistent with the terms of the legislation providing such
grants and funds, for the purpose of establishing, expanding or
improving public transportation measures to meet basic transportation
needs.

     Note that HUD has prepared guidelines for local development codes
and ordinances to provide special requirements for areas which for
significant periods of time may exceed the primary standards.  These
guidelines specify criteria for new construction operation of buildings
which minimize pollutant concentrations to ensure a healthy indoor and
outdoor environment.  States are encouraged to adopt such measures as
part of the SIP.

Pollutant Specific Requirements

                            Sulfur Dioxide

     Specifically, with regard to item (4) of the General Requirements,
the January 1979 plan revisions dealing with sulfur dioxide must contain
all the necessary emission limitations and legally enforceable procedures
to provide for attainment by no later than December 31, 1982 (i.e.,
schedules for the development, adoption, and submittal of regulations
will not be acceptable).
                                285

-------
                      Nitrogen Oxides

     For NOX, the January 1979 plan must contain all the necessary
emission limitations and the legally enforceable procedures, or as a
minimum, the appropriate schedules to adopt and submit the emission
limitations and legally enforceable procedures which provide for
implementation so that standards will be attained by no later than
December 31, 1982.   EPA is currently evaluating the need ^or a short,
term N02 standard and expects to promulgate such a standard during
1978.  If such a standard for air quality is promulgated, a new and
separate SIP revision will be required for this pollutant.

                    Particulate Matter

     The January 1979 plan revisions dealing with particulate matter
must contain all the necessary emission limitations and legally enforce-
able procedures for traditional sources.  These emission limitations and
enforceable procedures must provide for the control of fugitive
emissions, where necessary, as well as stack emissions from these
stationary sources.  Where control of non-traditional sources (e.g.,
urban fugitive dust, resuspension, construction, etc.) is necessary for
attainment, the plan shall contain an assessment of the impact of these
sources and a commitment on the part of the state to adopt appropriate
control measures.  This commitment shall take the form of a schedule to
develop, submit, and implement the legally enforceable procedures, and
programs for controlling non-traditional particulate matter sources.
These schedules must include milestones for evaluating progress and
provide for attainment of the primary standards by no later than
December 31, 1982, and attainment of the secondary standards as expe-
ditiously as practicable.  States should initiate the necessary studies
and demonstration projects for controlling the non-traditional sources
as soon as possible.

                Carbon Monoxide and Oxidant

An adequate SIP for oxidant is one which provides for sufficient
control of volatile organic compounds (VOC) from stationary and mobile
sources to provide for attainment of the oxidant standard.  Accordingly,
the 1979 plan revision must set forth the necessary emission limitations
and schedules to obtain sufficient control of VOC emissions in all non-
attainment areas.  They must be directed toward reducing the peak
concentrations within the major urbanized areas to demonstrate attainment
as expeditiously as practicable but in no case later than December 31, 1987.
This should also solve the rural oxidant problem by minimizing VOC
emissions and more importantly oxidants that may be transported from
urban to rural areas.  The 1979 submission must represent a comprehensive
strategy or plan for each non-attainment area; plan submissions that
address only selected portions of non-attainment are not adequate.
                               286

-------
     For the purpose of oxidant plan development, major urban areas are
those with an urbanized population of 200,000 or greater (U.S. Bureau
of Census, 1970).  A certain degree of flexibility will be allowed in
defining the specific boundaries of the urban area..  However, the areas
must be large enough to cover the entire urbanized? area and adjacent
fringe areas of development.  For non-attainment urban areas, the highest
pollutant concentration for the entire area must be used in determining
the necessary level of control.  Additionally, uniform modeling tech-
niques must be used throughout the non-attainment urban area.  These
requirements apply to interstate as well as intrastate areas.

     Adequate plans must provide for the adoption of reasonably
available control measures for stationary and mobile sources.

     For stationary sources, the 1979 oxidant plan submissions for
major urban areas must include, as a minimum, legally enforceable
regulations to reflect the application of reasonably available control
technology (RACTp to those stationary sources for which EPA has
published a Control Techniques Guideline (CTG) by January 1978, and
provide for the adoption and submittal of additional legally enforce-
able RACT regulations on an annual basis beginning in January 1980, for
those CTGs that have been published by January of the proceeding year.

     For rural non-attainment areas, the Ox plan must provide the
necessary legally enforceable procedures for the control of large HC
sources (more than 100 ton/year potential emissions) for which EPA
has issued a CTG by January 1978, and to adopt and submit additional
legally enforceable procedures on an annual basis beginning in
January 1980, after publication of subsequent CTGs as set forth above.

     For mobile sources in urbanized area (population 200,000) SIPs
must provide for expeditious implementation of reasonably available
control measures.  Each of the measures for which EPA will  publish
information documents during 1978 is a reasonably available control
measure.  These measures are listed on the following page:
     2As defined by the U.S. Bureau of Census, urbanized area generally
include core cities plus any closely settled suburban areas.

     3while it is recognized that RACT will  be determined on  a case-by-
case basis, the criteria for SIP approval  rely heavily upon the
information contained in the CTG.  Deviations from the use of the CTG
must be adequately documented.
                                 287

-------
     1.    To be published by February 1978

          a.   inspection/maintenance
          b.   vapor recovery
          c.   improved public  transit
          d.   exclusive bus and  carpool  lanes
          e.   area wide carpool  programs

     2.    To be published by August 1978

          a.   private car restrictions
          b.   long range transit improvements
          c.   on street parking  controls
          d.   park and ride and  fringe parking  lots
          e.   pedestrian malls
          f.   employer programs  to encourage car and  van  pooling,
               mass transit, bicycling and  walking
          g.   bicycle lanes and  storage  facilities
          h.   staggered work hours
          i.   road pricing to  discourage single occupancy auto  trips
          j.   controls on extended vehicle idling
          k.   traffic flow improvements
          1.   alternative fuels  or engines and  other  fleet
               vehicle controls
          m.   other than light duty vehicle retrofit
          n.   extreme cold start emission  reduction programs

     The above measures (either individually or  combined  into  packages
of measures) should be analyzed promptly  and thoroughly and scheduled
for expeditious implementation.  EPA recognizes  that not  all analyses
of every measure can be completed by January 1979 and, where necessary,
schedules may provide for the completion  of analyses after January  1,
1979 as discussed below.  (If analysis after January 1979  demonstrates
that certain measures would be unnecessary  or ineffective, a decision
not to implement such measures  may be justifiable. However, decisions
not to implement measures will  have to be carefully reviewed to  avoid
broad rejections of measures based on conclusory assertions of
infeasibility.)

     As described previously, annual incremental reductions in total
emissions must occur in order to  achieve  reasonable further progress
during the period prior to attainment of  the standards.  Therefore,
not all transportation measure implementation activities  should  wait
until the comprehensive analyses  of control measures are  completed.
Demonstration studies are important and  should  accompany  or precede
                                 288

-------
full scale implementation of the comprehensive strategy.  It is EPA's
policy that each area will be required to schedule a representative
selection of reasonable transportation measures (as listed above) for
implementation at least on a pilot or demonstration basis prior to the
end of 1980.

     Every effort must be made to integrate the air quality related
transportation plan and implementation required by the Clean Air Act
into planning and programming procedures administered by DOT.  EPA will
publish "Transportation Planning Guidelines" which will, if followed
carefully, insure that an adequate transportation planning process
exists.

     EPA recognizes that the planning and implementation of very
extensive air quality related transportation measures can be a complicated
and lengthy process, and in areas with severe carbon monoxide or oxidant
problems, completion of some of the adopted measures may extend beyond
1982.  Implementation of even these very extensive transportation
measures, however, must be initiated before December 31, 1982.

     In the case of plan revisions that make the requisite showing to
justify an extension of the date for attainment, the portion of the 1979
plan submittal for transportation measures must:

     1.   Contain procedures and criteria adopted into the SIP by which
it can be determined whether the outputs of the DOT Transportation
planning process conform to the SIP.

     2.   Provide for the expeditious implementation of currently
planned reasonable transportation control measures.  This includes
reasonable but unimplemented transportation measures in existing SIPs
and transportation controls with demonstrable air quality benefits
developed as part of the transportation process funded by DOT.

     3.   Present a program for evaluating a range of alternative
packages of transportation options that includes, as a minimum, those
measures listed above for which EPA will develop information documents.
The analyses must identify a package of transportation control measures
to attain the emission reduction target ascribed to it in the SIP.

     4.   Provide for the evaluation of long range (post-1982) trans-
portation and growth policies.   Alternative growth policies and/or
development patterns must be examined to determine the potential for
modifying total travel demand.   One of the growth alternatives evaluated
should be that prepared in response to Section 701 of the Housing Act of
1954, as amended.
                                 289

-------
     5.   Include a schedule for analysis and adoption of transportation
control measures as expeditiously as practicable.  The comprehensive
analysis of alternatives (item 2 above) must be completed by July 1980
unless the designated planning agency can demonstrate that analysis
of individual components (e.g., long range transit improvements) may
require additional time.  Adopted measures must be implemented as
expeditiously as practicable and on a continuous schedule that demonstrates
reasonable further progress from 1979 to the attainment date.  Deter-
minations of the reasonableness of a schedule will be based on the
nature of the existing or planned transportation system and the com-
plexity of implementation of an individual measure.

     Additional Carbon Monoxide and Oxidant Monitoring Requirements

     It is EPA's policy to require that all SIPs which provide for
attainment of the oxidant standard after December 31, 1982, must con-
tain commitments to implement a complete oxidant monitoring program in
major urbanized areas in order to adequately characterize the nature
and extent of the problem and to measure the effectiveness of the
control strategy for oxidants.  The 1979 plan submittal must provide
for a schedule to conduct such CO monitoring as necessary to correct
any deficiencies as identified by the Regional Office.

     SIPs for Unclassified Areas Redesignated Non-Attainment

     With respect to unclassified areas which are later found to be
non-attainment areas the state will be required to submit a plan
within nine months of the non-attainment determination.  During plan
development, the state will be required to implement the offset policy
for that area.  However, it should be noted that in many cases, because
of previous plan revisions or adoption of previous control regulations,
the baseline for offsets will be more restrictive and thus offsets may
be more difficult to obtain.  For oxidants, state-wide regulatory
development (for at least all sources greater than 100 tons/year),
however, would permit the state to utilize the regulations developed
for the entire state as the applicable plan for the newly designated
non-attainment area.  This would normally constitute an approvable SIP
per the above criteria and could essentially accommodate the proposed
growth within the previously submitted state plan and not require
offsets once the area is designated as non-attainment.
                   . GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1978 -7kO -26V US'* REGION NO. 4
                               290

-------
EPA 450/2-74-020C  Background Information for Standards of Performance:
                   Primary Aluminum Industry.  Vol. 3 - Supplemental
                   Information.  1/76.

EPA 450/2-74-021A  Background Information for Standards of Performance:
                   Coal Preparation Plants.  Vol. 1:  Proposed Standards.
                   10/74.

EPA 450/2-74-021B  Background Information for Standards of Performance:
                   Coal Preparation Plants.  Vol. 2 - Summary of Test
                   Data.  10/74.

EPA 450/2-74-021C  Background Information for Standards of Performance:
                   Coal Preparation Plants.  Vol. 3 - Supplemental
                   Information.  1/76.

EPA 450/2-75-009   Standard Support and Environmental Impact Statement -
                   Emission Standard for Vinyl Chloride.  10/75.

EPA 450/2-75-009B  Standard Support and Environmental Impact Statement:
                   Volume 2 Promulgated Emission Standard for Vinyl
                   Chloride. 1976.

EPA 450/2-76-002   State Implementation Plan Emission Regulations for
                   Sulfur Oxides - Fuel Combustion.  3/76.

EPA 450/2-76-012   Field Evaluation of Red Jacket Vapor Control System.
                   1976.

EPA 450/2-76-014A  Standard Support and Environmental Impact Statement:
                   Vol. 1 Proposed Standards of Performance for Kraft
                   Pulp Mills.  1976.

EPA 450/2-76-OivA  Standards Support and Environmental Impact Statement:
                   Vol. 1 Proposed Standards of Performance for Petroleum
                   Refinery Sulfur Recovery Plants.  1976.

EPA 450/2-76-028   Control of Volatile Organic Emissions from Existing
                   Stationary Sources:  Vol. 1 - Control Methods for
                   Furface Coating Operation.  1976.

EPA 450/2-76-030A  Standards Support and Environmental Impact Statement:
                   Vol. 1 - Proposed Standard of Performance for Lignite-
                   Fired Steam Generators.  EPA:  OAQPS 1976.

EPA 450/2-77-001A  Standards Support and Environmental Impact Statement:
                   Vol. 1 - Proposed Standards of Performance for the
                   Grain Elevator Industry.  EPA:  OAQPS 1977
                                    164

-------